Tektronix COMMITTED TO EXCELLENCE

WARNING
THE FOLLOWING SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS
ARE FOR USE BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY.
TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY, DO NOT
PERFORM ANY SERVICING OTHER THAN THAT
CONTAINED IN OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
UNLESS YOU ARE QUALIFIED TO DO SO.

PLEASE CHECK FOR CHANGE INFORMATION

AT THE REAR OF THIS MANUAL.

335
OSCILLOSCOPE
SERVICE

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Tektronix, Inc.
P.O. Box 500
Beaverton, Oregon 97077 Serial Number

070-1943-01 First Printing JUN 1975

Product Group 53 Revised JUN 1988
Copyright « 1975, 1976 Tektronix, Inc. All rights reserved.
Contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any
form without the written permission of Tektronix, Inc.

Products of Tektronix, Inc. and its subsidiaries are covered

by U.S. and foreign patents and/or pending patents.

TEKTRONIX, TEK, SCOPE-MOBILE, and er are

registered trademarks of Tektronix, Inc. TELEQUIPMENT
is a registered trademark of Tektronix U.K. Limited.

Printed in U.S.A. Specification and price change privileges

are reserved.

INSTRUMENT SERIAL NUMBERS

Each instrument has a serial number on a panel insert, tag,

or stamped on the chassis. The first number or letter
designates the country of manufacture. The last five digits
of the serial number are assigned sequentially and are
unique to each instrument. Those manufactured in the
United States have six unique digits. The country of
manufacture is identified as follows:
Booo000 Tektronix, Inc., Beaverton, Oregon, USA
100000 Tektronix Guernsey, Ltd., Channel Islands
200000 Tektronix United Kingdom, Ltd., London
300000 Sony/Tektronix, Japan
700000 Tektronix Holland, NV, Heerenveen,
The Netherlands
 335 Service

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page SECTION 3 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Page

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS iv
BLOCK DIAGRAM DISCUSSION 3-1
Vertical System 3-1
LIST OF TABLES Vv Calibrator 3-4
Trigger System 3-1
SECTION 1 335 SPECIFICATION Horizontal System 3-1

VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 1-1 CE eae aAny se cueely e

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 1-2 CHT AND CH 3 A TTENUATORS 33
TRIGGERING SYSTEM 1-3 Input Coupling 3-3
CALIBRATOR 1-4 é . "
EXTERNAL BLANKING 1-5 eoW Gat Factor Selection aa
POWER SOURCES rs CH 1 AND CH 2 VERTICAL
DIMENSIONS 1-6 Input Source Follower 3-5
U100 (U200) 3-5
SECTION 2. OPERATING INFORMATION Level Shift And Isolation Amplifiers 3-7
VERTICAL SWITCHING AND INTERNAL
SAFETY INFORMATION 2-1 TRIGGER PICKOFF 3-7
OPERATING VOLTAGE 2-1 Switching Logic 3-9
AC Powered Operation 2-1 Delay Line 3-9
External DC Powered Operation 2-2 VERTICAL OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 3-9
Fuse Information 2-2 TRIGGER SWITCHING 3-9
OBTAINING A BASIC DISPLAY 2-3 CALIBRATOR 3-9
SIGNAL GROUND 2-4 TRIGGER AMPLIFIER 3-9
INPUT COUPLING CAPACITOR A TRIGGER GENERATOR 3-10
PRECHARGING 2-4 Input Comparator 3-10
OPERATOR’S ADJUSTMENTS AND Slope Switching 3-12
on , a Tunnel Diode Circuit 3-13
robe Compensation 2- B TRIGGER GENERATOR 3-13
Vertical Gain Check 2-5 Slope Switching 3-13
Basic Timing Check 2-5 Triggerable After Delay Time Mode 3-13
LOCATION AND OPERATION OF EXTERNAL Runs After Delay Time Mode 3-13
CONTROLS, CONNECTORS AND 2-6 ns ay
A SWEEP GENERATORtime wo 3-14
INDICATORS
CRT, POWER, and EXTERNAL A Sweep Start Comparator 3-14
BLANKING 2-6 Miller Integrator 3-14
VERTICAL 2-8 A Sweep Stop Comparator 3-15
HORIZONTAL 2-10 A Holdoff 3-15
TRIGGERING 2-12 AUTO Mode Operation 3-15
335 Service

TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont)

SECTION 3 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Page SECTION 4 MAINTENANCE (cont) Page

(cont) VISUAL INSPECTION 4-2

3-16 SEMICONDUCTOR CHECKS 4-2
B SWEEP GENERATOR
B Sweep Start Comparator 3-16 RECALIBRATION 4-2
3-17 TROUBLESHOOTING 4-3
Miller Integrator
B Sweep Stop Comparator 3-17 TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT 4-3
Delay Pickoff 3-18 TROUBLESHOOTING CHART 4-3
3-19 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE 4-3
B Holdoff Logic
HORIZONTAL AMPLIFIER 3-19 1. Check Control Settings 4-3
EXT HORIZ Amplifier 3-20 2. Check Power Source 4-3
3-20 3. Check Associated Equipment 4-3
Input Paraphase Amplifier
3-20 4. Visual Check 4-3
Gain Setting Amplifier
3-20 5. Check Instrument Calibration 4-3
Output Amplifier
AND Z AXIS LOGIC 3-20 6. Isolate Trouble To A Circuit 4-3
UNBLANKING
A Sweep Unblanking Current Switch 3-21 7. Check Individual Components 4-3
B Sweep Unblanking Current Switch 3-21 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 4-10
A Intensified Operation 3-22 OBTAINING REPLACEMENT PARTS 4-10
Chop Blanking 3.29 SELECTABLE COMPONENTS 4-10
External Blanking 3-29 CIRCUIT BOARD AND SUB ASSEMBLY
Z AXIS AMPLIFIER 3-02 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT 4-10
A AND B TIMING SWITCH 3-22 Horizontal Module 4-10
POWER SUPPLY CONVERTER 3-22 Sweep Board (Assembly A-5) 4-12
AC Input Circuit 3-24 Horizontal Module (Assembly A-4) 4-12
Start Circuit 3-04 Vertical Amplifier Board (Assembly
DC-DC Converter 3-24 A-2) 4-12
Series Regulator 3-24 Trigger Board (Assembly A-3) 4-14

Series Regulator Protection 3-24 Attenuator Board (Assembly A-1) 4-14

Auto Turnoff 3-25 VOLTS/DIV Switch Cam 4-16
INTERFACE AND LOW-VOLTAGE Power Supply And High Voltage
REGULATORS 3-25 Section 4-16
CRT CIRCUIT 3-25 interface And Low-Voltage Regulator
Heater Supply 3-295 Board (Assembly A-6) 4-17
Anode Supply 3-25 Power Supply Converter Board
Cathode Supply 3-25 (Assembly A-8) 4-17
Cathode Regulator 3-25 High Voltage And Unblanking Board
DC Restorer 3-26 (Assembly A-7) 4-18
Crt 4-18
REPACKAGING FOR SHIPMENT 4-18

SECTION 4 MAINTENANCE SECTION 5 PERFORMANCE CHECK

INTRODUCTION 5-1
CABINET REMOVAL 4-1 Purpose 5-1
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 4-2 Calibration Interval 5-1
CLEANING 4-2 Limits And Tolerances 5-1
Exterior 4-2 Partial Procedures 5-1
Interior 4-2 Equipment Required 5-1

ii REV B NOV 1980

 335 Service

TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont)

SECTION5 PERFORMANCE CHECK Page SECTION6 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE Page

(cont) (cont)
INDEX TO PERFORMANCE CHECK 5-2 INDEX TO ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 6-4
A. VERTICAL 5-3 A. POWER SUPPLY AND DISPLAY 6-6
B. TRIGGERING 5-8 B. VERTICAL 6-10
C. HORIZONTAL 5-13 C. TRIGGER 6-17
D. EXTERNAL BLANKING AND D. HORIZONTAL AND CALIBRATOR 6-19
CALIBRATOR 5-19

SECTION 6 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE SECTION 7 ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

INTRODUCTION 6-1

Calibration Interval 6-1

Limits And Tolerances 6-1 SECTION 9 MECHANICAL PARTS LIST
Partial Procedures 6-1
Cabinet Removal! 6-1
Equipment Required 6-1 CHANGE INFORMATION

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Fig. 1-1. 335 Oscilloscope Fig. 3-1. Basic block diagram of the 335. 3-2
Fig. 1-2. Dimensional Drawing 1-6 Fig. 3-2. Detailed block diagram of the CH 1 and
CH 2 Attenuators. 3-3
. Fig. 3-3. Simplifi tic ofthe CH 1 2X
Fig. 2-1. Controls for dc operation. 2-1 Attenuator ified schematic of the 3-4
Fig. 2-2. Cabinet removal. 22 Fig. 3-4. Basic block diagram of the CH 1
Fig. 2-3. Fuse location. 2-3 Preamplifier. 3-5
Fig. 2-4. Display of .5 V CAL OUT signal. 2-4 Fig. 3-5. Schematic of the input source follower. 3-5
Fig. 2-5. Probe compensation. 2-4 Fig. 3-6. Functional block diagram of U100
Fig. 2-6. Crt, power, and external blanking (U200). 3-6
controls, connectors, and indicators. 2-7 Fig. 3-7. Logic symbols and truth tables. 3-7
Fig. 2-7. Vertical controls, connectors, and Fig. 3-8. Vertical Switching and Internal Trigger
indicators. 2-9 Pickoff logic. 3-8
Fig. 2-8. Horizontal controls, connectors, and Fig. 3-9. Simplified diagram of the EXT ATTEN
indicators. 2-14 circuit. 3-9
Fig. 2-9. Triggering controls, connectors, and Fig. 3-10. Simplified block diagram of the
indicators. 2-13 Trigger Amplifier. 3-10
335 Service

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (cont)

Fig. 3-11. Simplified block diagram of the A Fig. 5-13. Rough calibrator frequency check. 5-21
Trigger Generator circuit. 3-10 Fig. 5-14. Calibrator frequency check (B
gra
Fig. 3-12. Simplified diaof m
the Input sweep display). 5-21
Comparator. 3-11
Fig. 3-13. Diagram of the A Slope Switch circuit. 3-12
Fig. 3-14. Simplified diagram of the Tunnel Fig. 6-1. Cabinet removal. 6-2
Diode Circuit. 3-13 Fig. 6-2. Equipment setup. 6-7
Fig. 3-15. Simplified block diagram of the A Fig. 6-3. Equipment setup. 6-8
Sweep Generator 3-14 Geometry. 6-9
Fig. 6-4.
Fig. 3-16. Time relationship of events during A 6-11
3-15 Fig. 6-5. Equipment setup.
Sweep generation.
Fig. 6-6. Equipment setup. 6-12
Fig. 3-17. Time relationship of events during
AUTO mode operation. 3-16 Fig. 6-7. Equipment setup. 6-13
block diagram of the B Fig. 6-8. Transient response interaction. 6-14
Fig. 3-18. Simplified
Sweep Generator. 3-17 Fig. 6-9. Equipment setup. 6-15
Fig. 3-19. Time relationship of the B sawtooth Fig. 6-10. Risetime measurement. 6-15
and B holdoff logic waveforms. 3-18 Fig. 6-11. Equipment setup. 6-16
Fig. 3-20. Simplified block diagram of the Fig. 6-12. Equipment setup. 6-18
Horizontal Amplifier. 3-19 Fig. 6-13. Dc trigger level centering. 6-18
Fig. 3-21. Simplified block diagram of theZ Axis Fig. 6-14. Equipment setup. 6-20
Logic circuit. 3-21 6-20
Fig. 6-15. Rough sweep start and stop.
Fig. 3-22. Simplified block diagram of the Power 6-20
3-23 Fig. 6-16. Fine sweep start and stop.
Supply Converter circuit.
Fig. 6-17. Equipment setup. 6-21
Fig. 3-23. Simplified block diagram of the CRT
circuit. 3-26 Fig. 6-18. Equipment setup. 6-23
Fig. 3-24. Simplified diagram of the DC Restorer Fig. 6-19. Calibrator frequency (A intensified
circuit. 3-27 display). 6-24
Fig. 6-20. Calibrator frequency (B Sweep
display). 6-24
Fig. 4-1. Cabinet removal. 4-1
Fig. 4-2. Troubleshooting chart. 4-4
Fig. 4-3. Semiconductor lead configuration. 4-7
Fig. 4-4. Color codes. 4-9
Fig. 4-5. Circuit board location. 4-11
Fig. 4-6. Vertical Board and Attenuator Board Fig. 8-1. Semiconductor lead configuration.
removal. 4-13 Fig. 8-2. Adjustment locations 1.
Fig. 4-7. Trigger Board Access, shown with
shield removed. 4-15 Fig. 8-3. Adjustment locations 2.

cam removal. 4-15 Fig. 8-4. Circuit board locations.

Fig. 4-8. VOLTS/DIV-switch
Fig. 8-5. A1 Attenuator board.
Fig. 4-9. Power supply and high voltage section
removal. 4-17 Fig. 8-6. A2 Vertical Amplifier board
(SN 3001 21-up).
Fig. 4-10. Power supply converter board
removal. 4-17 Fig. 8-7. A2 Vertical Amplifier board (below
SN 300121).
Fig. 4-11. Crt removal. 4-18
Fig. 8-8. A3 Trigger board.
Fig. 8-9. A4 Horizontal board (SN 300121-up).
Fig. 5-1. Equipment setup. 5-4
Fig. 8-10. A4 Horizontal board (below SN 300121).
Fig. 5-2. Equipment setup. 5-5
Fig. 8-11. A5 Sweep board.
Fig. 5-3. Equipment setup.
Fig. 8-12. A7 High-Voltage and Unblanking board
Fig. 5-4. Equipment setup. 5-9
(SN 300121-up).
Fig. 5-5. Equipment setup. 5-12
Fig. 8-13. A7 High-Voltage and Unblanking board
Fig. 5-6. Equipment setup. 5-14 (below SN 300121).
Fig. 5-7. SEC/DIV accuracy. 5-14
Fig. 8-14. A8 Power Supply Converter board
Fig. 5-8. Magnified SEC/DIV accuracy. 5-15 (SN 300216-up).
Fig. 5-9. Chopped waveform. 5-17 Fig. 8-15. A8 Power Supply Converter board (below
Fig. 5-10 . Equipment setup. 5-18 SN 300216).
Fig. 5-11. Equipment setup. 5-20 Fig. 8-16. A6 Interface and Low-Voltage Regulator
Fig. 5-12. Equipment setup. 5-20 board.

iv REV. A, AUG. 1976

 335 Service

LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1-1 Electrical Characteristics 1-4 TABLE 5-4 H.F. External Triggering Checks 5-10
TABLE 5-5 L.F. Internal Triggering Checks 5-11
TABLE 2-1 AC Regulating Ranges 2-1 TABLE 5-6 A SEC/DIV Accuracy 5-13
TABLE 2-2 Power Fuses 2-2 TABLE 5-7 B SEC/DIV Accuracy 5-15
TABLE 5-8 Magnified A SEC/DIV Accuracy 5-15
TABLE 3-1 Deflection Factors 3-4 TABLE 5-9 Differentia! Time-Measurement
Accuracy 5-16
TABLE 4-1 Power Supply Tolerance and Ripple 4-6
TABLE 6-1 Test Equipment 6-2
TABLE 5-1 Deflection Factor Accuracy 5-4 TABLE 6-2 VOLTS/DIV Compensation 6-14
TABLE 5-2 Frequency Response 5-6 TABLE 6-3 Frequency Response 6-16
TABLE 5-3 H.F. Internal Triggering Checks 5-9
 Section 1—335 Service

335 SPECIFICATION
The Sony/Tektronix 335 Oscilloscope is a solid-state A ten-times magnifier increases each sweep rate by a
portable instrument that combines small size and light factor of 10 to provide a maximum sweep rate of
weight with the ability to make precision waveform 20 nanoseconds/division in the .2u position of the
measurements. The instrument is mechanically con- SEC/DIV switch. The delayed sweep feature allows the
structed to withstand the shock, vibration and other beginning of the B sweep to be delayed aselected amount
extremes of environment associated with portability. from the start of the A sweep to provide accurate relative
time measurements. in the EXT HORIZ mode of operation,
the horizontal amplifier provides a horizontal deflection
on the
factor of 20 millivolts to2 volts/division (dependent
A dual trace de to 35 megahertz vertical system settings of the EXT ATTEN and HOR!Z MAG switches).
provides calibrated deflection factors from 1 millivolt to
10 volts/division.
The 335 can operate from a nominal line voltage of 115
or 230 volts ac. The 335 can also operate from an external
dc voltage source of +12 or +24 volts.
The trigger circuits provide stable sweep triggering
over the full vertical bandwidth. Separate controls are
provided to select the desired mode of triggering. The A The following electrical characteristics apply over an
sweep can be operated in one of three modes: automatic ambient temperature range of +20°C to +30°C (+68°F to
triggering, normal triggering, or single sweep. A variable +86°F) unless otherwise stated. Warmup time for the
trigger-holdoff control! provides the ability for A sweep to specified accuracies is 30 minutes.
trigger stably on aperiodic signals.
The 335 meets the EMC requirements of MIL-STD-
461A, when tested in accordance with the following test
methods of MIL-STD-462: CE-01, CE-03, CS-01, CS-02,
The horizontal deflection system provides calibrated CS-06, RE-02 (limited to 1 GHz), (T) RE-04, RS-01, and
sweep rates from 0.5 second to 0.2 microsecond/division. RS-03 (limited to 1 GHz).

SPECIFICATION
TABLE 1-1

Electrical Characteristics

Characteristic Performance Requirement Supplemental Information

VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM

Deflection Factor

Calibrated Range 1 mV to 10 V/Div 13 steps in a 1-2-5 sequence

Accuracy Within 3% over the calibrated range

Uncalibrated Range Continuously variable between cali- Each calibrated deflection factor in-
(VARIABLE) brated deflection factors. creased by at least 2.5 to 1.

Frequency Response

Upper —3 dB point +20°C to +30°C —15°C to +55°C Bandwidth measured with a6 div reference
signal, vertically centered.
1 mV to 5 mV/div Dc to at least 25 MHz DC to at least 20 MHz
| __

10 mV to 5 V/div Dc to at least 35 MHz DC to at least 30 MHz

10 V/div De to at least 25 MHz Dc to at least 20 MHz

REV. B, MAR. 1978 1-1

 1943-45

Fig. 1-1. 335 Oscilloscope.

335 Service e
Speciftication—335 Service

TABLE 1-1 (cont)

Characteristic Performance Requirement Supplemental Information

VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM (cont)

Lower —3 dB point With 1X or no With 10X probe

probe

Dc Coupled DC DC

Ac Coupled 10 Hz 1 Hz

Risetime 5 div. positive-going step vertically

centered.
Risetime is calculated from the for-
mula 0.35 + bandwidth.
+20°C to +30°C —15°C to +55°C

1 mV to 5 mV/div 14 ns or less 17.5 ns or less

10 mV to 5 V/div 10 ns or less 11.7 ns or less

10 V/div 14 ns or less 17.5 ns or less

Maximum Safe Input Voltage

Dc Coupled 300 V (dc + peak ac)

300 V p-p ac at 1 kHz or less

Ac Coupled 300 V (dc + peak ac)

300 V p-p ac at 1 kHz or less

Input RC Characteristics

Input Resistance 1 MQ within 2%

Input Capacitance Approximately 24 pF

Signal Delay Allows viewing leading edge of trig- Approximately 180 ns

gering waveform.

Chopped Repetition Rate Approximately 300 kHz Within +20%, —30%

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM

Sweep Rate
Calibrated Range

A Sweep 0.5 s to 0.2 us/div 20 steps in a 1-2-5 sequence

B Sweep 50 ms to 0.2 us/div 17 steps in a 1-2-5 sequence

Magnifier increases each sweep rate by a fac-

tor of 10.

Increases fastest sweep rate to

20 ns/div.

1-2 REV.C, MAR. 1978

 Specification—335 Service

TABLE 1-1 (cont)

Characteristic Performance Requirement Supplemental Information

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM (cont)

Accuracy Unnmagnified Magnified” Accuracy measured over center 8 grati-
cule divisions

+20°C to +30°C 3% 5%

—15°C to +55°C 4% 6% “Exclude the first 10 magnified divisions

and all divisions past 90 div.

Uncalibrated Range (A Continuously variable between Each calibrated sweep rate de-
Sweep Only) calibrated settings. creased by at least 2.5 to 1.

EXT HORIZ Input

Resistance Approximately 1 MQ

Capacitance 24 pF within 20%

Sensitivity 20 mV to 2 V/Div Within 20%. Sensitivity depends on set-

ting of HORIZ MAG and EXT ATTEN.

Bandwidth (10 div Dc to at least 500 kHz

Reference)

Differential Time Measure- For measure- For measure- The differential time measurement
ment Accuracy ments of 1 or ments of less accuracy specification is valid
more major dial than 1 major only for DELAY TIME position dial
div dial div settings between 1.00 and _ 9.00.

+15°C to +35°C +0.02 major dial

div

Delay Time Jitter Within 0.005% of the maximum

available delay time (less than 1 part
in 20,000). Maximum available
delay time is 10 times the A
SEC/DIV setting.

TRIGGERING SYSTEM
Sensitivity

DC Coupled .35 division internal or 70 millivolts

external from dc to 10 megahertz,
increasing to 1.5 divisions inter-
nal or 250 millivolts external at
35 megahertz.

REV. B, MAR. 1978 1-3

Specification—335 Service

TABLE 1-1 (cont)

Characteristic Performance Requirement Supplemental Information

TRIGGERING SYSTEM (cont)

AC Coupled .35 division internal or 70 millivolts

external from 60 hertz to 10 mega-
hertz, increasing to 1.5 divisions
internal or 250 millivolts external at
35 megahertz. Attenuates all signals
below about 60 hertz.

LF REJ Coupled 5 division internal or 100 millivolts

external from 40 kilohertz to 10 mega-
hertz, increasing to 2 divisions in-
ternal or 360 millivolts external at
35 megahertz. Blocks dc and attenu-
ates all signals below about 40 kilo-
hertz.

HF REJ Coupled 5 division internal or 100 millivolts

external from 60 hertz to 20 kilo-
hertz. Blocks dc and attenuates all
signals below about 60 hertz and
above about 20 kilohertz.

In Single Sweep Mode, AC coupled, with

no trigger signal supplied, once armed,
the single sweep should remain armed if no
controls are operated and the trigger
level has been set to just trig-
ger on the peaks of a 1 division peak-
to-peak (or larger) medium frequency
sine wave signal

External Trigger

LEVEL Control Ranges

EXT ATTEN—X1 At least 4 +0.8 V to —0.8 V

EXT ATTEN—X10 At least +8 V to -8 V

Maximum Safe Input 250 V (dc + peak ac)

Voltage 250 V p-p ac at 1 kHz or fess

Input Resistance 1 MQ within 3% at dc

{
Input Capacitance 24 pF within 20%.

CALIBRATOR

Output Voltage

+20°C to +30°C 0.5 V within 1% (open circuit)

—15°C to +55°C 0.5 V within 3% (open circuit)

1-4 B, MAR. 1978

REV.
 Specification—335 Service

TABLE 1-1 (cont)

Characteristic Performance Requirement Supplemental Information

CALIBRATOR (cont)

Repetition Rate

+20°C to +30°C 1 kHz within 2%

Output Resistance 10 kQ Within 10%

EXTERNAL BLANKING
(Z-AXIS INPUT)

Sensitivity Zero to +5 V peak signal causes no- Positive-going signal decreases in-
ticeable intensity modulation at normal tensity.
viewing intensity.

Usable Frequency Range Dc to at least 600 kHz

Input Resistance At least 10 kQ

Maximum Safe Input 50 V (dc + peak ac)

Voltage 50 V p-p ac at 1 kHz or less

POWER SOURCES

Line Voltage

Regulating Ranges

115 V
Low (LO) 90V to 110V
Medium (M) 104 V to 126 V
High (H) 108 V to 132 V
230 V
Low (LO) 180 V to 220 V

Medium (M) 207 V to 250 V

High (H) 216 V to 250 V
Maximum Power Consumption 24 watts at 115 V, 50 Hz Medium Regulating Range Position

Line Frequency 48 to 440 Hz

External DC Voltage

Requlating Ranges
+12V +11Vto +14V

+24V +22V to +28V

Maximum {nput Current

+12V

+24V

REV APR 1986 1-5

Specification—335 Service

TABLE 1-1 (cont)

Characteristic | Performance Requirement | Supplemental Information

ENVIRONMENTAL
Temperature
Operating —15°C to +55°C

Storage —40°C to +75°C

Altitude
Operating To 15,000 feet. Maximum allowable operating temperature
decreases by 1°C per each thousand
feet from 5,000 feet to 15,000 feet.

Storage To 50,000 feet.

Humidity—Operating And 5 cycles (120 hours) referenced to

Storage MIL-E-16400 F.

Vibration—Operating and 15 minutes along each of the 3 major

Non-Operating axes ata total displacement of 0.025
inch peak-to-peak (4 g at 55 hertz)
with the frequency varied from 10 to
55 hertz in one minute sweeps. Fre-
quency held at 55 hertz in one minute
sweeps. Frequency held at 55 hertz
for 3 minutes. All major resonances
must be above 55 hertz.

Shock—Operating and Non- 30 g; 1/2 sine wave; 11 millsecond

Operating duration; 2 shocks per axis in each
direction; for a total of 12 shocks.

= 44.8 em

NET WEIGHT WITHOUT ACCESSORIES: 4.7 kg 1943-46

Fig. 1-2. Dimensional drawing.

1-6 @
 Section 2—335 Service

OPERATING INFORMATION
This section of the manual will familiarize the operator
with the instrument power requirements, functions of POWER SOURCE
controls and connectors and how to obtain a basic SELECTOR
display. For more complete information, refer to the 335
Operators manual.

SAFETY INFORMATION

In the AC mode, the 335 is designed to operate from a

single-phase power source with one of the current-
carrying conductors (the neutral Conductor) at ground
(earth) potential. Operation from power sources where
both current-carrying conductors are live with respect to
ground (such as phase-to-phase on a three-wire system)
is not recommended since only the Line Conductor has EXTERNAL DC
over-current (fuse protection within the instrument. POWER INPUT

The 335 has a three-wire power cord for connection to

the power source and safety earth. The ground (earth)
terminal of the plug connects directly to the instrument
frame. Fig. 2-1. Controls for dc operation.

Set the Line Voltage Selector Switch to the nominal line

voltage available. Remove the instrument rear cover to
change the setting of theLine Voltage Selector switch (see
Power Cord Conductor Identification
Fig. 2-2). Fuse size must be changed when changing
nominal line voitage setting (refer to Fuse Information in
Conductor Color Alternate Color
this section).
Ungrounded (Line) Brown
Grounded (Neutral)
Grounding (Earthing) Green-Yellow Green-Yellow

Set the Regulating Range Selector Switch (see Fig. 2-2)

so the expected line-voltage fluctuations remain within
the Regulating Range selected (see Table 2-1).

OPERATING VOLTAGE
TABLE 2-1
The 335 can operate from a nominal line voltage of 115
or 230 volts ac. The 335 can also operate from an external AC Regulating Ranges
dc voltage source of +12 or 1:24 volts nominal.
Regulating
Range Selector 115 V 230 V
Switch Position Nominal Nominal
Ac Powered Operation
Set the AC/DC switch to AC (see Fig. 2-1). In the AC 108 to 132 V 216 to 264 V
mode, the 335 can operate from either a 115 V or 230 V 103.5 to 126.5 V 207 to 253 V
nominal line voltage, 48 to 440 Hz. 180 to 220 V

REV. A, AUG. 1976 2-1

Operating Information—335 Service

REGULATING
RANGE
SELECTOR

REMOVE
2 SCREWS REMOVE 4 SCREWS
LINE VOLTAGE TO REMOVE REAR PANEL
SELECTOR
REMOVE 2 SCREWS
FROM BOTTOM OF
INSTRUMENT

Fig. 2-2. Cabinet removal.

External Dc Powered Operation

The 335 can operate from an external dc power source

of either 11 V to 14 Vor 22 V to 28 V. Set the Power Source
Selector Switch (see Fig. 2-1) to the available dc voltage.
Apply the external dc power to the two banana jacks on the
right side panel (see Fig. 2-1).

Fuse Information
The 335 contains three power fuses. Be sure to use the
correct fuse for the power source used (see Table 2-2).
Dangerous potentials exist at several points
throughout this instrument. When the instrument is
operated with the cover removed, do not touch
exposed connections or components. Some tran-
sistors may have elevated cases. Disconnect power
TABLE 2-2 before cleaning the instrument or replacing parts.

Power Source
1. Loosen the four screws holding the cabinet feet
115
V ac (cord wrap) and remove the cord-wrap feet (see Fig. 2-2).
230
V ac
11-14 V de
2. Remove the grey-plastic rear cover.
22-28 V dc 1A

3. Loosen (do not remove) the two screws holding the

power cord strain relief (115/230 V ac selector switch
To change the fuses, you must remove the instrument mounting) and slide the strain relief toward instrument
cover. Use the following procedure to remove the cabinet. center.

REV. A, AUG. 1976

2-2
 Operating Information—335 Service

4. Remove two screws below the connector panel on Vertical (CH 1 and CH 2 if applicable)
the right side of the cabinet.
DISPLAY CH 1
VOLTS/DIV 10
5. Remove two screws from the cabinet bottom. VARIABLE Calibrated detent
AC-GND-DC GND
POSITION Midrange
6. Position the handle to clear the instrument and slide
the cabinet off the rear of the instrument.
Horizontal (A and B if applicable)

7. The fuses are located on the bottom of the instru- HORIZ DISPLAY A
ment near the rear (see Fig. 2-3). SEC/DIV 1 ms
A CAL Calibrated detent
POSITION Midrange
8. To replace the cabinet, reverse the removal DELAY TIME POSITION Fully counterclockwise
procedure. Be sure the power cord does not become
looped through the side-panel cutout.
CRT and Power

INTENSITY Fully counterclockwise

FOCUS As desired
POWER ON
OBTAINING A BASIC DISPLAY
TRIGGER
1. Preset the 335 controls as follows:
A TRIG HOLDOFF NORM
A and B SLOPE +
NOTE A LEVEL 0
B LEVEL DLY)D SWEEP
See Operation of Controls, Connectors, and tn- (in detent)
dicators for detailed instructions concerning control
Source Channel 1
operation.
Coupling ACG
Trigger Mode AUTO

2. Advance the INTENSITY control clockwise

until you can see the trace.

3. Connect thesignal tothe CH1 VERT INPUT

connector via the probe supplied with the instru-
ment.

NOTE

Be sure the probe is properly compensated (see

Operator adjustments and checks).

4. Set the CH 1 AC-GND-DC switch to select the

desired method of coupling the input signal to the
preamplifier circuit. AC coupling may cause tilting
(integration) of square waves below about 1 kHz.
FUSES ACCESSIBLE
FROM BOTTOM
1942-4
5. Adjust the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch to obtain the
desired display amplitude while adjusting the CH 1
POSITION control to locate the display with the crt
Fig. 2-3. Fuse Location. viewing area.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 2-3

Operating Information—335 Service

6. Adjust the A LEVEL control for a stable display. 1. Before you connect the probe tip to a signal source,
set the AC-GND-DC switch to GND.

7. Adjust the A SEC/DIV switch to obtain the desired

display. Using the 5 V CAL OUT signal,
the display should 2. Touch the probe tip to the oscilloscope chassis
look like Fig. 2-4 (using a 10X probe with a VOLTS/DIV ground. Wait several seconds for the input coupling
switch setting of .01 V and a SEC/DIV switch setting of capacitor to discharge.
5 ms).

3. Connect the probe tip to the signal source.

4. Wait several seconds for the input coupling

capacitor to charge.

5. Set the AC-GND-DC switch to AC. The display wil!

remain on screen so the ac component of the signal can be
measured in the normal manner.

OPERATOR’S ADJUSTMENTS AND

CHECKS
Fig. 2-4. Display of .5 V CAL OUT signai.
To verify the basic accuracy of the 335, make the
following checks and adjustments. See the Calibration
SIGNAL GROUND section of the 335 Service Manual for calibration informa-
tion.

The most reliable signal measurements are made when

the 335 and the unit under test are connected together by a
common reference (ground) lead in addition to the signal Probe Compensation
lead or probe. The ground strap on the probe provides the
best ground. Also, you can connect a ground lead to the Improper probe compensation is the most common
chassis ground connector on the 335 right side panel. source of operator error (see Fig. 2-5). Recheck probe
compensation when moving a probe from one scope to
another or from one channel to the other.
INPUT COUPLING CAPACITOR
PRECHARGING To compensate the probe, obtain a normal sweep
display of the .5 V CAL OUT signal. Set the VOLTS/DIV
In the AC positions of the AC-GND-DC switches, switch to .1 (10m for a X10 probe). Adjust probe
voltage transients exceeding the 500 V maximum input compensation for a flat-top waveform. See the probe
voltage can be generated if you manual for specific probe compensation instructions.
take successive
measurements on 2 signals with different dc levels—even
though both dc levels are within the maximum input
voltage specifications. For instance, after measuring the
ripple on a +400 V dc supply, the probe is connected toa
-250 V dc supply. The resulting transient is 650 V in PROPERLY
amplitude. COMPENSATED
WAVEFORM

Setting the AC-GND-DC switch to GND disconnects

the input signal from the Vertical Preamplifier circuit and
IMPROPERLY
connects it to ground through the input coupling COMPENSATED
capacitor and a 1MQ resistor. This allows the input WAVEFORMS
coupling capacitor to precharge to the average dc level of
the signal applied to the probe. Use the following
procedure to prevent accidentally generated voltage
transients from reaching the Preamplifier circuit and also
reduce the amount of charging current drawn from the
circuit under test. Fig. 2-5. Probe compensation.

2-4
 Operating Information—335 Service

Vertical Gain Check

Obtain a normal sweep display of the 5 V CAL OUT
a X10
signal. Set the VOLTS/DIV switch to .1 (10 mif using
probe). Be certain the VARIABLE VOLTS/DIV control is in
the calibrated position. Check the display for a vertical
deflection of 4.85 to 5.15 divisions. You may use any signal
of known amplitude to check vertical gain. Check dis-
played amplitude to be the same as the known signal
amplitude plus or minus 3%.
To prevent possible cross grounding when using the
line voltage, do not use the ground clip on the probe.
The 335 chassis provides an adequate ground
reference.

Set the SEC/DIV control to display one cycle over

several horizontal divisions. Check the displayed duration
Basic Timing Check of one cycle to be the same as the duration of one cycle of
Be certain the A CAL control is in the calibrated the known signal plus or minus 3% (duration = 1/frequen-
position. Obtain a normal sweep display of any signal of cy). If you use a 60 Hz line voltage, check the duration of
known freqeuncy, such as a 60 Hz line or the .5 V CAL one cycle to be 16.16 to 17.16 ms. If you use the .5 V CAL
OUT signal. If a 60 Hz line voltage is used, connect the signal, check the duration of one cycle to be 0.96 to
probe tip to the live conductor. 1.03 ms. The accuracy of the .5 V CAL OUT signal is plus
or minus 2%. This could cause an apparent error of 5%.

2-5
Operating Information—335 Service

LOCATION AND OPERATION OF EXTERNAL CONTROLS,

CONNECTORS, AND INDICATORS
The following information will familiarize the operator
7. LOW LINE Indicator. Front panel indicator which
with the location and operation of external controls,
glows green when the instrument is turned on.
connectors, and indicators. These controls, connectors,
When the power source falls below the specified
and indicators are accessible from outside the instrument
level, the indicator blinks on and off.
with its cabinet in place. All other controls are internal and
should not be adjusted except during instrument calibra-
tion. In this discussion, a pushbutton is considered set to
8. EXT BLANK. Rear panel input for external-
the out position unless otherwise stated.
blanking signals. A + 5-volt zero to peak signal
causes noticeable intensity modulation (positive-
CRT, POWER, AND EXTERNAL going signal decreases intensity). Only one input is
BLANKING provided. The 335 and external-blanking signal
FIG. 2-6 source should have a common ground reference,
such as the power line common.
POWER/INTENSITY. Front panel dual purpose
control. Pull out on the control to turn on instru-
ment power. A yellow band becomes visible at the
base of the control when the power switch is turned
on.

Turn the control clockwise to increase display

brightness.

FOCUS. Front panel control which adjusts to

provide optimum display definition.

Power Source Selector. Right side panel three- CAUTION

position switch which provides selection of ac line LL
LN LL LMMT

voltage or external dc voltage operation. The AC

position, in conjunction with the Line Voltage Avoid cross grounding as instrument damage may
Selector switch and the Regulating Range Selector result.
switch, allows the 335 to operate over a wide range
of ac line voltages (see Table 2-1). Two positions of
the Power Source Selector switch allow operation
from an external dc source of either 11 to 14 Vor 22
to 28 V.

+ and —. Right side panel inputs for the application

of an external dc power source.

Line Voltage Selector. Rear panel two-position

switch which can be set to allow operation froman
ac source of either 115 V or 230 V (when Power
Source Selector switch is in the AC position). If either the 335 or the external blanking signal
Remove the rear panel to change the switch source are floating, establishing a common ground
setting. can produce a shock hazard.

Regulating Range Selector. Rear panel three- lf acommon references does not exist, connect the
position switch which selects one of three external blanking signal ground to the ground
regulating ranges for each of the two nominal line connector on the 335 right side panel.
voltages (see Table 2-1). Set the Regulating Range
Selector switch so that the expected line voltage
fluctuations fall within the regulating range 9. Ground Connector. Right side panel connector for
chosen. common ground connections.
 Operating Information—335 Service

rrr

a me ae

DELAY TIME
POSITION

HORIZ MAG SLOPE

N10

POSITION
VARIABLE

ine 3235 ur | ; voLTs/DIVv

OSCILLOSCOPE ETERER EEK TRONTX) ToKv0. JAPAN

1943-19

Fig. 2-6. Crt, power,and external blanking controls, connectors, and indicators.
Operating Information—335 Service

VERTICAL second/division, the chopped segments may

FIG. 2-7 become visible. For faster sweep rates, use the
Alternate (ALT) mode. Composite triggering
10. CH 1 VERT INPUT and (COMP TRIG) allows the display to trigger on
the switching transients. To obtain the best
triggering results, set Trigger Source to CH 1 or
11. CH 2 VERT INPUT. Right side panel BNC connec- CH 2.
tors for the application of external signals to the
vertical deflection system. In the External Horizon-
tal mode of operation, the signal connected to ADD: Set both the ALT and the CHOP pushbut-
either VERT INPUT connector can provide Y-Axis tons to the in position. The display is now the
(vertical) deflection. Use the DISPLAY switch to algebraic sum of the signals applied to the CH 1
select the desired channel. and CH 2 VERT INPUT connectors (CH 1 plus
CH 2). The CH 2 INVERT pushbutton set to the
12. DISPLAY. Front panel control, composed of four in position (inverted) provides a difference
pushbutton switches, which determine the display of the signals applied to the CH 1 and
operating modes of the vertical system. The CH 1 CH 2 VERT INPUT connectors (CH 1 minus CH
and CH 2 pushbuttons also determine the source 2).
of the signal supplied to the A trigger generator
when using internal triggering. 13. CH 2 INVERT. Set the CH 2 INVERT pushbutton to
the in position to invert the Channel 2 display.
CH 1 (Channel 1 Only): Set the CH 1 pushbutton Useful for common-mode rejection.
to the in position to display the signal applied to
the CH 1 VERT INPUT connector.
14. CH 1 VOLTS/DIV and

CH 2 (Channel 2 Only): Set the CH 2 pushbutton

to the in position to display the signal applied to 15 CH 2 VOLTS/DIV. Front panel controls which
the CH 2 VERT INPUT connector. select the vertical deflection factors. The dark grey
knob (closest to the front panel) selects the
Channel 1 deflection factor. The light grey knob
ALT (Alternate): Set the ALT pushbutton to the (farthest from the front panel) selects the Channel
in position. The display now switches between 2 deflection factors. The Channel 1 and Channel 2
the signals applied to the CH 1 and CH 2 VERT deflection factors are indicated by the markings Ch
INPUT connectors. This switching occurs at the 1 and CH 2 respectively on skirts of the VOLTS/DIV
end of each sweep (during retrace and holdoff). switches (fully counterclockwise) a five division
This mode is useful when viewing both input vertical display appears on the crt. Use this display
signals at sweep speeds of one millisecond/divi- to verify the accuracy of the vertical deflection
sion or faster. When using slower sweep speeds, system.
use the chopped mode to avoid a flickering
display. To obtain the best triggering results for
non-time-related signals, set Trigger Coupling
to LF REJ (both the AC and DC pushbuttons set 16. 5V CAL OUT. Front panel pin connector. An
to the out position) and Trigger Source to internally generated 0.5 volts square wave (1
COMP TRIG (beth the CH 1 and CH 2 pushbut- kilohertz within 2%) is available at this connector
tons set to the in position). Then carefully adjust for use in checking the attenuation factor and
the A TRIGGER LEVEL control. To show proper compensation of probes. Inthe5 DIV CAL position
time relationship for time-related signals, set of the VOLTS/DIV switches, this signal passes
Trigger Source to CH 1 (CH 1 pushbutton set to internally to the vertical preamplifiers to provide a
the in position). check of vertical gain.

CHOP (Chopped): Set the CHOP pushbutton to 17. CH 1 VARIABLE and

the in position. The display now switches
between the signals applied to the CH 1 and CH
2 VERT INPUT connectors. This switching 18. CH 2 VARIABLE. Front panel controls which
occurs at a fixed rate of about 300 kilohertz. provide continuously variable (uncalibrated)
This mode is useful when viewing both input deflection factors between the calibrated positions
signals at sweep speeds of of the VOLTS/DIV switches. Rotate the controls
0.5 millisecond/division or slower. When using clockwise to the detent marked CAL for calibrated
sweep speeds faster than 0.5 milli- deflection factors.

2-8
 Operating Information—335 Service

_ DELAY DELAY TIME

TIME POSITION

POSITION
VARIABLE
£8
A

Line voils/piv
OSCILLOSCOPE | - : | = RONDN Tovvo, Arai

1943-20

Fig. 2-7. Vertical controls, connectors, and indicators.

Operating Information—335 Service

19. CH 1 POSITION and tinues to operate. During the time B sweep is

running, the A sweep display is intensified
(made brighter). The setting of the DELAY TIME
20. CH 2 POSITION. Front panel controls which POSITION dia! determines the horizontal posi-
position the display vertically. tion of the intensified zone. The setting of the B
SEC/DIV switch determines the length of the
intensified zone. The A Intensified mode is
21. CH 1 AC-GND-DC and useful for locating the portion of the A sweep
display which would be displayed in the B
Delayed Mode. You can also use the A Inten-
22. CH 2 AC-GND-DC. Front panel three position sified mode to make very accurate time
switches which select the method of coupling the difference measurements.
input signal to the vertical deflection system. Pull
out or push in to operate.
24. A SEC/DIV. Front panel control (grey knob) which
selects the sweep rate of the A sweep generator
AC Position: The dc component of the input and/or selects the basic time (to be multiplied by
signal is blocked. the DELAY TIME POSITION dial) for A Intensified
or B Delayed operation.
GND Position: The input to the vertical
attenuator circuit is grounded (does not ground
the input signal). Provides a ground reference 25. B SEC/DIV. Front panel control (clear plastic skirt)
display and allows precharging the vertical which selects the sweep rate of the B sweep
input coupling capacitor. generator circuit.

DC Position: All frequency components of the continuously variable (un-

26. A CAL. Provides
input signal are passed to the vertical deflection
calibrated) sweep rates between the calibrated A
system.
SEC/DIV switch settings. The A CAL control must
be in the calbrated detent (fully clockwise) for
HORIZONTAL calibrated A sweep rates and delay times. The A
FIG. 2-8 CAL control does not affect B sweep rates.

23. HORIZ DISPLAY. Front panel control, consisting

of 2 pushbutton switches, which determines the
27. DELAY TIME POSITION. Front panel control
operating mode of the horizontal deflection
which adjusts the delay time between the begin-
system. ning of A sweep and the beginning of B sweep.
Multiply the DELAY TIME POSITION dial setting
A (A Sweep Mode): Set the A pushbutton to the by the A SEC/DIV switch setting to calculate the
in position. The A sweep generator provides delay time. The A CAL contro! must be in the
horizontal deflection at arate determined by the calibrated detent (fully clockwise) for calibrated
A SEC/DIV switch. The B sweep generator is delay times. The delay time available is from 0.10 to
inoperative. 10.10 times the A SEC/DIV switch settings. The A
CAL control must be in the calibrated detent (fully
clockwise) for calibrated A sweep rates and delay
B (B Delayed Mode): Set the B pushbutton to
times. The A CAL control does not affect B sweep
the in position. The B sweep generator provides
rates.
horizontal deflection at arate determined by the
B SEC/DIV switch. The A sweep generator
continues to operate. The start of B sweep is
28. POSITION. Front panel control which positions
delayed from the start of A sweep by a time
the crt display horizontally.
which is determined by the settings of the A
SEC/DIV. switch and the DELAY TIME
POSITION dial. To compute the duration of this
29. HORIZ MAG. Front panei contro! consisting of one
delay, multiply the A SEC/DIV switch setting by
pushbutton. Setting the HORIZ MAG pushbutton
the DELAY TIME POSITION dial setting.
to the in position (X10) increases each sweep rate
by a factor of 10. Increases the sweep rate to 0.02
A INTEN (A Intensified Mode): Set both the A microsecons/division in the .2 «4 position of the
and B pushbuttons to the in position at the same SEC/DIV switches. The portion of the unmagnified
time. Horizontal deflection is provided by the A display (which will be displayed in magnified form)
sweep generator at a rate determined by the A is the center horizontal division (0.5 division on
SEC/DIV switch. The B sweep generator con- each side of the center vertical graticule line).

2-10
 Operating Information—335 Service

ee
ote |
Bik dete kd

22¥ ~ 280

RT INPUT CH 2 VERT INPUT

PALL ott
AMPS @AAK) 1 AT2OV

POSITION
VARIABLE

cat
VOLTS/DIV
Gi TOKYO, JAPAN

1943-21

Fig. 2-8. Horizontal controls, connectors, and indicators.

2-11
Operating Information—335 Service

30. EXT TRIG OR HORIZ INPUT. Right side panel External: Set the INT pushbutton to the out
BNC connector. With the A SEC/DIV switch set to position. With the EXT ATTEN slide switch on
the EXT HORIZ position, the signal applied here the instrument side panel set to 1X or 10X, the
provides horizontal deflection. The basic sensitivi- signal connected to the EXT TRIG OR HORIZ
ty is about 200 millivolts/division. Use of the INPUT connector is used as a trigger signal. The
HORIZ MAG X10 switch increases horizontal sen- settings of the CH 1 and CH 2 pushbuttons have
sitivity to about 20 millivolts/division. Use of the no affect on trigger source selection when using
EXT ATTEN swtich decreases horizontal sensitivi- external triggering.
ty to about two volts/division. Also see 33.
Line: Set the INT pushbutton to the out position.
31. EXT ATTEN. Dual purpose right side panel control
With the EXT ATTEN slide switch on the
consisting of a three-position slide switch. The
instrument side panel set to LINE, a sample of
signal connected to the EXT TRIG or HORIZ
the line voltage supplied to the instrument is
INPUT connector is attenuated by a factor of 10 in
used as a trigger signal. The settings of the CH 1
the 10X position, or passed unattenuated in the 1X
and CH 2 pushbuttons have no affect on trigger
position, of this control. Also see Line under
source selection when using line triggering.
Triggering Source, 32.

TRIGGERING
Do not use Low Frequency Reject (LF REJ)
FIG. 2-9 coupling and line triggering together as the
32. Source. The source of the signal supplied to the A trigger signal will be attenuated.
trigger generator is determined by three front
panel pushbutton switches and a right side panel
slide switch. When B sweep is in the Triggerable 33. EXT TRIG OR HORIZ INPUT. Right side panel
After Delay mode (see B TRIGGERING LEVEL), BNC connector. In all positions of the A SEC/DIV
the same signal is supplied to both the A and B switch except EXT HORIZ (fully
trigger generators. counterclockwise), the signal applied here can be
used to externally trigger the sweep.

Channel 1: Set both the CH 1 and the INT

pushbuttons to the in position. A sample of the 34. EXT ATTEN. Right side panel slide switch. When
signal present in the Channel 1 preamplifier using external triggering, setting the EXT ATTEN
circuit is used as a trigger signal. Since the CH1 switch to the 10X position attenuates the external
pushbutton is also part of the DISPLAY switch, trigger signal by a factor of 10.
Channel 1 is automatically chosen as the trigger
source in the Channel1 only mode of operation.
In the ALT or CHOP modes, the Channel 2 35. Coupling. Front panel control, consisting of two
display will be unstable if it is not time-related to pushbuttons, which selects the method of coupl-
the Channel 1 display. ing the trigger signal to the A trigger generator.
When B sweep is in the Triggerable After Delay
Channel 2: Set both the INT and the CH 2 mode (see 39, B TRIGGERINGLEVEL control), the
pushbuttons to the in position. A sample of the trigger signal is coupled to both the A and B trigger
signal present in the Channel 2 preamplifier is generators in the same manner.
used as a trigger signal. Since the CHe
pushbutton is also a part of the DISPLAY switch. to the in position.
AC: Set the AC pushbutton
Channel 2 is automatically chosen as the trigger
AC coupling rejects de and attenuates signals
source in the Channel 2 only mode of operation.
below about 60 hertz. Passes signals from about
in the ALT or CHOP modes, the Channel 1
60 hertz to about 35 megahertz.
display will be unstable if itis not time-related to
the Channel 2 display.
DC: Set the DC pushbutton to the in position.
DC coupling passes all signals from dc to about
Composite (COMP TRIG): Set the INT, CH 1,
35 megahertz.
and CH 2 pushbuttons to the in position. The
trigger signal is now obtained from the signal(s)
displayed on the crt. Does not show the time- HF REJ (High-Frequency Reject): Set both the
relationship of the Channel 1 and Channel 2 AC and DC pushbuttons to the in position.
signals in the Alternate Vertical mode. Do not High-Frequency Reject coupling blocks dc and
use composite triggering in the Chop mode attenuates signals below about 60 hertz and
because the display will trigger on the switching above about 20 kilohertz. Passes signals from
transients and not on the desired signal. about 60 hertz to about 20 kilohertz.

2-12 REV.A, AUG. 1976

 Operating Information—335 Service

AND
PART OF

POSITION
VARIABLE
fat

VOLTS/DIV
RAE ERT

1943-22

Fig. 2-9. Triggering controls, connectors, and indicators.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 2-13

 Operating Information—335 Service

LF REJ (Low-Frequency Reject): Set both the Triggerable After Delay Time Mode: Set the B
AC and DC pushbuttons to the out position. DLY’D TRIGGER LEVEL control out of the
Low-Frequency Reject coupling blocks dc and detent position. In this mode, B sweep will be
attenuates signals below about 40 kilohertz. initiated by the first adequate triggering signal
Passes signals from about 40 kilohertz to above available after the end of the delay time selected
35 megahertz. by the A SEC/DIV switch and the DELAY TIME
POSITION dial. Turning the B DLY'D
TRIGGER LEVEL control, out of its detent
36. A SLOPE. Front panel two-position rotary switch position, selects the amplitude point on the
mounted concentrically with the A LEVEL control. triggering signal at which B sweep is initiated.
The A SLOPE switch selects the slope of the
triggering signal which initiates the A sweep.
40. Trigger Mode. Front panel switch, consisting of
+: Set the A SLOPE switch to its two pushbuttons, which determines the operating
counterclockwise position. A sweep can now mode of the A Trigger circuit.
trigger on the positive-going portion of the
triggering signal.
AUTO (Automatic): Set the AUTO pushbutton
to the in position. With the proper trigger control
—: Set the A SLOPE switch to its clockwise settings, the A sweep can be initiated by signals
position. A Sweep can now trigger on the that have repetition rates above 20 hertzandare
negative-going portion of the triggering signal. within the frequency range set by the Coupling
switch. In the absence of an adequate trigger
signal, or when the trigger controls are misad-
37. B SLOPE. Front panel pushbutton switch. In the justed, the sweep free-runs to provide a
triggerable after delay mode (see 39, B reference display.
TRIGGERING LEVEL control), the B SLOPE
switch selects the slope of the triggering signal
which initiates B sweep. NORM (Normal): Set the NORM pushbutton to
the in position. With proper trigger control
settings, Asweep can be initiated by signals that
+: Set the B SLOPE pushbutton to the in are within the frequency range selected by the
position. B sweep can now trigger on the Coupling switch. In the absence of an adequate
positive-going portion of the triggering signal. trigger signal, or when the trigger controls are
misadjusted, the sweep does not run and there
is no display.
—: Set the B SLOPE pushbutton to the out
position. B sweep can now trigger on the
negative-going portion of the triggering signal. SINGLE Sweep: Set both the AUTO and NORM
pushbuttons to the in position. The A Trigger
circuit operates in the same manneras in NORM
38. A TRIGGER LEVEL. Front panel control which operation. However, upon receipt of an ade-
selects the amplitude point on the trigger signal at quate trigger signal, one and only one sweep is
which theA trigger generator initiates the A sweep. presented. After a single sweep has been
presented, another single sweep cannot be
presented until the RESET pushbutton is press-
39. B (DLY’D) TRIGGER LEVEL. Dual-purpose front ed.
panel control which selects the operating mode of
B sweep and, in the Triggerable After Delay Time
mode, adjusts the B Trigger Level. 41. Single Sweep READY Lamp. A front panel in-
dicator that, when lit, indicates that the A sweep
generator has been reset and is prepared to
Runs After Delay Time Mode: Set the B DLY’D present a single sweep display upon receipt of an
TRIGGER LEVEL control to the detent position adequate trigger signal. If the lamp is out, a single
(RUNS AFTER DLY TIME). In this mode, B sweep has been displayed and further single
sweep is initiated immediately upon completion sweep displays cannot be presented until the
of the delay time selected by the A SEC/DIV RESET pushbutton is pressed.
switch and the DELAY TIME POSITION dial.
Multiply the setting of the A SEC/DIV by the
setting of the DELAY TIME POSITION dial to 42. A TRIG HOLDOFF. A front panel control which
calculate the exact delay time. provides control of the holdoff time between
sweeps. Allows stable triggering on low repetition

2-14 @
 Operating Information—-335 Service

pulses or aperiodic signals. Obtain the best possi- controls are correctly set, only one sweep is
ble display using the A TRIGGER controls before presented every time the RESET pushbutton is
using the A TRIG HOLDOFF control. pressed. In the absence of an adequate triggering
signal (misadjusted triggering controls or a very
low repetition rate), the READY light comes on
43. RESET. A_ front panel momentary-contact when the RESET pushbutton is pressed, to in-
pushbutton switch to be used when operating in dicate a single sweep display will be presented
the Single Sweep mode. When the triggering upon receipt of an adequate triggering signal.

2-15
 Section 3—335 Service

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This section of the manual contains a description of the Trigger System
circuitry used in the 335. The description begins with a Generator
A Trigger Generator. The A Trigger
general discussion of the instrument, using the basic
produces a pulse that starts the A Sweep Generator. The
block diagram shown in Fig. 3-1. Then, each circuit is
Internal Trigger Pickoff and Trigger Switching circuits
described in detail. The diamond-enclosed number
determine the source of the signal supplied to the A
following a heading indicates the schematic diagram on
Trigger Generator circuit.
which the circuitry being discussed is located. The
schematic diagrams are located on the pullout pages at
the rear of this manual. are provided. in the NORM
Two A Trigger modes
(normal) mode, a trigger pulse is generated only upon
receipt of an adequate trigger signal. The AUTO
BLOCK DIAGRAM DISCUSSION (automatic) mode functions nearly the same as the NORM
mode. The difference is that in the AUTO mode, after a
The following discussion is given to aid in understan-
period of time with no adequate trigger signal available, a
ding the overall concept of the 335. Fig. 3-1 shows a basic
trigger pulse is automatically generated. This produces a
block diagram of the 335. Only the basic interconnections
reference display on the crt when no signal is supplied to
between the blocks are shown. The diamond-enclosed
the A Trigger Generator or when the signal repetition rate
number in each block indicates which schematic diagram
is less than about 20 Hz.
shows the circuitry represented by the block. The
schematic diagrams are located in the Diagrams section at
the rear of this manual. The Diagrams section also
B Trigger Generator. In the Triggerable After Delay
contains a detailed block diagram of the 335.
mode, the B Trigger Generator operates in the same
manner as the NORM mode of the A Trigger Generator.
However, the B Trigger Generator does not produce a
Vertical System trigger pulse until receipt of the first adequate signal after
Signals to be displayed on the crt are connected to the the completion of a delay time. This delay time is
CH 1 VERT INPUT or the CH 2 VERT INPUT connec- determined by the settings of the A SEC/DIV and DELAY
tor(s). The input signals are connected to the CH 1 and TIME POSITION controls.
CH 2 Attenuators. The Attenuators provide deflection-
factor switching. The signals from the Attenuators are
connected to the CH1 and CH 2 Preamplifiers. The In the RUNS AFTER DLY TIME mode the B Trigger
Preamplifiers provide signal amplification, variable Generator produces a trigger pulse as soon as the delay
deflection factor adjustment, vertical positioning, and time is completed.
balance controls. The outputs of the Preamplifiers are
connected to the Vertical Switching and Internal Trigger
Pickoff circuits. The Vertical Switching portion of the Horizontal System
circuit determines the signal(s) to be displayed on the crt.
Upon receipt of a trigger pulse, the A and B Trigger
The output of the Vertical Switching circuit is connected
Generators produce linear sawtooth voltages. The start of
to the Vertical Output Amplifier, which drives the vertical
the B Sweep sawtooth voltage is delayed from the start of
deflection plates of the crt. The internal Trigger Pickoff
the A Sweep sawtooth voltage by a time selected by the
portion of the Vertical Switching and Internal Trigger
settings of the A SEC/DIV and DELAY TIME POSITION
Pickoff circuits determines the source of the signal
controls (see Trigger System).
supplied to the Trigger Generators when using the
internal (INT) triggering.
The HORIZ DISPLAY switch selects which Sweep
ra
output
Gene isto r
connec ted to the Horizontal Amplifier.
Calibrator The Horizontal Amplifier drives the horizontal deflection
The Calibrator supplies a 1 kHz square wave to the plates of the crt. In the A INT setting of the HORIZ
CH 1 and CH 2 Attenuators. In the 5 DIV CAL position of DISPLAY switch, the A Sweep Generator provides
a 5-division
the VOLTS/DIV switches, this signal produces horizontal deflection and the display is intensified (made
display on the crt to check vertical gain adjustment. The brighter) during the time the B Sweep Generator is
Calibrator also supplies a signal to the .5 V CAL OUT jack. running. This is useful for observing the portion of the A
This signal can be used to check the attenuation factor Sweep display that would be presented in the B DLY’D
and compensation of probes. mode.

@
 09-€v6T

1976
&

REV. A, AUG.
31901 SIXV Z
aNv
ONDINV TENN
©
YHOLVYAN3ZD
©
YyOLVYSNAD
daaMs & YaDOIUL a
© > iC C,

Fig. 3 1. Basic block diagram of the 335.

TIdNV HOLIMS Id NV SNIHODLIMS
TWINOZIYHOH ONIWIL V ¥yaDOIL yaSOlNL
©
YHOLVYANAD
©
YOLVYSINAD
©
TdWV3dd
ZH9
daaMs V YADSOML V
©
dAONIDI
Yya99idL
Circuit Description—335 Service

ANI
ONV yOLVYSITVO
SNIHDLIMS
TWOILH3A
TdNV g
4ANdiLno dWV3ud
TWOILYHSA LHO

3-2
 Circuit Description—335 Service

CRT Circuit and Power Supply input signals, for vertical deflection on the crt, are
connected to CH1 VERT INPUT (J1) or CH2 VERT
The CRT circuit provides the high voltages needed to
INPUT (J11). The Attenuators provide control of input
operate the crt. The Power Supply circuit provides all
coupling and vertical deflection factors.
other voltages needed to operate the 335.

The CH 1 and CH 2 circuits are identical except that the

Unblanking and Z-Axis Logic CH 2 circuit contains an input capacitance adjustment
The Unblanking and Z-Axis Logic circuit supplies a (C11). This capacitor adjusts to match the input
signal to the unblanking grid of the crt. Signals for the need to
capacitance of CH 2 with CH 1. This eliminates
controlling blanking and unblanking are supplied to this readjust probe compensation when moving the probe
circuit from the A Sweep Generator, the B Sweep from one input to the other.
Generator, the Vertical Switching circuit (chopped
switching transient blanking), and the EXT BLANK input
connector. Since both circuits are identical, we will discuss the
CH 1 circuit.

Input Coupling
CH 1 AND CH 2 ATTENUATORS »
The CH 1AC-GND-DC switch, S2, controls the method
See Fig. 3-2 for a detailed block diagram of the CH 1 of coupling the input signal to the Attenuators (see Fig. 3-
and CH 2 Attenuators. 2).

CH4
INPUT VOLTS/DIV
COUPLING S4
PULL
'
CH 1 VERT t
INPUT '
|
i

a i VERTICAL
| SIGNAL TO
CH 1 PREAMPL

I
|
|

CALIBRATOR
SIGNAL

CH 2

VOLTS/DIV -}-~—+-

$14
INPUT
COUPLING
PULL
CH 2 VERT
INPUT

VERTICAL
SIGNAL TO
CH 2 PREAMPL

1943-61

Fig. 3-2. Detailed block diagram of the CH 1 and CH 2 Attenuators.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 3-3

Circuit Description—335 Service

AC. The input signal passes through C2 to the

attenuators. CH 1
~~---[|VOLTS/DIVI ---7

GND. The inptout the Attenuators is grounded through

S2. The input signal passes through C2 and R2 to ground. VERTICAL
This allows C2 to charge to the average dc level of the SIGNAL
FROM CH 1
input signal. INPUT OR PREAMPL
PREVIOUS
ATTENUATOR R100B
the C7A IMQ,
DC. The input signal is connected directly to
Attenuators.
1943-62

Fig. 3-3. Simplified schematic of the CH 1 2X Attenuator.

Deflection Factor Selection
The basic vertical deflection factor of the 335 is
10 mV/division. To obtain the other deflection factors
indicated by the VOLTS/DIV switch, one or more of four
Resistor R7B and the parallel combination of R7C and
attenuators are switched into the circuit (in series) or the
R100B form the voltage divider. The resistance ratio is 1 to
gain of the Preamplifier is increased by a factor of 10 (see
1. Resistor R7B drops 50% of the signal. This leaves 50% of
CH 1 and CH 2 Vertical Preamp). Table 3-1 shows each
the signal to pass on to the CH 1 Preamp.
deflection factor and the attenuation or gain switching
needed to obtain it.

A shunt capacitor, C7A, provides adjustment of input

capacitance to maintain a constant input impedance
(1 MQ paralleled by about 24 pF) as you change the
TABLE 3-1
VOLTS/DIV switch setting. A series capacitor, C7B,
Deflection Factors adjusts to provide correct attenuation at higher frequen-
cies.
VOLTS/DIV X10 GAIN Attenuators
; Setting Switching | 2X | 5X | 10X | 100X

rm fx TT
ee ee ee 5 DIV CAL

sm | xe In the 5 DIV CAL position of the VOLTS/DIV switches,

the output of the Attenuator circuit is disconnected from
tom | the input to the Vertical Preamp and the Calibrator signal

cm |Txt is Connected in its place. This provides a 5-division vertical

display on the crt for use in checking vertical system gain.
som fT x
4 eT
2 | KY
5s ff xt x CH 1 AND CH 2 VERTICAL
tf
— 2 [|{xt| fx PREAMPLIFIER &
os ft x The Vertical Preamplifier circuit provides input isola-

oof x x tion, signal amplification, and control of variable deflec-

tion factor and vertical display position. In the 1m, 2m,
and 5 m positions of the VOLTS/DIV switches, the gain of
the Vertical Preamplifier is increased by a factor of 10. The
The four attenuators are frequency-compensated CH 1 and CH 2 circuits are identical except that CH 2 can
voltage dividers. Fig. 3-3 shows a simplified schematic of invert the CH 2 signal as displayed on the crt. See Fig. 3-4
the CH 1 2X attenuator. The other attenuators work in the for a simplified block diagram of the CH 1 Vertical
same manner but use different ratios. Preamplifier.

3-4 REV. A, AUG. 1976

 Circuit Description—335 Service

CH1
POSITION
R122A

ISOLATION
AMPLIFIER
ai50

CH 1
U100 SIGNAL
INPUT TO
AMPLIFIER VERTICAL
SWITCHING

R122B

CH1
SIGNAL ie
FROM ~ VARIABLE
ATTENUATOR SOURCE
FOLLOWER
Q100
1943-87

Fig. 3-4. Basic block diagram of the CH 1 Preamplifier.

Input Source Follower

See Fig. 3-5 for a schematic of the Input Source
Follower.

R101A R101B
The signal from the attenuator is connected to the gate R100B
of Q100A (Q200A). Resistor R100B (R200B), located on
diagram 1, provides input resistance for the stage.
Resistors R101A and R101B (R201A and R201B), located
on diagram 1, protect the circuit by limiting gate current in
the presence of high-amplitude positive-going input
signals. Diode CR101 (CR201 and CR202) protects the
circuit by clamping the gate of Q100A (Q200A) at about
—8.7 volts (—9.4 volts) in the presence of high-amplitude
negative-going input signals. FET Q100B (Q200B)
provides a relatively constant current source for Q100A
(Q200A).
-8V
1943-88

Fig. 3-5. Schematic of the input source follower.

U100 (U200) In the 1 m, 2m, and 5 m positions of the VOLTS/DIV

The Tektronix-made integrated circuit U100 (U200) switch the gain of U100 (U200) is increased by a factor of
provides gain switching, variable deflection factor control, 10; this is in the X10 mode. In the X10 mode, —8 volts is
vertical position control, and polarity switching (CH 2 connected to the junction of R106 and R112 (R206 and
only). See Fig. 3-6 for a functional block diagram of U100 R212). Pins 1 and 16 are the current source for U100
(U200). (U200); see Fig. 3-4.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 3-5

Circuit Description—335 Service

GAIN SWITCHING

SIGNAL
OFFSET OUT
3 9

PARAPHASE
AMPLIFIER

TO POSITION
SIGNAL CONTROL
INPUT 10
14

SIGNAL
OUT
8

12
CH2TO
CH1TO
PIN 12 PIN 12
OF U200
OF U100
R223 INVERT
R123

vr' +8V
+8V
Oo— -8V
R122B8 R222B

VARIABLE VARIABLE

1943-89

Fig. 3-6. Functional block diagram of U100 (U200).

In all positions of the VOLTS/DIV switch except 1m, The output is applied to pin 14 of
of the Source Follower
2m, and 5 m U100 (U200) operates in the X1 mode. To U100 (U200). This is the input to a paraphase amplifier
operate in the X1 mode, —8 volts is connected to R113 and contained within U100 (U200). The outputs of the
R108 (R213 and R208). Pins 2 and 15 are now the current paraphase amplifier are 180° out of phase with each other.
source for U100 (U200). Each output of the paraphase amplifier is connected toa
pair of steering amplifiers: A1—B1 and A2—B2. The
switching amplifier controls the gains of the steering
amplifier. In normal operation, only A1 and A2 pass the
signal.
There are two adjustments for calibrating Vertical
Preamplifier gain, R135 and R110B (R235 and R210B). In
the X1 mode, both R135 and R110B (R235 and R210B)
affect gain. In the X10 mode, only R135 (R235) affects Adjustment of R122B (R222B) provides variable deflec-
gain. Due to this interaction R135 (R235) must be adjusted tion factors. This is done by turning B1 and B2 on. As the
in the X10 mode first. Then R135 (R235) is adjusted in the VARIABLE control is rotated counterclockwise the
X1 mode. amplitude of the output of B1 and B2 increases. The

3-6 REV. A, AUG. 1976

 Circuit Description—335 Service

outputs of A1 and B2 are connected together and are 180° (U200). Overall amplifier gain is adjusted by R135 (R235).
out of phase with each other. The outputs of A1 and B2 add Reducing the resistance of R135 (R235) reduces gain by
algebraically. This reduces the amplitude of the output shunting signal current around the bases of Q150 and
signal at pin 9. Steering amplifiers A2 and B1 operate in the Q160 (Q250 and Q260). This reduced base drive reduces
same manner to reduce the amplitude of the output signal the signal current through R151 and R161 (R251 and
at pin 8. R261). This reduces the signal amplitude supplied to U350
and U360.

The CH 2 Vertical Preamplifier has the ability to invert

the signals at pins 8 and 9 of U200. This is done by
switching the voltage connected to pin 12, through R222B Transistors Q150 and Q160 (Q250 and Q260) are
and R223, from +8 volts to —8 volts. This causes the connected as emitter followers. This provides isolation
switching amplifier to turn on steering amplifiers B1 and between the Vertical Amplifier circuits and U350 and
B2 and turn off steering amplifiers A1 and A2. In the U360.
inverted mode, variable deflection factors are obtained in
a manner simitar to normal operation except adjustment of
R222B turns on A1 and A2 instead of B1 and B2.

Vertical positioning is done by adjusting R122A

(R222A). This changes the dc level at pin 10 of U100 VERTICAL SWITCHING
(U200). The vertical shift of the display is proportional to INTERNAL TRIGGER PICKOFF
AND
the voltage change at pin 10.
The Vertical Switching and Internal Trigger Pickoff
circuit uses digital logic to perform the switching func-
tions. Fig. 3-7 shows the logic symbols used on diagram 3.
Fig. 3-8 showsa simplified block diagram of the circuit and
Level Shift and Isolation Amplifiers a truth table for U300, U350, and U360 (the shaded areas of
Transistors Q130 and Q140 (Q230 and Q240) shift the Fig. 3-8 apply to instruments with serial numbers below
level of the signal currents from pins 8 and 9 of U100 B300121). This circuit also contains the Delay Line.

INVERTER
TRUTH TABLE

NAND GATE INVERTER

JK FLIP-FLOP
TRUTH TABLE’

' SHOWS ONLY THOSE CONDITIONS

USED IN THIS INSTRUMENT.
? HAS NO AFFECT.
3 CHANGES STATE ON EVERY
NEGATIVE TRANSITION AT G.
JK FLIP-FLOP
1943-90

Fig. 3-7. Logic symbols and truth tables.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 3-7

Circuit Description—335 Service

SHADED AREAS APPLY TO INSTRUMENTS BELOW SNB300121

U300A
13 3.
3a S 87
13
3.4
JG
128
> G U350 VERTICAL
9 1
VERTICAL SIGNAL
+5V = KG SWITCH OUT

2
é R V
12

PINS 2, 3, AND 4
CONTROLLED BY
FROM DISPLAY SWITCH. 14
DISPLAY
SWITCH PIN 12 CONTROLLED
BY ALTERNATE SYNC LN
PULSE OR CHOP PIN 14 CONTROLLED
OSCILLATOR. BY DISPLAY SWITCH.

CH1 [° |
14

onz [ * cy
U360
INTERNAL
TRIGGER
SWITCH
+5V— INTERNAL
TRIGGER
SIGNAL
OUT
PINS 12,13, AND 14 PIN 11 CONTROLLED BY
CONTROLLED BY ALTERNATE SYNC PULSE
DISPLAY SWITCH. — OR CHOP OSCILLATOR.

DISPLAY SWITCH

CH1

CH2
5 |
r

rTririlrcrlyr

fu [ro [|=
Hi | to | |-" |
[ro
fH [- |- |
ai | [a [ri ALT CH1
°o2
=
~

jo fe fon [re ALT CH2

je [an [on |e | LO | ALT COMP

jon | [an fue | LO | CHOP |CH1

a fa [or [re | LO | CHOP CH2

' HAS NO AFFECT ON OUTPUT.

* PULSE IS A SWEEP GATE FROM Q780.
+ PULSE IS GENERATED BY CHOP OSCILLATOR—U340.
: CHANGES STATES AT THE END OF EACH A SWEEP.
CHANGES STATES ON EACH NEGATIVE TRANSITION OF THE PULSE FROM THE CHOP OSCILLATOR. 1943-91

Fig. 3-8. Vertical Switching and Internal Trigger Pickoff logic.

3-8 REV. A, AUG. 1976

 Circuit Description—335 Service

Switching Logic EXT TRIG

The GH 1 and CH 2 vertical signals are connected to OR HORIZ
INPUT
U350 and U360. The Vertical Switching IC (U350) selects
the signal supplied to the Vertical Output Amplifier. The
source of the internal trigger signal is selected by U360.
The state of pins 4 and 14 control which input signal R535
1.05 M PARTIAL
appears at the output.
$510
EXT ATTEN
TRIG TO
Pin 4 of U350 and U360 are controlled by U300 and the QS00A

©
display switch. In instruments below serial number
B3000121, pin 4 of U350 is controlled by U300A and pin 4
of U360 is controlled by USOOB. The state of the output(s)
of U300 is controlled by the DISPLAY switch, the chop
oscillator, and the alternate sync pulse.

1943-92
Pin 14 of both U350 and U360 is controlled by the
DISPLAY switch. When pin 14 is LO, only one of the input Fig. 3-9. Simplified diagram of the EXT ATTEN circuit.
signals appears at the output. When pin 14 is HI, the output
signal is the algebraic sum of the input signals.
The action of the EXT ATTEN circuit is not very
obvious. Fig. 3-9 shows a simplified diagram of the circuit.
Delay Line The voltage divider action of the circuit supplies 50% of the
input signal to Q500A in the 1X position of S510. In the 10X
The output of U350 is connected to Delay Line DL370. position of S510 5% of the input signal is supplied to
The Delay Line delays the signal to the Vertical Output Q500A.
Amplifier by about 180 ns. This allows the Trigger
Generator to start the Sweep Generator before the Vertical
Signal reaches the crt. The delay allows the leading edge
of the signal originating the trigger pulse to be displayed.
CALIBRATOR >

U1500 is connected as an astable multivibrator.

VERTICAL OUTPUT AMPLIFIER &» Resistor R1501 adjusts calibrator frequency to 1 kHz. A
resistive divider drops the multivibrator output voltage to
For SN 303391 and up, the Vertical Output Amplifier 0.5 volt peak-to-peak at the front panel 0.5 V CAL OUT
consists of discrete amplifier devices Q461-Q471, Q481- jack (for SN 300121-up, R1511 adjusts this voltage). Other
Q491, Q483-Q484, Q493-Q494 and associated com- resistive dividers drop the voltage to 50 mV peak-to-peak
ponents. Vertical Output Amplifier transient response (for SN 300121-up, R1519 and R1516 adjust this voltage).
adjustment is provided by adjustable components C461, The 50 mV signal is supplied to the vertical preamplifiers
C475, C477 and R477. Variable resistor R367A (see in the 5 DIV CAL positions of the VOLTS/DIV switches,
diagram 3) provides ADD Mode Balance adjustment. where the signal is used for vertical gain adjustments.

For SN below 303391, final amplification of the vertical

signal is done by integrated circuit U400. The components TRIGGER AMPLIFIER &
connected between pins 2 and 4 compensate for signal
distortions caused by the Delay Line. The components FET QS500A is connected as a source follower (see Fig.
connected between pins 7 and 8 and between pins 14 and 3-10). It provides isolation between the trigger source and
15 provide thermal and high-frequency compensation. the trigger generators. A fairly constant current source for
Q500A is provided by Q500B.
TRIGGER SWITCHING >
Trigger switching is done with mechanical switches.
The trigger signal can be selected from one of several The output of the source follower is connected to Q510
sources: Internal (see Vertical Switching and Internal and Q520. Both Q510 and Q520 are connected as emitter
Trigger Pickoff); a sample of the line voltage applied to the followers. The outputof Q510 supplies the trigger signal to
335; or the signal applied to the EXT TRIG OR HORIZ the B Trigger Generator. In the EXT HORIZ mode, the
INPUT connector. Most of the switching, as drawn on output of Q510 is connected to the Horizontal Amplifier.
diagram 5, is easy to follow and needs no further The output of Q520 supplies the trigger signal to the A
discussion. Trigger Generator.

REV B, SEPT 1978 3-9

Circuit Description—335 Service

A TRIGGER GENERATOR &

EMITTER FOLLOWER
Q520
The A Trigger Generator consists of the Input Com-
parator, Slope Switching, and Tunnel Diode circuits. The
TRIGGER / TOA output of the A Trigger Generator is a fast-rise positive-
SIGNAL TRIGGER
FROM GENERATOR going gate signal which initiates A Sweep generation. Fig.
$500C / 3-11 shows a simplified block diagram of the A Trigger
Generator.
INPUT
SOURCE
FOLLOWER
Q500
TO B TRIGGER Input Comparator
GENERATOR
The Input Comparator consists of Q540 and Q545. Fig.
3-12 shows a simplified diagram of the input Comparator.
EMITTER FOLLOWER This circuit performs two functions. First, the single-
510
ended trigger signal from Q520 is converted to a push-pull
1943-93
signal. Also, the input signal is compared to the dc level set
by the LEVEL control, R540. Fig. 3-12 shows the response
Fig. 3-10. Simplified block diagram of the Trigger Amplifier
circuit.
of this circuit to an input signal at three different settings of
the LEVEL control.

A HOLDOFF

TUNNEL
DIODE
TRIGGER CIRCUIT A GATE
A TRIG GER
SIGNAL
COMPARATOR SWITCHING Q555 CR561 TO A SWEEP
Q545, 0540 U500 a560 CR571 GENERATOR
Q570

1943-94

Fig. 3-11. Simplified block diagram of the A Trigger Generator circuit.

3-10
 Circuit Description—335 Service

TO 0560 AND
ARM TUNNEL DIODE*

TO Q570 AND
FIRE TUNNEL DIODE*

+
TRIGGER BV
SIGNAL

FROM Q520

A LEVEL
CONTROL TRIGGER SIGNAL* SIGNAL*
SETTING SIGNAL TO Q560 TO 0570

* ASLOPE SET TO+

1943-95

Fig. 3-12. Simplified diagram of the Input Comparator.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 3-11

Circuit Description—335 Service

Slope Switching In the — (minus) position of the SLOPE switch the bases
Slope switching is done by inverting the input to the of U550B, U550D, and U550E are grounded through R547.
Tunnel Diode circuit. Fig. 3-13 shows a diagram of the This turns off U550B, U550D, and U550E.
Slope Switching circuit.

When U550E turns off, its collector and the bases of

US550A and U5SO0C are set to about +3 Vde by R550 and
In the + (plus) position of the SLOPE switch the bases R551. This turns on U550A and U550C. Signal current
of U550B, U550D, and U550E are set to about 3 Vdc by flows through U550A and U550C to the Tunnel Diode
R547 and R548. This turns on U550B, U550D, and U550E. circuit. Since the collectors of U550A and U550C are
The collector of U550E goes to about +1 Vdc which turns cross-coupled with the collectors of U550B and U550D,
off US550A and U550C. Signal current passes through the signals supplied to the Tunnel Diode circuit are
U550B and U550D to the Tunnel Diode circuit. inverted.

SIGNAL
SIGNAL OUT

SIGNAL
SIGNAL
OUT

SLOPE
SWITCH

1943-96

Fig. 3-13. Diagram of the A Slope Switch circuit.

3-12 REV. A, AUG. 1976

 Circuit Description—335 Service

Tunnel Diode Circuit

CURRENT
Fig. 3-14 shows a simplified diagram of the Tunnel SOURCE
Diode circuit. Q555

HOLDOFF

TRIGGER
Transistors Q560 and @570 are common emitter SIGNAL
amplifiers which provide the signal currents needed to
switch the tunnel diodes. Transistor Q555 provides a
constant-current source for Q560 and Q570.

TRIGGER
During holdoff the tunnel diodes are held in their low- SIGNAL
voltage state by a negative-going signal applied to the A SWEEP
tunnel diodes through R560 and R570. GATE

After holdoff has ended (but before triggering), both

tunnel diodes are biased in their low-voltage state. Tunnel
diode CR561 receives current from Q560 and R561. 1943-97
Tunnel diode CR571 receives current from Q570, R571,
and the sensitivity adjustment R702-R705. Resistors R702 Fig. 3-14. Simplified diagram of the Tunnel Diode Circuit.
and R705 are found in diagram 8. Resistor R561 biases
CR561 much closer to its switching point than R571 biases
CR571. The additional current available by turning on
Q570 cannot switch CR571 to its high-voltage state. If the
sensitivity adjustment (R702) is correctly adjusted, the
B TRIGGER GENERATOR <>
additional current available by turning on Q570 cannot
switch CR571 to its high voltage state. in nearly the same
The B Trigger Generator operates
manner as the A Trigger Generator. Only the differences
will be discussed here.

On the first half cycle of the trigger signal, the signalon

the base of Q560 starts going more negative. This causes
Q560 to start conducting more current. When the ad-
Slope Switching
ditional current from Q560 causes the current in CR561 to Slope switching in the B Trigger Generator is done
reach 4.7 mA, CR561 will switch to its high-voltage state. mechanically, unlike the transistorized switching used in
After CR561 switches, the currrent available through R561 the A Trigger Generator.
will hold it in its high-voltage state.

Triggerable After Delay Time Mode

in the Triggerable After Delay Time mode, a negative-
On the second half cycle of the trigger signal, the signal
going holdoff signal is applied through R627 and R628.
on the base of Q570 starts going more negative while the
This holds CR629 and CR630 in their low-voltage state.
signal on the base of Q560 starts going more positive. The
The holdoff time is the A holdoff time plus a delay time
current through Q570 starts increasing while the current
selected by the A SEC/DIV and DELAY TIME POSITION
through Q560 starts decreasing. Because CR561 is being
controls. After the completion of the delay time, the
held in its high-voltage state, the collector of Q560 (the
holdoff signal is removed. Now CR629 and CR630 can be
anode of CR561) does not move toward ground as the
switched in the same manner as CR561 and CR571 (see
current through it decreases. This provides extra current
Tunnel Diode Circuit under A Trigger Generator). The
through R560 and R570 which biases CR571 closer to its
resulting B Gate signal initiates B Sweep generation.
switching point. Because of this increased bias current the
extra current available by increasing conduction in Q570
can switch CR571 to its high-voltage state. When CR571
switches to its high-voltage state, the resulting 0.5 V fast- Runs After Delay Time Mode
rise pulse is supptied to the A Sweep Generator. At the end When the B LEVEL control is in the RUNS AFTER DLY
of the A Sweep, a negative-going holdoff pulse is applied TIME position, S630 closes, and causes the B Trigger
to R560 and R570. This switches CR561 and CR571 back Generator to operate in the Runs After Delay Time mode.
to their low-voltage state. in this mode, a negative-going holdoff signal is applied to

@ 3-13
Circuit Description—335 Service

CR629 and CR630 through R626 and R630. This holds collector of U700B steps positive. This positive-going step
CR629 and CR630 in their low-voltage state. The holdoff is coupled to pin 1 of U730 through emitter follower
time is the A holdoff time, plus a delay time selected by the U700C. The positive-going step on pin 1 of U730 initiates
A SEC/DIV and DELAY TIME POSITION controls. After sweep generation.
the completion of the delay time, the B holdoff signal is
removed. Now the current available from R629 through
R627 and R628 immediately biases both CR629 and
CR630 to their high-voltage state. The resulting B Gate
signal activates the B Sweep Generator immediately upon
completion of the selected delay time. Milter Integrator
The Miller Integrator is part of U730.

A SWEEP GENERATOR

Fig. 3-15 shows a simplified block diagram of the A When a positive pulse from the Sweep Start Com-
Sweep Generator. The A Sweep Generator produces a parator is applied to pin 1 of U730, the Miller integrator
linear sawtooth voltage when activated by the A Gate produces a linear sawtooth voltage. The duration of the
signal. This sawtooth voltage is connected to the Horizon- sawtooth is determined by the duration of the positive
tal Amplifier to provided horizontal deflection on the crt. level on pin 1 of U730. The duration of this positive level is
Fig. 3-16 shows the time-relationship of events during A controlled by the Sweep Stop Comparator.
Sweep generation.

The linear sawtooth is generated by charging a

A Sweep Start Comparator
capacitor (C,) with a constant current. The constant
The Sweep Start Comparator consists of U700A and current is produced by holding the voltage on pin 9 of
U700B. Emitter follower U700C provides isolation U730 constant. This holds the voltage across R, constant.
between the Sweep Start Comparator and U730. The values of R, and C, are selected by the A SEC/DIV
switch.

Before the A Trigger Generator produces an A Gate

signal, U700A is off and U700B is on. The positive-goingA
Gate signal turns on U700A and turns off U700B. The The Sawtooth output appears at pin 8 of U730.

AUTO
TIMING
HOLDOFF A HOLDOFF
COMPARATOR TO A TRIGGER
U700D,E GENERATOR
SWEEP
CONTROL
U750
HO
TIMING

A SWEEP SWEEP
A MILLE TO
START
INTEGRATOR HORIZONTAL
COMPARATOR
U700A U730 AMPLIFIER
U700B
U700C

SWEEP
STOP
COMPARATOR
Q732 Q734 *VALUES SELECTED
Q739 BY SEC/DIV SWITCH
1943-98

Fig. 3-15. Simplified block diagram of the A Sweep Generator.

3-14
 Circuit Description—335 Service

A Holdoff
END OF SWEEP—
START OF HOLDOFF The A Holdoff circuitry supplies a negative-going pulse
to the A Trigger Generator. This negative-going pulse
resets the tunnel diodes. When tunnel diode CR571 steps
END OF HOLDOFF low, the negative-going step is coupled through the A
Sweep Start Comparator to pin 1 of U730. When pin 1 of
U730 steps low, the Sweep Generator resets, and pin 8 of
RECEIPT OF TRIGGER
SWEEP STARTS U730 rapidly goes to about 0 volt. Fig. 3-16 shows the time
relationship of events, including holdoff, during A Sweep
generation.

A SWEEP
SAWTOOTH
PIN 8 U750 A Holdoff Comparator. The A Holdoff Comparator
consists of U700D and U700E. When the sweep stop pulse
causes pin 16 of U750 to momentarily step positive, pin 17
of U750 steps positive and remains positive. The positive
level on pin 17 of U750 is level-shifted by VR764, turns on
U700E, and turns off U700D. The collector of U700E steps
A GATE negative to about —0.5 volt. This negative-going pulse is
BASE OF
U700A supplied to the A Trigger Generator.

A Holdoff Timing. The circuitry connected to pin 8 of

U750 determines the duration of holdoff. This circuitry
SWEEP
STOP appears on diagram 11, but will be discussed here becuase
PULSE of its close relation to the A Sweep Generator.
PIN 16 U750

Pin 8 of U750 is normally held near ground. When a

sweep-stop pulse is sensed at pin 16 of U750, pin 8 of U750
is released. Pin 8 of U750 starts going positive as the
A HOLDOFF
COLLECTOR holdoff timing capacitor(s) (C745A, C745B, and C745C)
OF U700E starts charging. Changing the emitter resistance of Q744
or changing the bias on Q744 with the A TRIGGER
HOLDOFF control (R742), varies the amount of current
available to charge the holdoff timing capacitor(s). This
varies holdoff time. When the voltage of pin 8 of U750
A HOLDOFF becomes sufficiently positive, circuitry within U750 sets
TIMING pins 8 and 17 of U750 low. When pin 17 of U750 steps low,
PIN 8 U750
U700E turns off and holdoff ends.

1943-99

Fig. 3-16. Time relationship of events during A Sweep generation. Auto Mode Operation
In the AUTO mode, with no adequate trigger signal
available, the A Sweep Generator automatically generates
a sweep. This provides a reference display on the crt.
A Sweep Stop Comparator
The A Sweep Stop Comparator consists of Q732 and
Q734. Emitter follower Q739 provides a buffer between the In the NORM mode, pin 6 of U750 is held near 0 volt
Sweep Stop Comparator and U750. continuously. In the AUTO mode, when pin 19 of U750 is
grounded, pin 6 of U750 is released at the end of holdoff.
As C746 charges, pin 6 of U750 moves positive. If an A
The A Sweep sawtooth is applied to the base of Q732. Gate arrives at pin 1 of U750, pin 6 of U750 is reset ot O voit.
During holdoff and during the time the sweep is running, If no A Gate arrives at pin 1 of U750, pin 6 of U750
Q732 is on and Q734 is off. When the sawtooth reaches the continues positive until it reaches about +6 volts. When
voltage on the base of Q734, Q732 turns off and Q734 turns pin 6 of U750 reaches +6 volts, the Auto gate at pin 3 of
on. The collector of Q734 steps positive for an instant. This U750 is enabled. Pin 3 of U750 steps negative. This turns
positive step is coupled to pin 16 of U750 through emitter off U700B. The collector of U700B steps positive. This
follower Q739. A positive step on pin 16 of U750 starts positive step is coupled to pin 1 of U730 through emitter
holdoff and resets the A Sweep Generator. follower U700C, which initiates sweep generation. At the

REV. A, AUG. 1976 3-15

Circuit Description—335 Service

end of the sweep, pin 3 steps positive and is held positive the A SEC/DIV and DELAY TIME POSITION controls.
during holdoff. On subsequent sweep cycles, pin 3 steps With the B LEVEL control in the detent position, B Sweep
negative immediately upon completion of holdoff. This is initiated immediately upon completion of the delay time.
continues until an A Gate signal arrives at pin 1 of U750 With the B LEVEL out of the detent position, B Sweep is
(see Fig. 3-17). initiated upon receipt of the first adequate trigger signal
occurring after the completion of the delay time.

B SWEEP GENERATOR

Fig. 3-18 shows a simplified block diagram of the B

Sweep Generator. The B Sweep Generator operates in a B Sweep Start Comparator
manner similar to the A Sweep Generator. The difference The B Sweep Start Comparator consists of U800A and
is thata B Sweep sawtooth cannot be initiated until aftera U800B. Emitter follower U800C provides isolation
delay time. This delay time is determined by the settings of between the Sweep Start Comparator and U815.

END OF
HOLDOFF
ADEQUATE !
TRIGGER 1
SIGNAL
ARRIVES
|| TIMING 1S
DURING AN | RESET WHEN
END OF AUTOMATICALLY | A GATE STEPS
AUTO GENERATED! POSITIVE
| END OF HOLDOFF TIMING SWEEP !

| !\ |
tIo '
1
14 |
Iopooe
|

} |
|
|! r1o 14 1 |
| | ! ! !
| | , |! } oo! | |
PING | 1 | ! | f '
| U750 | 1 ot ; ot | 1
| | | 1 | 1 | ,!
| { iol I, ' I
; I
AUTO GATE j
PIN 3 1 | | | | | ;
U750 | ' ‘ | | I ' |
| | ! | | |
| 1 | ty tot
| | 1 | | 1 |
| | | | t | I | |

sue |
| 1!

Vide
| Ly Ly

Ale
i
, , I
PIN 8 i i ; ‘
t | ! i oy
U730 |
{ | j | | t i
{
l | | | | I 1
| | I ;\ | 11 ||

| Pid! ol
| t \ | | 1!

I
AGATE \ | 1! |
PIN 1 fa : cs
U750 | 4 | 1
1 | I
I | | ! |
| Poy
{ ty
14 Poy
14 | |oy
| | | I 1 I |
| | 1 I ' ; '
A HOLDOFF
COLLECTOR
U700E

1943-100

Fig. 3-17. Time relationship of events during AUTO mode operation.

3-16 REV. A, AUG. 1976

 Circuit Description—335 Service

Before the B Trigger Generator produces a B Gate U815 constant. This holds the voitage across R, constant.
signal U800A is off and U800B is on. The positive-going B The values of Ri and C, are selected by the B SEC/DIV
Gate signal turns on U800A and turns off U800B. The switch.
collector of U800B steps positive. This positive-going step
is coupled to pin 1 of U815 through emitter follower
U800C. The positive-going step on pin 1 of U815 initiates The sawtooth output is at pin 8 of U815.
sweep generation.

Miller Integrator
The Miller Integrator is part of U815. B Sweep Stop Comparator
The B Sweep Stop Comparator is part of U815. U815
and U730 are identical integrated circuits. The circuitry in
When a positive pulse from the Sweep Start Com- U730 that performs the Delay Pickoff Function, is the same
parator is applied to pin 1 of U815, the Miller Integrator as the circuitry in U815 that performs the B Sweep Stop
produces a linear sawtooth voltage. The duration of the Function.
sawtooth is determined by the duration of the positive
level on pin 1 of U815. The duration of this positive level is
controlled by the B Sweep Stop Comparator (or by pin 4 of The B Sweep sawtooth is compared, within U815, to the
U730 if the A Sweep terminates before the B Sweep). dc level at pin 6 of U815. When the sawtooth reaches the
level of pin 6 of U815, a very short-duration positive-going
pulse is generated at pin 4 of U815. This pulseis applied to
The linear sawtooth is generated by charging a the B Holdoff logic and terminates sweep generation. Fig.
capacitor (C,) with a constant current. The constant 3-19 shows the time relationships of the B Sweep sawtooth
current is produced by holding the voltage on pin 9 of and the B Logic waveforms.

B SWEEP
B SWEEP TO HORIZONTAL
B GATE B MILLER
START INTEGRATOR
AMPLIFIER
FROM COMPARATOR
B TRIGGER U800A
GENERATOR us00B U815
us00c

INTERNALLY
CONNECTED

4
B SWEEP STOP
COMPARATOR

U815B
B HOLDOFF
LOGIC B HOLDOFF
U825 To
U800D B TRIGGER
U800E GENERATOR
a824
Q827
B SWEEP LOCKOUT
FROM SEC/DIV

A SWEEP DELAY
RAMP PICKOFF
INTERNALLY CONNECTED COMPARATOR
U730A U730

DELAY
TIME
POSITION

1943-101

Fig. 3-18. Simplified block diagram of the B Sweep Generator.

@ 3-17
Circuit Description—335 Service

A SWEEP
PIN 8 U730

B SWEEP
PIN 8 U815

PIN 4 U730

PIN 4 U815

PIN 9 U825A

PIN 10 U825A

B HOLDOFF
PIN 14 U800E

PIN 8 U825A

NAND GATE

PIN 4 PIN 4 PINS PIN 10 PINS

U730 U815 U825A U825A U825A
A SWEEP ENDS
BEGINNING OF
A HOLDOFF
A SWEEP REACHES
| LEVEL SET BY
DELAY TIME
POSITION CONTROL
B SWEEP REACHES STEPS HI
LEVEL SET ON FOR AN
PIN 6 OF U815 INSTANT pe fm |
A SWEEP END
BEGINNING OF
A HOLDOFF

THE ABOVE WAVEFORMS ARE IDEALIZED.

THE SETUP CONDITIONS ARE:
HORIZ DISPLAY A INTEN
BLEVEL RUNS AFTER DLY TIME

1943-102

Fig. 3-19. Time relationship of the B sawtooth and B holdoff logic waveforms.

Delay Pickoff The A Sweep sawtooth is compared, within U730, to the

The Delay Pickoff is part of U730. U815 and U730 are dc level on pin 6 of the U730. The DELAY TIME POSITION
identical integrated circuits. The circuitry that performs control, R714, sets the dc level at pin 6 of U730. When theA
the B Sweep Stop Function in U815 is the same as the sawtooth reaches the level of pin 6 of U730, pin 4 of U730
circuitry in U730 that performs the Delay Pickoff Function. steps HI. This HI is applied to the B Holdoff Logic and

3-18 REV. A, AUG. 1976

 Circuit Description—335 Service

terminates B Hoidoff. If the B LEVEL control is in the This negative step is the holdoff pulse. See Fig. 3-19 for the
detent position, a B sawtooth is generated immediately logic levels just after B Holdoff begins.
upon termination of B Holdoff. If the B LEVEL control is
out of the detent position, a B sawtooth is generated on
receipt of the first adequate trigger signal occurring after At the beginning of A Hoildoff, pin 4 of U730 goes LO
the termination of B Hoidoff (see B Trigger Generator). causing pin 12 of U825B to go LO. The state of the
multivibrator switches, causing pin 10 of U825A to go Hi.
However, since pin 9 of U825A just stepped LO, pin 8 of
B Holdoff Logic U825A remains HI.

The B Holdoff Logic circuit consists of Q824, Q827,

U825, U800D, and U800E. Integrated circuit U825 con- When A Sweep reaches the level of pin 6 of U730, pin 4
tains 4 NAND gates, two of which are connected as a
of U730 goes HI, causing pin 9 of U825A and pin 12 of
bistable multivibrator. A negative transistion at pin 12 or U825B to go HI. The state of the multivibrator does not
pin 4 of U825 will switch the state of the multivibrator. switch at this time. The HI on pins 9 and 10 of U825A cause
Transistors Q824 and Q827 are emitter followers which pin 8 of U825A to step LO. This turns off U800E and
buffer the output of pin 4 of U815 and U730. Transistors terminates B Holdoff.
U800D and U800E are connected as a comparator. Fig. 3-
19 shows the time relationship of the B Sawtooth and theB
Holdoff Logic waveforms.

HORIZONTAL AMPLIFIER ®
When the B Sweep Stop pulse from pin 4 of U815
causes pin 2 of U825C to momentarily step HI, pin 3 of The Horizontal Amplifier provides final amplification of
U825D steps LO. Pin 3 of U825D connects to pin 4 of the horizontal signal. The output of the Horizontal
U825C. When pin 4 of U825C steps LO, the state of the Amplifier drives the horizontal deflection plates of the crt.
multivibrator switches, and pin 8 of U825A goes HI which Fig. 3-20 shows a simplified block diagram of the Horizon-
turns on U800E. The collector of U800E steps negative. tal Amplifier.

A&B
SEC/DIV
& DELAY TIME R955B R955A

AORB
SWEEP GAIN
FROM PARAPHASE SETTING
SWEEP AMPL AMPL
GENERATORS Q915 0930
\
OUTPUT
AMPL
955 HORIZ
aQ960 SIGNAL
a965 TO CRT

FROM
EXT HORIZ
INPUT
OUTPUT
AMP
Q970
Q975
ag980

975B 975A

1943-103

Fig. 3-20. Simplified block diagram of the Horizontal Amplifier.

3-19
Circuit Description—335 Service

EXT HORIZ Amplfiier Diodes CR930 and CR940 provide Output Amplifier
protection when positive-going signal amplitude be-
In all positions of the A SEC/DIV switch except EXT
comes excessive. One or both of these diodes become
HORIZ, the outputs of the Sweep Generators are con-
forward biased when the collector of Q930 or Q940 goes
nected to the Horizontal Amplifier. In the EXT HORIZ
more positive than about +0.7 volt. This shunts some of
position of the A SEC/DIV switch, the Sweep Generators
the Output Amplifiers input signal current to ground.
are disabled, and their outputs are disconnected from the
Horizontal Amplifier. In the place of the sweep signal, the
signal connected to the EXT TRIG or HORIZ INPUT
connector is applied to the Horizontal Amplifier.
Transistors Q965 and Q970 are inverting amplifier
stages whose collector signals drive the emitters of
Resistor R726B provides variable horizontal gain in the complementary amplifier Q955-Q960 and Q975-Q980
EXT HORIZ mode. Resistor R726B is ganged with R726A respectively.
(found on diagram 11). Resistor R726B is adjusted by
operating the A CAL control.

Input Paraphase Amplifier

The Input Paraphase Amplifier consists of Q915 and UNBLANKING AND Z AXIS LOGIC <>
Q925. This emitter-coupled amplifier converts the single-
ended input signal to a push-pull output. The Position The Unblanking and Z Axis Logic circuit produces an
controls (R906A and R906B) adjust the bias on Q925. This output current, which is supplied to the Z Axis Amplifier.
increases the gain on one side of the amplifier while The more current that is supplied to the Z Axis Amplifier,
reducing the gain on the other side of the amplifier. The the brighter the display will be. The Z Axis Logic circuit
result is a horizontal shift of the display without affecting uses digital logic to switch the currents. Fig. 3-21 shows a
the overall gain of the Horizontal Amplifier. simplified diagram of the Unblanking and Z Axis Logic.
The logic levels shown in Fig. 3-21 are for a quiescent
display; that is, from the beginning of holdoff to the
beginning of A Sweep with no chop blanking or EXT
BLANK signals present.
Gain Setting Amplifier
The Gain Setting Amplifier is a push-pull amplifier
composed of Q930 and Q940. The gain of this stage is
adjusted by changing the resistance between the emitters
of Q930 and Q940. Decreased emitter resistance will A Sweep Unblanking Current Switch
decrease emitter degeneration and increase gain. Resistor The components controlling the A Sweep unblanking
R938 adjusts X1 gain while R940 adjusts gain in the X10 current are U1405A, Q1410, and CR1407. With the A
mode. Resistor R933A adjust quiescent dc current so a pushbutton set to the in position, pin 5 of U1405A is set HI
center-screen display will not shift when switching (see Fig. 3-21). When the A Gate signal is LO, U700C
between the X1 and X10 horizontal modes. (diagram 8) is off. While U700C is off, pin 4 of U1405A is
held LO through R710 and R711. Since pin 5 of U1405A is
Ht and pin 4 of U1405A is LO, pin 6 of U1405A will be HI.
This Hi forward biases CR1407 which reverse biases the
base-emitter junction of Q1410. Holding Q1410 off
Output Amplifier prevents any A unblanking current from passing to the Z
The push-pull signal from the Gain Setting Amplifier is Axis Amplifier.
connected to the Output Amplifier. Each half of the Output
Amplifier can be considered as a single-ended feedback
amplifier. The amplifiers have a very low input impedance
and are current driven.
When the A Gate signal steps H!, U700C starts conduc-
ting, and the emitter of U700C steps positive, which sets
pin 4 of U1405A HI. Now both pins 4 and 5 of U1405A are
Diodes CR950 and CR967 provide Output Amplifier HI, which causes pin 6 of U1405A to go LO. The LO onpin
protection when positive-going signal amplitude becomes 6 of U1405A reverse biases CR1407. This removes the
excessive. One or both of these diodes become reverse positive voltage on the emitter of Q1410 and allows Q1410
biased when the collector level of Q930 or Q940 goes more to turn on. Now the A unblanking current, determined by
positive than about 0 volt. R1407, flows through Q1410 to the Z Axis Amplifier.

3-20 REV. A, AUG. 1976

 Circuit Description—335 Service

B Sweep Unblanking Current Switch which reverse biases the base-emitter junction of Q1420.
Holding Q1420 off, prevents any B unblanking current
The components controlling the B Sweep unblanking
from passing to the Z Axis Amplifier.
current are U1405B, Q1420, and CR1413. With the B
pushbutton set to the in position, pin 9 of U1405B is set HI.
When the B Gate signal is LO U800C (diagram 8) is off.
While U800C is off, pin 10 of U1405B is held LO through When the B Gate signal steps HI, U800C starts conduc-
R808. Since pin 9 of U1405B is HI and pin 10 of U1405B is ting. The emitter of U800C steps positive, which sets pin 10
LO, pin 6 of U1405B is HI. This HI forward biases CR1413, of U1405B HI. Now both pins 9 and 10 of U1405B are HI,

U1405A
BLANKING
CURRENT
A UNBLANKING TO Z AXIS
AMPLIFIER

CR1401

U1405B

B UNBLANKING

CHOP BLANKING
SIGNAL

CR1417
Hi U1405D

EXT BLANK
SIGNAL

NAND GATE
TRUTH TABLE

1943-104

Fig. 3-21. Simplified block diagram of the Z Axis Logic circuit.

3-21
Circuit Description—335 Service

which causes pin 8 of U1405B togoLO. The LO on pin8 of Pin 2 of U1405D is constantly held HI. With no external
U1405B reverse biases CR1413. This removes the positive blanking signal present, pin 1 of U1405D is held LO
voltage on the emitter of Q1420 and allows Q1420 to turn through R1418. This causes pin 3 of Ut405D to be HI. Pin3
on. Now, the current determined by R1413 flows through of U1405D holds pin 12 of U1405C HI. With no chopped
Q1420 to the Z Axis Amplifier. blanking signal present, pin 13 of U1405C is HI. Since both
pins 12 and 13 of U1405C are HI, pin 11 of U1405C will be
LO. This LO reverse biases CR1417. With CR1417 reverse
biased, the circuit has no effect on the unblanking current
Diode CR1401 is connected between pin 4 of U1405A supplied to the Z Axis Amplifier.
and pin 10 of U1405B. This diode ensures that the display
will be blanked at the end of the A Sweep regardless of the
state of B Sweep. At the end of the A Sweep, pin 4 of When a positive-going external blanking signal is
U1405A steps LO. This forward biases CR1401 and present, pin 1 of U1405D is set HI. Both pins 1 and 2 of
clampls pin 10 of U1405B LO. U1405D are now HI, therefore, pin 3 of U1405D goes LO.
This sets pin 12 of U1405C LO, which causes pin 11 of
U1405C to go HI, which in turn forward biases CR1417.
When CR1417 is forward biased, the emitter of Q1430 is
pulled sufficiently positive to turn off Q1430. Since Q1430
A Intensified Operation is off, no unblanking current flows into the Z Axis
In the A Intensified mode, both the A and B current Amplifier. The crt will be blanked.
switches pass unblanking current to the Z Axis Amplifier
as just explained. During the time B Sweep runs, the
currents passed by Q1410 and Q1420 add algebraically.
Z-AXIS AMPLIFIER
The additional current supplied to the Z Axis Amplifier
during B Sweep causes the display to be intensified, i.e., The Z-Axis Amplifier circuit, controls the crt intensity
made brighter. level from several inputs. The effect of these input signals
is to either increase or decrease the trace intensity, or to
completely blank portions of the display. The input
transistor Q1430 is a current-driven, low input impedance
amplifier. It provides termination for the input signals as
Chop Blanking
well as isolation between the input signals and the
The components controlling chop blanking are following stages. The current signals from the various
U1405C and CR1417. control sources are connected to the emitter of Q1430,
and the algebraic sum of the signals determines the
collector conduction level.

With no external blanking signal present, pin 12 of

U1405C is HI. When no chop blanking signal is present, Q1435, Q1440, and Q1442 compose a feedback
pin 13 of U1405C is held HI through R1421. Since both amplifier stage; R1434A and R1434B are feedback
pins 12 and 13 of U1405C are HI, pin 11 of U1405C will be elements. C1434 provides high frequency compensation.
LO. This LO, reverse biases CR1417. When CR1417 is Q1435 is an emitter follower, providing drive to com-
reverse biased, the circuit has no effect on the unblanking plementary amplifier Q1440-Q1442. CR1442 provides
current supplied to the Z Axis Amplifier. protection in the event of high-voltage arcing.

When a chop blanking signal is present, pin 13 of A AND B TIMING SWITCH <>
U1405C is set LO to blank the crt, and HI to unblank the crt.
When pin 13 of U1405C goes LO, pin 11 of U1405C goes The Timing switch is controlled by the A and B
Hi. This HI forward biases CR1417. When CR1417 is SEC/DIV controls. This switch selects the RC time
forward biased, the emitter of Q1430 (Z Axis Amplifier) is constant used by the Sweep Generators.
pulled sufficiently positive to turn off Q1430. Since Q1430
is off, no unblanking current flows into the Z Axis
Amplifier. The crt will be blanked. This circuit also contains the components that control
A Holdoff timing; see A Holdoff under A Sweep Generator.

External Blanking
POWER SUPPLY CONVERTER >
The components controlling external blanking are Fig. 3-22 shows asimplified block diagram of the Power
U1405C, U1405D, and CR1417. Supply Converter circuit.

3-22 REV. A, AUG. 1976

Service

SOT-EV6T

3-23
Circuit Description—335

Fig. 3 22. Simplified block diagram of the Power Supply Converter circuit.
\
AH
OL £00L0
LINDYID
LYVLS
LNdNi
£00ts ANIT 9G
Y3AaLV3AH {
LyvO OL ¥YOL903 13S
SWH AZ a0y8NOS
YAMOd LNdNi
czOLD ANIT OV
LZOLO
SLOLD
vLOLO
6E0LD
SSOLD = OSOLD
)
LEOLo
SVOLO aLOOLN
SEOLO ONILV INDY
YOLVOIONI
8z0LO ZOOLS
LLOLO ANITMOT @‘VOOOLS
ZOOLL
O00LD R
foOoLL
LOOLOD 4ddO NYNL
Y¥adLYSANO9
9q-9d VLOOLN OLNY EvOLO TWNOIS
¥OLVINSAY NOILDALOYd ya99Id1 ant
S$3183S aNIn LO0LS

1976
REV. A, AUG.
Circuit Description—335 Service

The Power Supply Converter allows the 335 to operate 3. When Q1003 turns on, C1004 charges. The voltage
from an ac line voltage of 115 volts or 230 volts nominal, or on C1004 is supplied to R1028 and R1038 in place of the
from a dc voltage of 12 volts or 24 volts dc. The AC Input '8.5 volt supply.
circuit converts the ac line voltage to a dc voltage. The dc
voltage from the AC Input circuit or from an external dc
source is supplied to the DC-DC Converter through the 4. Transistors Q1028 and Q1035 compose an astable
Series Regulator circuit. The DC-DC Converter supplies a multivibrator. Because of the slight differences in Q1028
20 kHz square wave to the primary of the power and Q1035, one or the other will turn on first. The
transformer. The Series Regulator senses changes in the multivibrator will start oscillating.
+5 volt supply, and corrects for the change, by varying the
current supplied to the DC-DC Converter. Thus, holding
the +5 volt supply constant holds the other secondary 5. After the DC-DC Converter starts up, the +8.5 volt
voltages constant by means of the turns ratio of the power supply will set the emitter of Q1003 to +8.5 volts. The base
transformer T1002. of Q1003 is held at +8.2 volts by VR1004. Therefore Q1003
will be biased off.

AC Input Circuit DC-DC Converter

The AC Input is composed of T1001, CR1005, and Transistors Q1028 and Q1035 compose an astable
associated circuitry. The output of this circuit is supplied multivibrator. The frequency of oscillation is about
to the DC-DC Converter through the Series Regulator 20 kHz. The frequency-determining components are
when operating from an ac power source. C1028, C1035, R1035, and R1031. The outputs of the
multivibrator are amplified by Q1037 and Q1039. The
outputs of Q1037 and Q1039 drive transistor pairs Q1014-
The Regulating Range Selector, S1002, selects the Q1015 and Q1021-Q1022. These transistor pairs drive the
turns ratio of T1001. The Regulating Range Selector primary of the power transformer T1002.
should be set so expected line voltage fluctuations fall
within the range selected. This ensures that the output of
the AC Input circuit remains within the range of operation Series Regulator
of the Series Regulator and DC-DC Converter. U1001A, Q1007,
The Series Regulator consists of
Q1000, Q1011, and VR1008.

The primary of T1001 contains two separate windings.

The Line Voltage Selector $1001 connects these windings of the
The Series Regulator controls the amplitude
in parallel for 115-volt operation, and in series for 230-volt
secondary voltages by controlling the amount of current
operation.
driving the primary of T1002. The Series Regulator is
referenced to the +5 volt supply. Any change in the +5 volt
supply is sensed, inverted, and amplified by U1001A.
The output of the secondary of T1001 is full-wave
U1001A supplies a correction signal to Q1000 through
rectified by CR1005 and filtered by C1003.
emitter follower Q1007. The correction signal changes the
bias on Q1000, which changes the current supplied to the
primary of T1002. This holds the +5 volt supply constant.
Holding the +5 volt supply constant holds the other
Start Circuit supplies constant through the turns ratio of T1002.
When the 335 is first turned on, the DC-DC Converter is
not oscillating, so there are no secondary voltages.
Transistor Q1003 turns on, supplying voltage to R1028 Series Regulator Protection
and R1038 in place of the +8.5 volt supply. When the DC-
DC Converter starts oscillating, Q1003 turns off, and the
+8.5 volt supply provides the voltage to R1028 and R1038. The Series Regulator Protection circuit consists of
Circuit Action is as follows: VR1043 and Q1043.

1. When the POWER switch is turned on, a positive dc

voltage is applied to R1000. This supplies the collector In the 11 to 14 volt position of $1003, if the dc line
voltage for Q1003. voltage goes too far positive, VR1043 starts conducting.
When VR1043 conducts, current is supplied to the gate of
SCR Q1043. This current turns on Q1043 which shorts the
2. The above-mentioned voltage passes through dc line to ground. The large amount of current drawn by
P1010-4, P1043-3, R1047, R1048, P1002-4, P1006-1, and this action opens the power fuse.
R1003 to the base of Q1003. Transistor Q1003 turns on.

3-24 REV B AUG 1979

 Circuit Description—335 Service

Auto Turnoff Each Low-Voltage Regulators is an operational

The Auto Turnoff circuit shuts down the DC-DC amplifier which controls a regulating transistor. The +
Converter when the dc line voltage or the output of the AC (plus) input of the operational amplifier is connected toa
Input circuit falls below a set level. The circuit consists of stable reference voltage. The — (minus) input is connected
U1001B and associated circuitry. to the supply being regulated (through a voltage divider, in
the case of the —8 volt and +15 volt supplies). Any errorin
the supply voltage is sensed by the ~ (minus) input of the
operational amplifier. The error signal is inverted,
Pin 6 of U1001B is referenced to VR1008 through amplified, and applied to the regulating transistor.
R1004, R1005, and R1006. Pin 5 of U100B is connected to
the dc line voltage or the output of the AC Input circuit
through voltage dividers R1011-R1013 and R1012-R1013.

CRT CIRCUIT <>

When voltage supplied to the 335 is high enough, pin5 The CRT circuit produces the high voltages needed to
of U1001B is more positive than pin 6 of U1001B. This operate the crt. Fig. 3-23 shows asimplified block diagram
positive difference is amplified, and holds pin 7 of U1001B
of the CRT circuit.
near the positive supply voltage on pin 8 of U1001. The
positive voltage on pin 5 of U1001B reverse-biases
CR1001. When CR1001 is reverse-biased, the circuit has
Heater Supply
no effect on the operation of the DC-DC Converter.
The crt filament is supplied by a separate winding of
T1002. In instruments below serial number B300121, the
output of T1002 is rectified and current limited by T1267
When the voltage supplied to the 335 is too low, pin5 of and Q1267. The Heater Supply is elevated to —1960 voits
U1001B goes less positive than pin 6 of U1001B. This through Rt265 and R1266.
negative difference is amplified by U1001B, causing the
voltage on pin 7 of U1001B to drop to near ground. The
less positive voltage on pin 7 of U1001B forward-biases Anode Supply
CR1001, which pulls pin 3 of U1001A less positive. This
causes pin 1 of U1001A to go less positive and turn off Power transformer T1002 provides a regulated 20 kHz
Q1007 and Q1000. Also, when pin 7 of U1001B steps to square wave to drive the anode supply. See Power Supply
near ground, the base of Q1003 is held near ground Converter, for a discussion of how this voltage is
through R1003. This ensures Q1003 is held off and will not regulated. The voltage from 171002 is supplied to a X10
try to restart the DC-DC Converter. voltage multiplier U1230. The output of the multiplier is
connected to the anode of the crt.

Q1045 is a programmable unijunction transistor, which Cathode Supply

operates as a relaxation oscillator. Each time Q1045 turns
The same winding of T1002 that supplies the anode
on, the base of Q1050 goes more positive, turning on multiplier supplies the cathode multiplier, U1214. The
Q1050. This pulls the base of Q1055 less positive, turning cathode multiplier is a X2 multiplier. The Cathode Supply
on Q1055. When Q1055 is turned on, current flows is regulated by the Cathode Regulator.
through R1056 to the LOW LINE indicator, CR1055. This
causes the LOW LINE indicator to blink whenever pin 7 of
U1001B is held near ground. When the DC-DC Converter
Cathode Regulator
is oscillating +5 volts is applied to R1057. This supplies
current to hold CR1055 on (not blinking) when the 335 is Under normal operating conditions, the voitage
on and operating normally. between the positive and negative outputs of U1214 is
about 2025 volts. The positive output of U1214 is con-
nected to the outputof the cathode regulator. The cathode
regulator holds the positive output of U1214 at about +65
volts. The result is that the negative output of U1214 is
about — 1960 volts with respect to ground (—2025 V+ 65 V
INTERFACE AND
= —1960 V). Regulation occurs as follows:
LOW-VOLTAGE REGULATORS
1. Changing the current demanded from U1214
The Interface and Low-Voltage Regulators circuit changes its voltage output. Let us assume that current
provides two functions. It contairis many of the inter- increases, causing the voltage output of U1214 to
connections between the various circuit boards. It also decrease by 10 volts (voltage from the positive to the
contains three Low-Voltage Regulators. negative outputs of U1214 drops to —2015 volts).

REV. A, AUG. 1976 3-25

Circuit Description—335 Service

ANODE
MULTIPLIER
U1230

UNBLANKING
FROM
PARTIAL Z AXIS
T1002 AMPLIFIER
DC RESTORER
R1204 CR1204
R1205 VR1207
R1206 ©1200
CR1201 C1201
CR1202 CR1200

CATHODE
MULTIPLIER
X2
U1214

CATHODE
REGULATOR PARTIAL
Q1240 T1002
HEATER
Q1250 SUPPLY
Q1260 T1267
Q1267

1943-106

Fig. 3-23. Simplified block diagram of the CRT circuit.

2. This results in a positive-going change on the high voltage on the crt control grid. The grid is held more
negative output of U1214. This is sensed on the gate of negative than the cathode. The more negative the grid, the
source follower Q1260, through the voltage divider com- dimmer the crt display will be. The OC Restorer is driven
posed of R1226, R1263, R1262, and R1261. by the 20 kHz square wave from T1002, through R1204,
R1205, and R1206. Circuit action is as follows:

3. The positive-going change on the gate of Q1260 is 1. On positive-going excursions of the voltage from
coupled to the base of Q1250. This causes the collector of T1002, CR1204 clamps the voltage at point A (see Fig. 3-
Q1250 to go more negative by 10 volts (to +55 volts). 24). Point B is clamped at —1960 volts by CR1202.
Therefore, the positive end of C1201 (point A) charges to
the level set by the grid bias control. Diode CR1201 is
4. Therefore, the voltage on the negative output of reverse biased.
U1214 remains at —1960 volts with respect to ground
(2015 V +55 V = —1960 V).
2. On negative-going transitions of the voltage from
T1002, CR1200 clamps the voltage at point A, to the level
set by the output of the Z Axis Amplifier. Point B steps
DC Restorer negative by an amount equal to the difference in the levels
Fig. 3-24 shows a simplified diagram of the DC at which CR1200 and CR1204 clamp point A. Diode
Restorer. The DC Restorer takes the low-voltage poten- CR1201 becomes forward biased, and CR1202 becomes
tials from the output of the Z Axis Amplifier and from the reverse biased. The grid is nowat the level of point B (more
grid bias adjustment, and references them to the negative negative than —1960 volts, by an amount equai to the

3-26 REV. A, AUG. 1976

 Circuit Description—335 Service

difference in the levels at which CR1200 and CR1204 clip). 3. The action just described is fairly slow because of
Capacitor C1201 discharges slightly through CR1201, the time it takes to charge the capacitors involved. Fast
adding some charge to C1200. C1200 holds the grid changes at the output of the Z Axis Amplifier are coupled
voltage more negative than the cathode during positive- to the crt grid through C1200. This provides abrupt
going excuof ns
the voltage
rsio from T1002 (while CR1201 intensity changes, while the action of the DC Restorer
is reverse biased). provides sustained intensity changes.

Z AXIS
AMPLIFIER

CR1200

POINT POINT
R1204 R1205 R1206 A B

CR1202

1943-107

Fig. 3-24. Simplified diagram of the DC Restorer circuit.

@ 3-27
 Section 4—335 Service

MAINTENANCE
This section of the manual contains information for use To remove the wrap around cabinet, use the following
in preventive maintenance, troubleshooting, and correc- procedure:
tive maintenance.
1. Loosen the four screws holding the cabinet feet (cord
wrap) and remove the cord-wrap feet (see Fig. 4-1).

CABINET REMOVAL
2. Remove the grey-plastic rear cover.

3. Loosen (do not remove) the two screws holding the

power cord strain relief (115/230 V ac selector switch
mounting) and slide the strain relief toward instrument
center.

4. Remove two screws below the connector panel on

the right side of the cabinet.

5. Remove two screws from the cabinet bottom.

WARNING }

Dangerous potentials exist at several points 6. Position the handle to clear the instrument and slide
throughout this instrument. When the instrument is the cabinet off the rear of the instrument.
operated with the cover removed, do not touch
exposed connections or components. Some tran- 7. To replace the cabinet, reverse the removal
sistors may have elevated cases. Disconnect power procedure. Be sure the power cord does not become
before cleaning the instrument or replacing parts. looped through the side-panel cutout.

REGULATING
RANGE
SELECTOR

REMOVE
2 SCREWS REMOVE 4 SCREWS
LINE VOLTAGE TO REMOVE REAR PANEL
SELECTOR
REMOVE 2 SCREWS
FROM BOTTOM OF
INSTRUMENT

Fig. 4-1. Cabinet removal.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 4-1

Maintenance—335 Service

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Preventive maintenance includes cleaning and visual Interior

inspection. To ensure instrument reliability, perform
To clean the interior, blow off built up dust with dry,
preventive maintenance on a regular basis. A convenient
low-pressure air. Remove any remaining dust with a soft
time to perform preventive maintenance is just before
brush or cloth dampened with a solution of mild detergent
performing an adjustment procedure. If you use the 335 in
and water. Use a cotton swab for cleaning in narrow
a severe environment, perform preventive maintenance
spaces.
more often.

CLEANING

Clean the 335 as often as operating conditions require.

VISUAL INSPECTION
A buildup of dust and dirt in the 335 acts as an insulating
blanket. This can cause overheating and component Inspect the 335 for such problems as broken connec-
breakdown. In a high-humidity environment dust and dirt tions, poorly seated transistors, and heat-damaged parts.
can provide an electrical conduction path and cause a
short circuit. The 335 cabinet reduces the amount of dust
and dirt getting inside the 335. If you operate the 335 with Repair any obvious problems. However, take particular
the cabinet off you must clean the 335 more often. care if you find any heat-damaged parts. Overheating
usually indicates other circuit problems. To prevent a
recurrence of the damage, find and correct the cause of
the overheating.

SEMICONDUCTOR CHECKS

CP OF AL IO We do not recommend periodic checks of the semicon-

CAUTION ductors in the 335. The best check of semiconductor
SL
LS LL
L LL performance is actual operation in the instrument. More
details on checking semiconductors are given under
Avoid the use of chemical cleaning agents that might troubleshooting.
damage the plastics used in the instrument. In
particular, avoid chemicals that contain benzene,
toluene, xylene, acetone, or similar solvents.

RECALIBRATION
Exterior
Remove loose dust on the outside of the 335 with a soft To ensure measurement accuracy, check the calibra-
cloth or small brush. A brush is useful for cleaning hard to tion of the 335 every 1000 hours of operation or every 6
reach areas such as on and around front-panel controls. months if used infrequently. Also, if you have replaced any
Clean off any dirt that is left, with a soft cloth dampened components you should check and readjust the circuit
with a solution of mild detergent and water. Do not use repaired (see partial procedures in the introduction to the
abrasive cleaners. Adjustment Procedure in Section 6).

4.2
 Maintenance—335 Service

TROUBLESHOOTING

The following information is helpful when 1. Check Control Settings

troubleshooting the 335. Information found in other settings can indicate a trouble that
Incorrect contro!
sections of this manual, such as the Circuit Description
does not exist. If you have any questions about the correct
and Circuit Diagrams, is also helpful in finding circuit
function of a control, see either the Operators manual or
problems.
the Operating information section of this manual (Section
TROUBLESHOOTING EQUIPMENT 2).

Use the following equipment, or equivalent, when

2. Check Power Source
troubleshooting the 335:
Check the power source. Be certain the 335 is set to
1. A dynamic semiconductor tester such as the operate from the power source available. Check the power
Tektronix 577-177-178 Curve Tracer System, a Tektronix connections.
576 Curve Tracer, a7CT1N Curve Tracer plug-in unit and
a 7000-Series Oscilloscope system, or a 5CT1N Curve 3. Check Associated Equipment
Tracer plug-in unit and a 5000-Series Oscilloscope.
Check the equipment being used with the 335 for
proper operation. Also check the interconnections
between the associated equipment and the 335.
2. A multimeter having at least 10 megohms input
resistance (100 MQ on 2000 V scale), dc voltage range, 0
to 2000 volts; and an ohmmeter. Accuracy on the dc 4. Visual Check
voltage scale should be within 2% of full scale. You can locate many troubles (such as unsoldered
connections, broken wires, and damaged parts) by visual
inspection. If you find heat-damaged parts, find and repair
3. A test oscilloscope with a frequency response of dc the cause of overheating to prevent a recurrance of the
to 10 megahertz; deflection factors from 1 mV/Div to 10 damage.
V/Div. A 10X, 10 megohm voltage probe should be used to
reduce circuit loading in high-impedance circuits.
5. Check Instrument Calibration
Check the calibration of the instrument, or the affected
4. A digital voltmeter with an accuracy of 0.1% for circuit if the trouble appears to be in one circuit. The
checking |ow-voltage power supplies. apparent trouble may be a result of misadjustment and
may be corrected by readjustment. Complete adjustment
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART instructions are given in the Adjustment Procedure.

Fig. 4-2 is a guide for locating a defective circuit. Start at 6. Isolate Trouble To A Circuit
the top of the chart and perform the checks given on the
left side of the page until a step is found that does not Use the troubleshooting chart (Fig. 4-2) to isolate the
produce the desired results. Further checks, or the circuit trouble to a given circuit. Use the voltages and waveforms
in which the trouble is probably located, are listed to the given in the Diagrams section to help locate the defective
right of each step. This chart does not include checks for area of the circuit.
all possible defects.

If the trouble appears to be in several circuits, suspect

After the trouble area has been located, locate the the power supply. Table 4-1 gives the power supply
defective component, using one or more of the tolerances and ripple voltage. See the Adjustment
procedures following this chart. Locations in the pullout pages for power supply test
points.
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
7. Check Individual Components
This troubleshooting procedure is arranged to check
the simple trouble possibilities first. The first few checks The following information describes methods of check-
ensure proper connections, control operation, and ing individual components in the 335. To check two-lead
associated equipment problems. If you do not find the components that are soldered in place, unsolder one lead.
trouble with these checks, move on to the troubleshooting This isolates the measurement from the associated cir-
chart and the remaining steps in this procedure. cuitry.

@ 4-3
Maintenance—335 Service

DISPLAY CH 1
CH 1 & CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 5S DIV CAL
A SEC/DIV im
B SEC/DIV im
A TRIG MODE AUTO
<?— _ START HERE
A LEVEL MIDRANGE
B LEVEL DETENT
SOURCE iNT
INTENSITY MIDRANGE
DELAY TIME POSITION ABOUT 5.00
HORIZ DISPLAY A

CONNECT 335 TO A POWER SOURCE

AND SET 335 POWER CONTROLS TO
OPERATE FROM THAT SOURCE.
CHECK
TURN 335 POWER ON. . CORRECT POWER SOURCE
VOLTAGE.
. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CONNECTIONS
NO OR AC POWER CORD.
IS LOW LINE INDICATOR . CHECK POWER FUSES.
GLOWING STEADY GREEN. . CHECK POWER SUPPLY CONVERTER.

YES
REPAIR AFFECTED SUPPLY. @®
ARE POWER SUPPLIES IN
TOLERANCE ACCORDING ALL SUPPLIES AFFECTED INDICATE
TO TABLE 4-1. PROBLEM IN POWER SUPPLY CONVERTER
OR +5 VOLT SUPPLY.

CHECK FOR DEFECTIVE COMPONENTS

YES LOADING SUPPLY.

NO SET DISPLAY TO CH 2. CAN YOU GET A DISPLAY 1S THERE AN UNBLANKING

IS A DISPLAY VISIBLE. BY ADJUSTING VERTICAL GATE AT PIN 7 OF U700C
DOES A DISPLAY POSITION CONTROLS. AND AT TP1442
BECOME VISIBLE.

YES

YES CHECK
oO CH 1 POSITION CHECK FOR DC OFFSET IN
ENTER VERTICAL OUTPUT AMPLIFIER
MENT
USTIER
ADJLIF
cCH 1 PREAMP OR BOTH PREAMPLIFIERS

SET DISPLAY TO IS THERE A 0.5 VOLT

IS DISPLAY AMPLITUDE NO CH 2. DOESA SOUAREWAVE AT THE
ABOUT 5 Div. 5 DIV DISPLAY -5 V CAL OUT JACK
BECOME VISIBLE. {FRONT PANEL).

YES YES
CHECK
CHECK CH 1 1, VERTICAL GAIN ADJUSTMENTS
YES PREAMPLIFIER 2. VERTICAL OUTPUT AMPLIFIER
3. PREAMPLIFIERS

IS THERE A SAWTOOTH
lS THERE HORIZONTAL NO WAVEFORM AT PIN 8
DEFLECTION. OF U730
CHECK:
1. A SWEEP GENERATOR

YES 2. A TRIGGER GENERATOR

CHECK HORIZONTAL
YES AMPLIFIER

CHECK:
1, TRIGGER SIGNAL FROM
INT TRIGGER PICKOFF
CAN DISPLAY BE TP390
IS DISPLAY STABLE | NO TRIGGERED BY
{TRIGGERED}. ADJUSTING TRIGGER
CONTROLS.
2. TRIGGER AMPLIFIER
AND A TRIGGER
YES GEN
ENERATOR

CHECK:
1. TRIGGER LEVEL CENTERING

2. FOR DC OFFSET IN TRIGGER

PICKOFF
PROCEED TO “A”
ON NEXT PAGE

Fig. 4-2. Troubleshooting chart.

4-4
REV. A, AUG. 1976
 Maintenance—335 Service

CHECK:
SET DISPLAY TO CH 2. 1. CH 2 PREAMPLIFIER
DOES A STABLE 5 DIV
DISPLAY BECOME
VISIBLE. 2. INT TRIGGER PICKOFF >

SET HORIZ DISPLAY

TO AINTEN. IS THERE A SAWTOOTH CHECK:
WAVEFORM AT PIN 8 OF 1. DELAY PICKOFF CIRCUITRY
DOES AN INTENSIFIED
ZONE, ABOUT 1 DIV LONG,
2. B SWEEP GENERATOR
APPEAR (YOU MAY NEED
TO ADJUST INTENSITY).

CHECK UNBLANKING
AND 2 AXIS LOGIC

DOES INTENSIFIED ZONE

MOVE HORIZONTALLY CHECK DELAY
WHEN DELAY TIME POSITION PICKOFF CIRCUITRY
DIAL IS TURNED.

NO

SET B LEVEL OUT OF

DETENT POSITION.
CAN YOU OBTAIN AN CHECK B TRIGGER
INTENSIFIED ZONE GENERATOR
BY ADJUSTING THE
B LEVEL CONTROL

END OF PROCEDURE

CHECK:
IS THERE A SAWTOOTH Al SWEEP GENERATOR
WAVEFORM AT PIN 8 <8»
OF U730
AND

YES

CHECK UNBLANKING
AND Z AXIS LOGIC

1943-49

Fig. 4-2. Troubleshooting chart (cont).

REV. A, AUG. 1976 45

Maintenance—335 Service

TABLE 4-1

Power Supply Tolerance and Ripple

Supply Tolerance Ripple (p-p)

—-8V 1.8% 60 mV
+8V 1.5% 60 mV
+15 V 0.5% 60 mV
+5 V 10% 100 mV
+35 V 10% 400 mV
+80 V 10% iV
—1960 V 2% 40 V

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS. A good understanding of

circuit operation is desirable when troubleshooting cir-
cuits using integrated circuits (IC’s). Use care when
checking voltages and waveforms around the IC's so that
adjacent leads are not short circuited. A convenient means
of clipping a test probe to dual-in-line IC packages is with
an IC test clip. This test clip also serves as an extraction
tool. See Fig. 4-3 for IC lead configuration.

DIODES. A diode can be checked for an open ora short

circuit by measuring the resistance between terminals
using an ohmmeter on the R X 1k scale. The diode
To prevent shock, disconnect the 335 from the resistance should be very high in one direction and very
power source before removing any parts. low with the meter leads reversed.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to simiconductors, disconnect Do not use an ohmmeter scale that has a high
the 335 from the power source before removing any internal voltage. High current may damage the
parts. diode. Do not check tunnel or back diodes with an
ohmmeter.

TRANSISTORS. A good check of transistor operation

is actual performance under operating conditions. A CAPACITORS. A leaky or shorted capacitor can best
transistor can be most effectively checked by substituting be detected by checking resistance with an ohmmeter on
anew component or one that has been checked previous- the highest scale. Do not exceed the voltage rating of the
iy. However, be sure that circuit conditions are not such capacitor. The resistance reading should be high after
that a replacement transistor might also be damaged. If initial charge of the capacitor. An open capacitor can be
substitute transistors are not available, use a dynamic detected with a capacitance meter or by checking whether
tester. See Fig. 4-3 for transistor lead configuration. the capacitor passes ac signals.

4-6 REV. A, MAR. 1978

 Maintenance—335 Service

NOTE
LEAD CONFIGURATIONS AND CASE STYLES ARE TYPICAL, BUT MAY
VARY DUE TO VENDOR CHANGES OR INSTRUMENT MODIFICATIONS.

c E D D s
E B B
c B FET
DUAL FET
PLASTIC CASE | FIELD EFFECT
TRANSISTORS TRANSISTORS
SMALL

E
| METAL CASE } | FLAT PACK J
TRANSISTORS TRANSISTOR
IC PINS ARE NUMBERED
COUNTERCLOCKWISE FROM
THE INDEX. (VIEWED FROM TOP)
INDEX

carmcee G4

ANODE GATE
1 1
| SILICON CONTROLLED | | INTEGRATED |
RECTIFIER CIRCUITS

INDEX

E B E c B
c Cc E
B

[| s
S tRaNsistors with ———__l
LT rounD___ ALTERNATE
METAL LEAD CONFIGURATION 1943-504
Ic

Fig. 4-3. Semiconductor lead configuration.

REV MAY 1981 4-7

 Maintenance—335 Service

A leaky tantalum decoupling capacitor can appear Repair and Readjust Circuit
good when checked but fail when in use (see
Troubleshooting Chart). If any defective parts are located, follow the replace-
ment procedures given in this section. Check the perfor-
mance of any circuit that has been repaired or has had any
electrical components replaced. See partial procedures in
See Fig. 4-4 for capacitor color codes.
the introduction to the Adjustment Procedure (Section 6
in this manual).
RESISTORS.Check resistors with an ohmmeter. Check
the Electrical Parts List for tolerance of the resistors used
in this instrument. Resistors normally do not need to be
replaced unless the measured value varies widely from the
specified value. See Fig. 4-4 for resistor color codes.

4-8
 Maintenance—335 Service

COLOR CODE 1861-20

COMPOSITION SMALL DISC

RESISTORS CAPACITORS

DIPPED
TANTALUM
ELECTROLYTICS

METAL-FILM
RESISTORS

CERAMIC
~ CAPACITORS
@Q) and (3) — 1st, 2nd, and 3rd significant figures

©) —multiptier @ —tolerance

@) —temperature coefficient
@) and/or color code may not be present
@) —polarity and voltage rating on some capacitors

COLOR SIGNIFICANT RESISTORS CAPACITORS DIPPED

FIGURES | MULTIPLIER | TOLERANCE | MULTIPLIER TOLERANCE TANTALUM
VOLTAGE
RATING

1
ee eae
2 [ae atea [een [to orto [ax ve
a
3

GREEN 10° or 100K

5
10° or 100,000 +5 40.5 pF 25 VDC
6 z=

+80% —20% £0.25 pF ——-—

eerste
or avo -1
__ _
|
10°° or 0.1 +5%
1 a) +

eer
Fig. 4-4. Color codes.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 4-9

Maintenance—335 Service

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
OBTAINING REPLACEMENT PARTS

Most electrical and mechanical parts can be obtained 4. If the voltage readings in steps 2 and 3 are high,
through your local Tektronix field office or representative. select a higher vatue for R1218A.
However, you should be able to obtain many of the
standard electronic components from a local commercial
source in your area. Before you purchase or order a part 5. Ifthe voltage readings in steps 2 and 3 are low, select
from a source other than Tektronix, Inc., please check the a lower value for R1218A.
electrical parts list for the proper value, rating, tolerance
and description.

NOTE 6. After selecting the optimum value for R1218A,

perform Adjustment Procedure subsection A, Power
When selecting replacement parts, it is important to Supply and Display steps 1 through 3.
remember that the physical size and shape of a
component may affect its performance in the instru-
ment. All replaceable parts should be direct
replacements unless it is known that a different
component will not adversely affect instrument CIRCUIT BOARD and
performance. SUB-ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
and REPLACEMENT
Some parts are manufactured or selected by Tektronix,
Inc., to satisfy particular requirements, or are manufac-
tured for Tektronix, inc., to our specifications. Most of the
mechanical parts have been manufactured by Tektronix,
inc. To determine the manufacturer of a part, refer to the
Parts List Cross Index of Code Number to Manufacturer.
Disconnect the 335 from the power source before
This is found in the parts fist.
removing or replacing components or circuit
When ordering replacement parts from Tektronix, Inc., boards.
include the following information:
The following information will aid you in removing
1. Instrument Type. circuit boards and sub-assemblies from the 335. See Fig.
4-5 for identification and location of the circuit boards in
2. Instrument serial number. the 335. You may find the exploded drawing, located in the
Mechanica! Parts List, helpful in the following procedures.
3. A description of the part (if electrical, include circuit
number).
Horizontal Module
4. Tektronix part number.
1. Loosen two screws at bottom of plastic crt bezel.
Screws are captive — do not remove.

SELECTABLE COMPONENTS 2. Lift bezel away from crt face.

R1218A
If the cathode ray tube V1270 is replaced, it may be 3. Remove horizontal deflection leads from crt neck
necessary to select an alternate value for R1218A to pins.
provide proper high-voltage regulation. The correct value
of R1218A (between 1.8 kQ, 2.2 kQ, 3.9 kQ, 4.7 kQ, and 4. Remove screw from rear center of Sweep board.
5.6 kQ, all 1 W, 5%) may be determined as follows:
1. Set adigital voltmeter (DVM) toa+100 volt dcrange
5. Carefully pull the module away from the instrument
and connect the high lead to TP1250 (see A7 board on (forward). Be careful not to damage crt leads.
diagram 14) and the low lead to circuit ground.

2. Set the INTENSITY control fully counterclockwise 6. Unsolder.the coaxial cable (grey with green stripe)
and check for a DVM reading of approximately +90 voits. from W and WG on the Horizontal board.
3. Set the INTENSITY contro! fully clockwise and
check for a DVM reading of approximately +30 volts. 7. To replace, reverse the foregoing procedure.

4-10 REV A NOV 1980

 Maintenance—335 Service

A7
HIGH VOLTAGE
& UNBLANKING
BOARD

A8
POWER SUPPLY
CONVERTER
BOARD
AG
INTERFACE AND
LOW-VOLTAGE
REGULATOR

A4
HORIZONTAL
BOARD

A5
SWEEP
BOARD

1 P _. Al
VERTICAL L ATROARD
AMPLIFIER :
BOARD A3
TRIGGER
BOARD
1943-52

Fig. 4-5. Circuit board location.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 4-11

Maintenance—335 Service

Sweep Board (Assembly A5) Horizontal Board (Assembly A4)

1. Remove Horizontal module. 1. Remove Horizontal module.

2. Remove ten screws from Sweep board. 2. Remove Sweep board.

3. Unsolder two connections between the Horizontal NOTE

and Sweep boards.
To prevent misalignment of the cam-switch
assembly during reinstallation of Horizontal board,
leave cam-switch assembly attached to Horizontal
board.

3. Remove two small screws from front of Horizontal

board.

4. Remove A CAL, A SEC/DIV, and B SEC/DIV knobs.

caurion 2

CAUTION
LLL
a. LL LL I 5. Remove plug-on connectors from P600 and P925.

Be careful not to damage the SEC/DIV switch

contacts and circuit board interconnecting pins
6. Carefully pull Horizontal board away from front panel
when removing or replacing the Sweep board.
assembly.

Carefully pull the Sweep board away from the Horizon-

7. To reinstall Horizontal board, reverse the foregoing
tal board. procedure. Be sure to correctly position the ready light
through the hole in the front panel.

5. There are three plug-on connectors attached to the

Sweep board. Trese may come loose as you remove the
Sweep board. If they don’t, remove them and make note of
their location. Vertical Amplifier Board (Assembly A2)

NOTE

See Fig. 4-6 for the locations of the screws and wires
mentioned in the following procedure.

1.Remove the POWER/INTENSITY and FOCUS shafts.

2. There are eight soldered connections between the

PML LOL LOL
Vertical Amplifier board and the Attenuator board. Un-
CAUTION solder these connections from the Vertical Amplifier
NLS LS.
board. When replacing the Vertical Amplifier board, be
When replacing the Sweep board, be careful to careful not to short these connections to each other or to
correctly align the circuit board interconnecting the attenuator shield.
pins.

Do not over-tighten the six screws to the SEC/DIV 3. Disconnect the two single-pin plug-on connectors
switch assembly. from the Attenuator board.

To replace the Sweep board, reverse the foregoing 4. Unsolder four delay-tine teads and two braided
procedure. shields from the Vertical Amplifier board.

4-12
 Maintenance—335 Service

FOR ATTENUATOR
BOARD REMOVAL
ONLY

FLAT-HEAD
SCREWS

REMOVE

VERTICAL
SCREW (SEE PARTS LIST OUTPUT
FOR TYPE & SN)

LOW LINE

-5V CAL OUT FOR VERTICAL

BOARD REMOVAL
ONLY

1943-53

Fig. 4-6. Vertical Board and Attenuator Board removal.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 4-13

Maintenance—335 Service

5. Unsolder one end of each of the four ground braids Trigger Board (Assembly A3)
between the Vertical Amplifier board and the Attenuator
board. Unsolder the ground braid near the rear of the
instrument.
NOTE

6. Unsolder the brown-on-white wire from the 5 V CAL You can gain access to most of the parts on the
OUT jack. trigger board without removing it as follows:

a. Remove the Horizontal module.

7. Unsolder the two leads of the vertical output IC
(U400) which pass through the Vertical Amplifier board b. Remove four flat-head screws (see Fig. 4-7).
and the chassis. These leads are accessable from the side
of the 335. c. Remove the shield. The circuit board you see
through the holes is the Trigger board.

8. Unsolder the orange-on-white wire located near the

IC leads you just unsoldered.

1. Remove the Vertical Amplifier board.

9. Remove the nut from the mounting stud of the
vertical output [C (U400).
2. Disconnect two plug-on connectors from the Trigger
board. Make note of their locations for board replacement.
10. Remove six screws from the Vertical Amplifier
board.
3. Remove the three 3/16 inch hexagonal posts.

11. Disconnect the plug-on connectors from the Ver-

tical Amplifier board. Make note of their location for board 4. Set the AC, DC, and INT pushbuttons to the in
replacement. position.

12. Set the CH 1, CH 2, ALT, and CHOP pushbuttons to 5. Slide the Trigger board to the rear of the instrument
the in position. while lifting up on the rear of the board. The solder lug
mounted on the chassis may get in the way. If so, remove
it.
13. Carefully slide the Vertical Amplifier board to the
rear of the instrument while lifting up on the rear of the
board. Guide the delay line through the hold in the board. 6. If you need to completely remove the Trigger board,
unsolder the orange-on-grey and the green-on-grey Coax-
ial cables. Note the location for reinstallation.
14. To replace the Vertical Amplifier board, reverse the
foregoing procedure observing the following precautions:
7. To reinstall the Trigger board, reverse the foregoing
procedure. Be careful to correctly route the cables. Use
a. Be certain you don’t leave any wires or cables under the end of the small screwdriver to align the three
the board where you can’t reach them. pushbuttons with the holes in the front panel.

b. Guide the delay line through the hole in the board.

Attenuator Board (Assembly A1)

c. Locate the LOW LINE indicator in the hole in the front
panel.

NOTE

d. Guide the two vertical output IC leads through the See Fig. 4-8 for the locations of the screws and wires
holes in the chassis. mentioned in this procedure.

4-14
 Maintenance—335 Service

REMOVE 4 SCREWS
TO REMOVE SHIELD.

1943-54

Fig. 4-7. Trigger Board access, shown with shield removed.

REMOVE
3 SCREWS

1943-56

Fig. 4-8. VOLTS/DIV-switch cam removal.

@ 4-15
Maintenance—335 Service

Carefully lift the Attenuator board away from the

instrument.

9. To replace the Attenuator board, reverse the forego-

ing procedure. Be certain not to leave the red and green
wires and the coax under the board where you can’t reach
them.

VOLTS/DIV Switch Cam

1. Remove Horizontal module.

Be careful not to damage the VOLTS/DIV switch

2. Remove Attenuator board.
contacts.

3. Remove three screws (see Fig. 4-8).

1. There are eight soldered connections between the
Vertical Amplifier board and the Attenuator board. Un-
solder them from the Vertical Amplifier board. 4. Lift rear of cam assembly and slide assembly toward
the rear of the instrument to remove.

2. Disconnect the two single-pin plug-on connectors

from the Attenuator board. 5. To replace cam assembly, reverse the foregoing
procedure. Be sure you route the cable located near the
front of the instrument so nothing rubs against it when you
3. Unsolder the four ground connections between the rotate the CH 1 VOLTS/DIV knob.
Attenuator board and the Vertical Amplifier board.

Power Supply and High Voltage Section

4. Unsolder two red wires, two green wires, and one
coaxial cable from the Attenuator board. 1. There are two plastic shields covering the power
supply and high voltage section. Slide these shields
toward the side of the 335 to remove.
5. Remove six screws from the Attenuator board.

2. Remove the Focus and Intensity shafts.

6. Remove two flat-head screws which hold the
attenuator shield to the chassis. These screws are accessi-
ble from the side of the instrument. 3. Remove the Horizontal module.

7. Lift the two black plastic AC-GND-DC switch 4. Remove the screws shown in Fig. 4-9.
couplers away from the switches.

5. NOTE

You must remove several plug connectors as you

remove the power supply and high voltage section.
To make replacement easier, wrap a piece of tape
around each connector and write the P number on
the tape.

PLA LIL LOL TL,

Slowly and carefully pull the power supply and high
CAUTION voltage section away from the rest of the 335.
PKL LLL LL

Be careful not to damage the VOLTS/DIV switch

contacts located on the under side of the Attenuator 6. To replace the power supply and high voltage
board. section, reverse the foregoing procedure.

4-16
 Maintenance—335 Service

3. Disconnect P1601 and P1605.

LOOSEN
SET SCREWS

cau rion |

CAUTION
LS LS LL LL LS

Use care not to damage the power supply inter-

connecting pins during board removal or replace-
ment.

Pull Interface and Low-Voltage Regulator board away

from the rest of the power supply and high voltage section.

REMOVE
SCREWS 5. To replace the Interface and Low-Voltage Regulator
board, reverse the foregoing procedure.

Power Supply Converter Board (Assembly A8)

REMOVE 1. Remove the power supply and high voltage section.

SCREWS

2. Remove the Interface and Low-Voltage Regulator

board.

3. Remove five screws from the side panel and remove

the side panel (see Fig. 4-10).

1943-57

Fig. 4-9. Power supply and high voltage section removal.

Interface and Low-Voltage Regulator Board

(Assembly A6) REMOVE
SCREWS
1. Remove power supply and high voltage section.
1943-58

2. Remove the three 3/16 inch hexagonal posts. Fig. 4-10. Power supply converter board removal.

4-17
Maintenance—335 Service

4. Disconnect the plug-on connectors from the Power 3. Disconnect the horizontal and vertical deflection
Supply Converter board. Make note of their positions for plate leads from the crt neck pins.
replacement.
4. Slide the plastic boot on the anode lead toward the
5. Carefully lift the Power Supply Converter board front of the 335 (see Fig. 4-11). Unsolder the anode lead.
away from the rest of the power supply and high voltage
section. 5. While removing the crt, hold your hand over the front
of the crt to prevent it from falling. Slide the crt forward
6. To replace the Power Supply Converter board, while removing the socket at the rear of the crt.
reverse the foregoing procedure.
6. To replace the crt, reverse the foregoing procedure.
Be certain you make a smooth solder joint on the anode
lead. There will be a corona discharge from any sharp
High Voltage and Unblanking Board (Assembly A7)
points on the connection.

1. Remove the power supply and high voltage section.

INSERT SOLDERING
2. Remove the tnterface and Low-Voltage Regulator IRON TIP HERE TO
board. UNSOLDER ANODE
LEAD

3. Remove the Power Supply Converter board.

4. Remove the three 3/16 inch hexagonal posts. an

5, Remove the one screw holding the board to the rear

— I | SQ
chassis. :

6. Disconnect the plug-on connectors. Note their ANODE LEAD

locations or mark plugs for easier replacement. WITH BOOT
MOVED
FORWARD
1943-59
7. Unsolder the black wire which is looped through the
hole in the circuit board. During replacement, be sure this
wire is looped through this hole. Fig. 4-11. Crt removal.

8. Carefully lift the High-Voltage and Unblanking board

REPACKAGING FOR SHIPMENT
away from the rear chassis. If the Tektronix instrument is to be shipped to a Tektronix
Service Center for service or repair, attach a tag showing:
owner (with address) and the name of an individual at your
9. Remove the two screws holding the power-switch
firm that can be contacted. Include complete instrument
assembly.
serial number and a description of the service required.

10. Unsolder the remaining wires making note of their Save and re-use the package in which your instrument was
location for use in replacement. shipped. If the original packaging is unfit for use or not
available, repackage the instrument as follows:

11. To replace the High-Voltage and Unblanking board, Surround the instrument with polyethylene sheeting to
reverse the foregoing procedure. protect the finish of the instrument. Obtain a carton of
corrugated cardboard of the correct carton strength
and having inside dimensions of no less than six inches
CRT more than the instrument dimensions. Cushion the
instrument by tightly packing three inches of dunnage
or urethane foam between carton and instrument, on all
1. Loosen the two captive screws at the bottom of the sides. Seal carton with shipping tape or industrial
crt bezel. These screws are captive, do not remove them. stapler.

The carton test strength for your instrument is 275

2. Lift the bezel away from the crt face. pounds.

4-18 REV. B, APR. 1977

 Section 5—335 Service

PERFORMANCE CHECK

INTRODUCTION

Purpose Equipment Required

This procedure is designed to be used by incoming The complete Performance Check requires the foliow-
inspection to check a newly purchased instrument or by ing equipment. For equipment specifications, usage, and
quality control to check an instrument after performance recommended types, see Table 6-1 in the Adjustment
of an adjustment procedure. You do not need to remove Procedure section of this manual.
the instrument cover. All checks are made from the front
panel.

1. Amplitude calibrator.

2. Square-wave generator.
Calibration Interval
3. Leveled sine-wave generator.
To ensure instrument accuracy, check the calibration
of the 335 every 1000 hours of operation, or every 6
months if used infrequently. If specifications are not met, 4. Low-frequency sine-wave generator.
see the Adjustment Procedure in Section 6 of this manual.
5. Time-mark generator.

6. 50 © BNC cable.

Limits and Tolerances

7. 50 BNC termination.
The limits and tolerances given in this procedure are
valid, after a 30 minute warm-up period, if the 335 was 50 Q BNC 10X attenuator (2 required).
8.
calibrated in an ambient temperature of +20°C to +30°C.
All limits and tolerances given are for the 335 under test
and do not include test equipment tolerances. 9. 509 BNC dual-input coupler (2 required).

10. 6 GR to BNC adapter (if 106 square-wave generator

is used).

Partial Procedures
11. BNC T-connector.
If one aspect of the 335 measurement capability is more
critical to your application, you may wish to perform a
12. BNC to banana adapter.
partial procedure and check that aspect at intervals more
frequent than 1000 hours. Also, if you have replaced
components, check the performance of the repaired 13. 10X probe (supplied with 335).
circuit by performing a partial procedure. To make partial
procedures easier to perform, the performance check is
14. BNC to probe tip adapter.
divided into several sections, each of which stands alone.
An equipment required list and setup instructions are
provided at the beginning of each section. 15. Cable with banana connectors.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 5-1

Performance Check—335 Service

INDEX TO PERFORMANCE CHECK

A. Vertical Page 5-3 ©. Horizontal Page 5-13

1. Deflection Factor Accuracy. 5-3 1. A SEC/DIV Accuracy. 5-13

2. VARIABLE VOLTS/DIV Range. 5-4 2. A CAL (Variable) Range. 5-14

3. Input R and C (VOLTS/DIV Compen- 3. BSEC/DIV Accuracy. 5-14

sation). 5-4
4. AandB Magnified SEC/DIV Accuracy. 5-14
4. Frequency Response (Bandwidth). 5-6
5. Differential Time Measurement Accuracy. 5-15

6. Delay Jitter. 5-16

7. A TRIG HOLDOFF Range. 5-17

: P -
B. Triggering age 5-8 8. Chopped Mode Repetition Rate. 5-17
1. High-Frequency Internal Triggering. 5-8
9. External Horizontal Sensitivity 5-17
2. High-Frequency External Triggering. 5-10

3. Low-Frequency Internal Triggering. 5-10

4. Low-Frequency External Triggering. 5-11 D. External Blanking and Calibrator Page 5-19
1. External Blanking Sensitivity 5-19
5. Low-Frequency Reject (LF REJ). 5-11
2. .5 V CAL OUT (Calibrator) Frequen-
6. High-Frequency Reject (HF REJ). 5-11 cy Accuracy. 5-19

7. LINE Triggering. 5-12 3. Calibrator Approximate Amplitude 5-21

5-2 REV. A, AUG. 1976

 Performance Check—335 Service

A. VERTICAL

Equipment Required . 50 Q BNC Termination.

1. Amplitude Calibrator.
. 10X Probe.
2. Square-wave Generator.
7. 10X Attenuator (2 required).
3. Leveled Sine-wave Generator.
8. GR to BNC Adapter (if 106 Square-wave generator
4. 50 BNC Cable. is used).

335 Control Settings Trigger

Trigger Mode AUTO
A LEVEL Clockwise
NOTE
B (DLY’D) TRIGGER
LEVEL RUNS AFTER DLY TIME
Allow 335 to warm up for 30 minutes before starting
A and B SLOPE +
Performance Check.
Coupling AC
Source INT—CH 1
A TRIG HOLDOFF NORM (detent)
EXT ATTEN 1X
Power and Display

POWER/INTENSITY POWER—On
INTENSITY—As desired
FOCUS As desired 1. Deflection Factor Accuracy
Line Voltage Selector 115
a. Connect the amplitude calibrator to CH 1 input
Power Source Selector AC
through a 50 © cable.

b. Set CH 1 AC-GND-DC switch to DC.

Vertical (both channels if applicable)
VOLTS/DIV im c. CHECK—CH 1 deflection factor accuracy accor-
VARIABLE CAL ding to Table 5-1.
POSITION Midrange
AC-GND-DC GND
DISPLAY CH 1 d. Set:
CH 2 INVERT Button out
CH 1 AC-GND-DC GND
CH 2 AC-GND-DC DC
DISPLAY CH 2
Horizontal

HORIZ DISPLAY A e. Move the 50 Q bnc cable from CH 1 input to CH 2

A and B SEC/DIV 5m input.
A CAL Detent
HORIZ MAG OUT: X1
DELAY TIME POSITION Fully counterclockwise f. CHECK—CH 2 deflection factor accuracy according
Position Midrange to Table 5-1.

REV. A, AUG. 1976

Performance Check—335 Service

FROM AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR

Fig. 5-1. Equipment setup.

TABLE 5-1 d. Set:

Deflection Factor Accuracy DISPLAY CH1
CH 1 AC-GND-DC DC
VOLTS/DIV Amplitude Vertical CH 2 AC-GND-DC GND
Setting Calibrator Deflection

1m 4.85 to 5.15 e. CHECK—Display amplitude reduces from 5

2m 4.85 to 5.15 divisions to 2 divisions or less when CH 1 VARIABLE
5m 3.88 to 4.12 Control is turned fully counterclockwise.

10 m 4.85 to 5.15
20 m 4.85 to 5.15 controls to CAL (detent).
50 m 3.88 to 4.12 f. Set both VARIABLE

A 4.85 to 6.15
2 4.85 to 5.15 g. Disconnect test equipment.
§ 3.88 to 4.12
1 4.85 to 5.15
2 4.85 to 5.15
5 3.88 to 4.12
10 4.85 to 5.15
SdivCal | [| _— 4.85 to 5.15
3. VOLTS/DIV Compensation
2. VARIABLE VOLTS/DIV Range a. Connect test equipment as shown in Fig. 5-2A.

a. Set CH 1 and CH 2 VOLTS/DIV to 20 m.

b. Set CH 1 and CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 10 m.

b. Set amplitude calibrator output to 0.1 V.

c. Set generator frequency to 1 kHz.

c. CHECK—Display ampitude reduces from 5

divisions to 2 divisions or less when CH 2 VARIABLE d. Adjust square-wave generator amplitude and add or
control is turned fully counterclockwise. Move 50 2 bnc remove attenuators to maintain a 5-division display
cable from CH 2 input to CH 1 input. throughout the rest of step 3.

5-4 REV. A, AUG. 1976

 Performance Check—335 Service

50 2 BNC
TERMINATION * HI AMPLITUDE
10X BNC OUTPUT OF
ATTENUATOR SQUARE-WAVE
GENERATOR

\
A
‘

\N
.
; :

Ny
::
GS

Id
S g yyAN:\

50 2 BNC
y
SS

TERMINATION
g

"

10X PROBE BNC TO

PROBE TIP
ADAPTER
10X BNC OUTPUT OF
ATTENUATOR SQUARE-WAVE
GENERATOR

* IF YOU ARE USING A 106 SQUARE WAVE GENERATOR, YOU MUST

USE A GR TO BNC ADAPTER.

Fig. 5 2. Equipment setup.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 5-5

Performance Check—335 Service

e. CHECK—0.3 division or less overshoot or rolloff of b. Set:

waveform.
CH 2 VOLTS/DIV im
CH 2 AC-GND-DC DC
f. Connect test equipment as shown in Fig. 5-2B. CH 1 AC-GND-DC GND
A LEVEL cw (Free running)

g. Adjust probe compensation for best flat-top

waveform. c. Set leveled sine-wave generator to reference fre-
quency and adjust generator amplitude for a 6-division
display.
h. CHECK—AII CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch settings for
0.15 division or less overshoot or rolloff of a 5-division d. Without readjusting amplitude, set generator fre-
waveform (0.25 division or less at 10 V setting). quency according to Table 5-2.

i. Move test setup to CH 2 VERT INPUT connector and e. CHECK—Display amplitude is 4.2 divisions or
set DISPLAY to CH 2 and CH 2 AC-GND-DC to DC. greater.

j. CHECK—AII CH 2 VOLTS/DIV switch settings for

0.15 division or less overshoot or rolloff of a 5-division TABLE 5-2
waveform (0.25 division or less at 10 V setting).
Frequency Response
(+20°C to +30°C)
k. Disconnect test equipment.
Leveled Sine-wave
CH 1 or CH 2 Generator
4. Frequency Response (Bandwidth) VOLTS/DIV Frequency

a. Connect equipment as shown in Fig. 5-3. Add or 1m through 5 m

remove attenuators as needed to maintain a 6-division 10 m through 5 V
display of the reference signal.

50 2 TERMINATION pa \

10X ATTENUATORS FROM

LEVELED
SINE-WAVE
GENERATOR
1943-3

Fig. 5-3. Equipment setup.

5-6 REV. B, MAR. 1978

 Performance Check—335 Service

f. Repeat step 4, parts c through e, for as many CH 2 h. Move test signal to CH 1 VERT INPUT connector.
VOLTS/DIV_ switch position as generator amplitude
allows.
i. Repeat step 4, parts c through e, for as many Ch 1
VOLTS/DIV switch positions as generator amplitude
. Set:
g. 9e allows.

CH 2 AC-GND-DC GND
CH 1 AC-GND-DC DC
DISPLAY CH 1 j. Disconnect test equipment.

@ 5-7
Performance Check—335 Service

B. TRIGGERING

Equipment Required 4. 50 Q BNC Termination.

1. Leveled Sine-wave Generator.

5. Dual-input Coupler (2 required).
2. Low-frequency Sine-wave Generator.

3. 50 O BNC Cable. 6. 10X Probe (supplied with 335).

335 Control Settings (“Indicates Change From Trigger

Previous Step) AUTO
Trigger Mode
A LEVEL As needed
*B (DLY’D) TRIGGER
NOTE
LEVEL “As needed
A and B SLOPE +
Allow 335 to warm up for 30 minutes before starting
Coupling AC
Performance Check.
Source INT—CH 1
A TRIG HOLDOFF NORM (detent)
EXT ATTEN 1X

Power and Display

POWER/INTENSITY POWER—On
INTENSITY—As desired
FOCUS As desired 1. High-Frequency Internal Triggering
Line Voltage Selector 115 a. Connect test equipmentto CH 1 VERT INPUT, CH 2
Power Source Selector AC VERT INPUT, and EXT TRIG or HORIZ INPUT as shown in
Fig. 5-4.

Vertical (both channels if applicable) b.CHECK—Stable display can be obtained in both +

*VOLTS/DIV "10m and — positions of A SLOPE switch with equipment
VARIABLE CAL settings listed in Table 5-3.
POSITION Midrange
*AC-GND-DC *AC
“DISPLAY “CH 1
CH 2 INVERT Button out c. Set:

A LEVEL As needed for a stable

display
HORIZ DISPLAY B
Ho rizontal B LEVEL As needed for a stable
HORIZ DISPLAY A display
ou
*A and B SEC/DIV
A CAL Detent
HOR!IZ MAG OUT: X1 d.CHECK—Stable display can be obtained in both +
DELAY TIME POSITION Fully counterclockwise and — positions of B SLOPE switch with equipment
Position Midrange settings listed in Table 5-3.

5-8 REV. A, SEPT. 1977

 Performance Check—335 Service

DUAL-INPUT
COUPLERS

Ce
~ ~

Spo
50 2 TERMINATION Ce
10X ATTENUATOR
—
FROM LEVELED »
SINE-WAVE
GENERATOR FOR
STEPS 1 AND 2
FROM LOW-FREQUENCY
SINE-WAVE GENERATOR
FOR STEPS 3 THROUGH 6.

Fig. 5-4. Equipment setup.

TABLE 5-3

H. F. Internai Triggering Checks

Leveled Sine-wave
Display’ Generator A and B HORIZ MAG
SOURCE COUPLING Amplitude Frequency SEC/DIV Button

CH 1 AC, DC,
CH 2 AC, DC, 0.35 div 1 MHz
COMP AC, DC, 0.35 div [| 1 MHz
CH 1 LF REJ o.5div [ 1MHz
CH 2 LF REJ O.5div [| = 1MHz
COMP LF REJ 0.5 div 1 MHz
CH 1 LF REJ
CH 2 LF REJ 2.0div | 35 MHz
COMP LF REJ 20 div | 35MHz__
COMP AC, DC, 1.5 div 35 MHz
CH 2 AC, DC, 1.5 div 35 MHz
CH 1 AC, OC, 1.5 div 35 MHz

'To obtain 0.35 division display: To obtain 1.5 division display:

A. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 1 m. A. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 2 m.
B. Adjust generator amplitude for a 3.5-division display. B. Adjust generator amplitude for a 7.5-division display.
C. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DI!V to 10 m. C. Set Ch 1 VOLTS/DIV to 10 m.
To obtain 0.5 division display:
A. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 1 m.
B. Adjust generator for a 5 division display.
C. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 10 m.

REV. A, AUG. 1976

Performance Check—335 Service

2. High-Frequency External Triggering b. Set:

a. Set:
HORIZ DISPLAY A
A and B SEC/DIV 10m
HORIZ DISPLAY A
CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 1m
SOURCE EXT/LINE
DISPLAY CH 1
EXT ATTEN 1X
HORIZ MAG Button out
SOURCE INT

b.CHECK—Stable display can be obtained in both +

and — positions of A SLOPE switch with equipment
settings listed in Table 5-4. c. Set low-frequency generator frequency to 60 Hz.

c. Set:
d.CHECK—Stable display can be obtained in both +
A LEVEL cw and — positions of A SLOPE switch with equipment
HORIZ DISPLAY B settings listed in Table 5-5.

CHECK—Stable display can be obtained in both +

d.
e. Set:
and — positions of B SLOPE switch with equipment
settings listed in Table 5-4.
A LEVEL cw
HORIZ DISPLAY B

3. Low-Frequency Internal Triggering

a. Disconnect BNC cable from leveled sine-waved f.CHECK—Stable display can be obtained in both +
generator output and connect to output of low-frequency and — positions of B SLOPE switch with equipment
sine-wave generator. settings listed in Table 5-5.

TABLE 5-4
H. F. External Triggering Checks
Leveled Sine-wave
Trigger Signal’ Generator A and B HORIZ MAG
Coupling Amplitude Frequency SEC/DIV Button

'To obtain 70 mV of 1 MHz: To obtain 250 mV of 35 MHz:

A. Set Ch 1 VOLTS/DIV to 10 m. A. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 50 m.
B. Set generator to reference frequency. B. Set generator to reference frequency.
C. Adjust generator amplitude for a 7-division display. C. Adjust generator amplitude for a 5-division display.
D. Set generator frequency to 1 MHz. D. Set generator frequency to 35 MHz.

5-10 REV. A, AUG. 1976

 Performance Check—335 Service

TABLE 5-5 f. Set:

L. F. internal Triggering Checks CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 20m

Trigger Coupling HF REJ
Trigger Trigger
Source Coupling Amplitude
g. Set generator amplitude for 5 division display.

h. CHECK—Stable display can be obtained in both the

+ and — positions of B SLOPE switch.
CH 2 HF REJ 0.5 div
CH 1 HF REJ 0.5 div

i. Set HORIZ DISPLAY to A.

'To obtain 0.35 division display:
A. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 1 m.
B. Adjust generator amplitude for a 3.5 division display.
C. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 10 m. CHECK—Stable display can be obtained
j. in both +
and — positions of A SLOPE switch.
To obtain a 0.5 division display:
A. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 1 m.
B. Adjust generator amplitude for a 5 division display.
C. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 10 m.

5. Low-Frequency Reject (LF REJ)

a. Set:

Coupling LF REJ
4. Low-Frequency External Triggering Source INT-COMP
a. Set: A SEC/DIV tm
HORIZ DISPLAY A
HORIZ DISPLAY A CH 1 VOLTS/DIV im
SOURCE EXT/LINE
EXT ATTEN 1X
CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 10m
b. Set generator frequency to 1kHz and adjust
DISPLAY CH 1
generator amplitude for a 4-division display.

b. Set generator amplitude for a 7-division display.

c. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 10 m.

c. CHECK—Stable display can be obtained in both the

+ and — positions of A SLOPE switch in the following
trigger coupling modes: d. CHECK—Stable display can not be obtained.

AC
DC
e. Without changing generator amplitude, set
generator frequency to 100 kHz and SEC/DIV to 20 uw.
d. Set:

A LEVEL cw f. CHECK—Stable display can be obtained.

HORIZ DISPLAY B

6. High-Frequency Reject (HF REJ)

e. CHECK—Stable display can be obtained in both the
+ and — positions of B SLOPE switch in the following a. Set:
trigger coupling modes:
Coupling HF REJ
AC CH 1 VOLTS/DIV Im
DC SEC/DIV Ty

REV B MAR 1981 5-11

 Performance Check—335 Service

b. Set generator to 1MHz and adjust generator 7. Line Triggering

amplitude for a 4-division display.
a. Set:

A SEC/DIV 5 ms
c. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 10 m. Source EXT/LINE
EXT ATTEN LINE
Coupling HF REJ
d. CHECK—Stable display cannot be obtained. CH 2 AC-GND-DC GND

b. Connect equipment as shown in Fig. 5-5.

e. Without changing amplitude, set generator frequen-
cy to 10 kHz and set SEC/DIV to .1 m. c. Adjust CH 1 VOLTS/DIV for about
4 or 5 divisions of
display.

f. CHECK—Stable display can be obtained. d. CHECK—Stable display can be obtained in both +

and — positions of A SLOPE switch.

g. Disconnect test equipment. e. Disconnect test equipment.

POWER CORD

PROBE BODY
TOUCHING
POWER CORD

GROUND
| CLIP

Fig. 5-5. Equipment setup.

5-12 REV. A, AUG. 1976

 Performance Check—335 Service

C. HORIZONTAL

Equipment Required 3. 50 Q BNC Cable.

1. Time-mark Generator.

2. Amplitude Calibrator. 4. 50 Q Termination.

335 Control Settings (“Indicates Change From 1. A SEC/DIV Accuracy

Previous Step) a. Connect test equipment as shown in Fig. 5-6.

b. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV so display amplitude is about

NOTE 3 divisions.

If you are performing a partial procedure, allow 335 SEC/DIV accuracy within 3% over
c. CHECK—A
to warm up for 30 minutes before starting Perfor-
center 8 divisions displayed (see Fig. 5-7) using equip-
mance Check. ment settings given in Table 5-6.

Power and Display TABLE 5-6

POWER/INTENSITY POWER—On A SEC/DIV Accuracy
INTENSITY—As desired
FOCUS As desired .
Line Voltage Selector 115 A SEC/DIV Time-Mark Gen.
Power Source Selector AC 5
2 Ul 0.2 us
5 0.5 us
Vertical (both channels if applicable)
1
*VOLTS/DIV “as needed > B 29 i,
VARIABLE CAL H M
POSITION Midrange Su 5 HS
“CH 1 AC-GND-DC *DC
*AC-GND-DC *GND 10 ys lO us
*DISPLAY *CH 1 20 wu 20 us
CH 2 INVERT Button out 50 uw 50 us

Am 0.1 ms
Horizontal 2m 270.2 ms

HORIZ DISPLAY A sm 0.5 ms

*A and B SEC/DIV "5m
A CAL Detent
HORIZ MAG OUT: X1
DELAY TIME POSITION _— Fully counterclockwise
Position Midrange

Trigger

Trigger Mode AUTO

A LEVEL As required
*B (DLY’D) TRIGGER
LEVEL “RUNS AFTER DLY TIME
A and B SLOPE +

*Coupling *“AC ‘Change A Trigger Mode to NORM. Reduce intensity as needed.

*Source “INT—CH 1 2 . .
If the time-mark generator you are using does not have decade
A TRIG HOLDOFF NORM (detent) multiples of 2, use decade multiples of 1 and check for 2 time-
*EXT ATTEN “1X marks per division.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 . 5-13

Performance Check—335 Service

“~~ 50 © BNC CABLE

FROM
TIME-MARK
GENERATOR

Fig. 5-6. Equipment setup.

8 DIVISIONS + 0.24 3. B SEC/DIV Accuracy

DIVISION BETWEEN 2ND
AND 10TH MARKERS a. Set:

HORIZ DISPLAY B
B LEVEL RUNS AFTER DLY TIME
A LEVEL As needed for a stable
display
A Trigger Mode. AUTO

b. CHECK—B SEC/DIV accuracy within 3% over

center 8 divisions displayed (see Fig. 5-7) using equip-
ment settings given in Table 5-7.

Fig. 5-7. SEC/DIV accuracy. 4. A and B Magnified SEC/DIV Accuracy

a. Set:
2. A CAL (Variable) Range HORIZ MAG IN: X10
a. Set A SEC/DIV to 1 m. A Trigger Mode AUTO

b. Set generator to 5 ms time marks. b. CHECK—Magnified B SEC/DIV within 5% (+20°C

to +30°C) over center 8 divisions displayed (see Fig. 5-8)
using equipment settings given in Table 5-8 (accuracy
c. Rotate A CAL control fully counterclockwise. applied over entire magnified sweep length except as
noted in Table 5-8).

d. CHECK—Distance between time marks is 2

divisions or less. c. Set:

HORIZ DISPLAY A
e. Return A CAL control to detent position. A Trigger Mode AUTO

5-14 REV. B, MAR. 1978

 Performance Check—335 Service

TABLE 5-7 d. CHECK—Magnified A SEC/DIV within 5% (+20°C

to +30°C) over center 8 divisions displayed (see Fig. 5-8)
B SEC/DIV Accuracy using equipment settings given in Table 5-8 (accuracy
applies over entire magnified sweep length except as
noted in Table 5-8).

A SEC/DIV B SEC/DIV | Time-Mark Gen.

5u 2 °0.2 us TABLE 5-8

Magnified A and B SEC/DIV Accuracy
Tu 5 yu 0.5 us
2 Tu 1 ps | Portions of Total Sweep
5 u fu °2 US A and B Time-Mark Length Excluded From
SEC/DIV Generator Measurement
10 yw 5 yu 5 us
20 wu 10 wu 10 us 2u 720 ns Exclude the first 10 div and
50 wu 20 u °20 us all the divisions past 90 div.
5 U 50 ns
im 50 pu 50 us
2m im 0.1 ms Tp 1 us
5m 2m 70.2 ms 2u * 2 US
5 u 5 US
Tm 5m 0.5 ms 10 p 1 ps
2m im 1ms 20 wu °2 US
5m 2m "2 ms 50 wu 5 us
im 10 us
10m 5m 5 ms 2m 20 us
20 m 10m 10 ms 5m 50 us
'50 m '20 m 700 ms im .1ms

'100 m '50m '50 ms 2m 22ms none

5m 5 ms
10m 1ms
'Change A TRIG MODE to NORM if needed. 20m °2 ms
‘50m 5ms
“If the time-mark generator you are using does not have time-
marks which are decade multiples of 2, use decade multiples of 1
and check for 2 time-marks per division. A SWEEP ONLY

"1 10 ms none
‘2 720 ms
'5 50 ms
8 DIVISIONS + 0.4
DIVISION BETWEEN 2ND
AND 10TH MARKERS
'Set Trigger Mode to NORM.
If the time-mark generator you are using does not have time-
marks which are decade multiples of 2, use multiples of 1 and
check for 2 time-marks per division.

5. Differential Time Measurement Accuracy

a. Set:

HORIZ DISPLAY B
B LEVEL RUNS AFTER DLY TIME
Fig. 5-8. Magnified SEC/DIV accuracy. A Trigger Mode AUTO

REV. B, MAR. 1978 5-15

Performance Check—335 Service

b. Set A and B SEC/DIV and time-mark generator to e. Set DTP dial to 9.00. Slightly readjust DTP dial until
settings given in Table 5-9. the top of the displayed time-mark crosses the center
vertical graticule line.

c. Set DELAY TIME POSITION dial (DTP dial) to 1.00. f. CHECK—DTP dial setting is 7.84 to 8.16 plus the
setting in step d.

d. Adjust Horizontal Position control so top of first

Examples:
displayed time-mark crosses the center vertical graticule
line. If the top of the time-mark is not visible, slightly
If DTP dial setting in step d was 1.00 then DTP dial
readjust the DTP dial until the top of the time-mark is
setting in step f must be between 8.84 and 9.16;
visible and note the DTP dial setting.

or
NOTE

If the time-mark generator you are using has time- lf DTP dial setting in step d was 1.10 then DTP dial
marks which are decade multiples of 2, use the B setting in step f must be between 8.94 and 9.26.
SEC/DIV and Time-Mark generator settings given in
parenthesis.

TABLE 5-9 6. Delay Jitter

a. Set:
Differential Time-Measurement Accuracy
A SEC/DIV im
Time-Mark B SEC/DIV 05 u
A SEC/DIV B SEC/DIV Generator DELAY TIME POSITION 1.00
HORIZ DISPLAY A
Tus (2 us) A SLOPE +
5 us

10 us b. Set time-mark generator for 1 ms markers.

20 yu 10 us (20 ps)
50 us
c. Set HOR!IZ DISPLAY to B.

d. Slightly readjust the DTP dial to locate a time-mark

within the graticule area.

e. CHECK—Heorizontal jitter is 1 division or less.

10 ms f. Set DTP dial to 9.00.

20m 10 ms (20 ms)

50 ms
g. Slightly readjust DTP dial to locate a time-mark
within the graticule area.

40 m (20 m)
'50 m h. CHECK—Horizontal jitter is 1 division or less,

‘Set Trigger Mode to normai. i. Disconnect test equipment.

5-16
 Performance Check—335 Service

7. A TRIG HOLDOFF Range

NOTE

This check is an approximation. An exact check

requires removal of instrument cover and use of a
test oscilloscope. If you wish to make an exact
check, see the Calibration Procedure.

a. Set:

A SEC/DIV im
A Trigger Mode AUTO
A TRIG HOLDOFF NORM (detent)
A Trigger LEVEL Clockwise Fig. 5-9. Chopped waveform.

b. CHECK—Trace flickers rapidly. 9. External Horizontal Sensitivity

a. Connect equipment to EXT TRIG or HORIZ INPUT
as shown in Fig. 5-10.
c. Set:

A TRIG HOLDOFF Fully clockwise

d. CHECK—Trace flickers more slowly (about 15

sweeps every 10 seconds).

e. Set A TRIG HOLDOFF to detent.

8. Chopped Mode Repetition Rate

a. Set: caution §
A SEC/DIV Tu ~
Trigger Source COMP Reduce display intensity in X-Y mode. A bright
DISPLAY CHOP stationary dot may damage crt phosphor.

b. Vertically position the two traces about three or four

divisions apart. b. Set:

A SEC/DIV EXT HORIZ

Trigger Source EXT
c. Adjust A Trigger LEVEL for a stable display. EXT ATTEN 1X

d.
CHECK—Duration of one cycle is about 3.3 us (see
Fig. 5-9). c. Set amplitude calibrator output to 1 volt.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 5-17

Performance Check—335 Service

|
:
a
K\,
hi
WV
)
\,
i
\

|
\,

We
\ “a
\
\\
\
; Glo

]
) K

~~
\

Ss
a
%
> )
\
.
we UNTERMINATED
BNC CABLE

FROM
AMPLITUDE
CALIBRATOR

Fig. 5-10. Equipment setup.

d. CHECK—Display is a pair of dots, separated f. Set gener ator output to 10 volts.

horizon tally by approximately 5 divisions

g. CHECK—Display is a pair of dots, horizon tally

e. Set EXT ATTEN to 10X. separ ated by approximately 5 divisions

REV. A, AUG. 1976

5-18
 Performance Check—335 Service

D. EXTERNAL BLANKING AND CALIBRATOR

Equipment Required 5. 50 Q BNC Cable.

1. Leveled sine-wave generator.
6..50 2 BNC Termination.
2. Amplitude Calibrator.

7. 50 Q BNC T Connector.
3. Time-mark Generator.

4. 10X Probe (supplied with 335). 8. BNC-to-Banana Patch Cord.

335 Control Settings (*Indicates Change From 1. External Blanking Sensitivity

Previous Step)
a. Connect equipment to EXT TRIG or HORIZ INPUT
NOTE connector and EXT BLANK connector as shown in Fig. 5-
11.
If you are performing a partial procedure, allow 335
to warm up for 30 minutes before starting Perfor-
mance Check.
b. Set amplitude calibrator amplitude to 5 volts.

Power and Display

POWER/INTENSITY POWER—On
c. CHECK—Intensity modulation visible at norma!
INTENSITY—As desired INTENSITY setting (adjustA LEVEL as needed for astable
FOCUS As desired
display).
Line Voltage Selector 415
Power Source Selector AC
d. Disconnect equipment.

Vertical (both channels if applicable)

*VOLTS/DIV “10m 2. .5 V CAL OUT (Caiibrator) Frequency Accuracy
VARIABLE CAL
a. Connect test equipment as shown in Fig. 5-12 and
POSITION Midrange
set Time-Mark Generator to 1 ms.
AC-GND-DC GND
DISPLAY CH 1
CH 2 INVERT Button out NOTE
Be certain your probe is properly compensated. See
operator adjustments and checks in Section 2 of this
Horizontal
manual.
HORIZ DISPLAY A
A and B SEC/DIV 1m
A CAL Detent
b. Set:
HORIZ MAG OUT: X1
DELAY TIME POSITION Fully cw
HORIZ DISPLAY A INTEN
Position Midrange
B LEVEL RUNS AFTER DLY
TIME
A SLOPE +
Trigger
Trigger Source INT-COMP
Trigger Mode AUTO DISPLAY ALT
A LEVEL Clockwise Trigger Coupling LF REJ
B (DLY’D) TRIGGER A SEC/DIV 5m
LEVEL RUNS AFTER DLY TIME B SEC/DIV 50 yu
A and B SLOPE +
CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 20m
Coupling AC CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 5
Source EXT A LEVEL Carefully adjusted so
A TRIG HOLDOFF NORM (detent) both waveforms
“EXT ATTEN “1X are stable.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 5-19

Performance Check—335 Service

CABLE WITH
BANANA CONNECTORS

BNC TO
BANANA —— (—-
ADAPTER t

CONNECTOR
50 2 UNTERMINATED ——
BNC CABLE

FROM
AMPLITUDE
CALIBRATOR 1943-11

Fig. 5-11. Equipment setup.

|
//
:
yi.
ee

50 2 BNC
TERMINATION

50 2 BNC CABLE
\~ 10X PROBE

FROM TIME-MARK
GENERATOR

Fig. 5 12. Equipment setup.

5-20 REV. A, AUG. 1976

 Performance Check—335 Service

c. CHECK—Approximately 1 cycle of calibrator

waveform per time-mark (see Fig. 5-13).

d. Adjust DTP dial so 6th time-mark is intensified (see

Fig. 5-14).

e. Set HORIZ DISPLAY to B.

f. Adjust DTP dial so time-marker and Calibrator

waveforms are visible (see Fig. 5-14). TRAILING EDGE TIME
6THMARK
OF FIRST TIME MARK INTENSIFIED
1943-14
g. CHECK—Horizontal difference between rising por-
tion of time-mark and rising portion of Calibrator
Fig. 5-13. Rough calibrator frequency check.
waveform is 2 divisions or less (see Fig. 5-14).

RISING PORTION OF .5 V CAL WAVEFORM WITHIN

2 DIVISIONS OF RISING PORTION OF TIME MARK.

3. Calibrator Approximate Amplitude

a. Set:

HORIZ MAG x1
Trigger Source INT—CH 1
DISPLAY CH 1
CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 10m

1943-15
b. CHECK—Display amplitude is 5 divisions. If you
wish to make a more accurate check, see the Adjustment
Procedure. Fig. 5-14. Calibrator frequency check (B sweep display).

REV. A, AUG. 1976 5-21

 Section 6—335 Service

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

INTRODUCTION
Purpose
This is an adjustment procedure only. It does not check
all instrument specifications. For instance, vertical gain is
only checked at the VOLTS/DIV settings where it is
adjusted (1 m and 10 m). If the 335 operates normally,
performance of an adjustment procedure will ensure
optimum operation. If you wish to verify all instrument
specifications after performing an adjustment procedure,
perform a Performance Check (Section 5 of this manual).

Dangerous potentials exist at several points

Calibration Interval throughout this instrument. When the instrument is
operated with the cover removed, do not touch
To ensure measurement accuracy, check the calibra-
exposed connections or components. Some tran-
tion of the 335 every thousand hours of operation or every
sistors may have elevated cases. Disconnect power
six months if used infrequently.
before cleaning the instrument or replacing parts.

Limits and Tolerances To remove the wrap-around cabinet, use the following
procedure:
All limits and tolerances given in this procedure are
calibration guides and should not be interpreted as 1. Loosen the four screws holding the cabinet feet
instrument specifications unless they are also found in the (cord wrap) and remove the cord-wrap feet (see Fig. 6-1).
Specification section of this manual (Section 1).
2. Remove the grey-plastic rear cover.

All limits and tolerances given are for the 335 under test
3. Loosen (do not remove) the two screws holding the
and do not include test.equipment error.
power cord strain relief (115/230 V ac selector switch
mounting) and slide the strain relief toward instrument
center.
All limits and tolerances given are for an ambient
temperature of +20°C to +30°C.
4. Remove two screws below the connector panel on
the right side of the cabinet.
Partial Procedures
If one aspect of the 335 measurement capability is 5. Remove two screws from the cabinet bottom.
critical to your application, you may wish to perform a
partial adjustment procedure at intervals more frequent 6. Position the handle to clear the instrument and slide
than 1000 hours. Also, if you have replaced components the cabinet off the rear of the instrument.
you should check the adjustment of the circuit repaired.
To make partial procedures easier to perform, the adjust- 7. To replace the cabinet, reverse the removal
ment procedure is divided into several sections, each of procedure. Be sure the power cord does not become
which stands alone. An equipment required list and setup looped through the side-panel cutout.
instructions are given at the beginning of each section.
Equipment Required
The equipment required to perform the complete
Cabinet Removal adjustment procedure is listed in Table 6-1. Test equip-
Performance of the adjustment procedure requires ment is named by the functional description rather than by
removal of the instrument cover. specific front panel nomenciature.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 6-1

Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

REGULATING
RANGE
SELECTOR

REMOVE
2 SCREWS REMOVE 4 SCREWS
LINE VOLTAGE TO REMOVE REAR PANEL
SELECTOR
REMOVE 2 SCREWS
FROM BOTTOM OF
INSTRUMENT

Fig. 6-1. Cabinet removal.

TABLE 6-1

Test Equipment
Examples of Applicable
Description Minimum Specifications Usage Test Equipment

1. Dc Voltmeter’ Calibrated for <1% error High-voltage supply. A. Triplett Model

at —2030 V and —1960 V; 630 NA.
Input impedance,
100 MQ or greater. B. Simpson Model
262.

2. Digital Voltmeter’ Range, 0 to at least +15 volts supply. A. Tektronix DM 501

15.000 V; Calibrator amplitude. Digital Multimeter.’

Accuracy, +0.15%; B. Any digital volt-

meter which meets
Display, 4-1/2 digits. minimum specifi-
cations.

3. Time-Mark Gen- Markers, 20 ns to 0.5 s; Focus and astigma- A. Tektronix TG 501

erator marker accuracy, £0.1%. tism. Geometry. Time Mark
Timing. Generator.’

B. Tektronix 2901 Time

Mark Generator.
‘Requires a TM 500 series power module.
*Used for calibration only; NOT used for performance check.

6-2
 Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

TABLE 6-1 (cont)

Examples of Applicable
Description Minimum Specifications Usage Test Equipment

4. Test oscilloscope, Vertical deflection factor, EXT HORIZ com- A. Sony-Tektronix

with 10X probe 5 mV to 10 V/DIV; pensation. A TRIG 335 Oscilloscope
Sweep rate, 5s to HOLDOFF range. with included
5 us/DIV; Bandwidth, 10X probe.
dc to at least 4 MHz.
B. Sony-Tektronix
323 Oscilloscope
with included
10X probe.

5. De Power Supply’ Output voltage, 20 to 24 V Power supply turnoff.

adjustable to 21.8; maxi-
mum current, 1 A.

6. Leveled Sine-wave Frequency, 350 kHz to Vertical output amp- A. Tektronix SG 503
Generator above 35 MHz; output amp- lifier bias. Vertical Leveled Sine-wave
litude, 0.5 V, p-p to system frequency Generator.’
above 4 V p-p: reference response.
frequency, 50 kHz; ampli- B. Tektronix Type 191
tude accuracy, constant Triggering. Constant Amplitude
within 3% of output fre- Signal Generator.
frequency is changed.

7. Amplitude Calibrator Amplitude accuracy, with- Vertical gain. X Gain. A. Tektronix PG 506
in 0.25%; signa! ampli- EXT HORIZ com- Calibration
tude 5 mV to 50 V; pensation. Generator.’
output, 1 kHz square
wave. B. Tektronix 067-0502-01
Calibration Fixture.

8. Square-wave Repetition rate, 1 kHz to VOLTS/DIV com- A. Tektronix PG 506

Generator 100 kHz; risetime from pensation. Calibration Gen-
fast-rise output, 1 ns or erator.’
less; amplitude from fast- Transient response.
rise output, to at least B. Tektronix Type 106
0.5 V; amplitude from hi- Square-wave Gen-
amplitude output, to at erator.
least 2 V.

9. Cables Connectors, banana plugs. Dc power connection. 012-0039-00 (Black).

(2 required) 012-0031-00 (Red).

10. Cable Connector, BNC; length, Signal inter- A. Tektronix Part No.
42 inches; impedance connection. 012-0057-01.

11. T Connector Connectors, 2 BNC female Signal inter- A. Tektronix Part No.
to 1 BNC Male. connection. 103-0030-00.

12. Dual-input Coupler Connectors, 2 BNC male Signal inter- A. Tektronix Part No.
(2 required) to 1 BNC Female. connection. 067-0525-01.

REV B NOV 1980

Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

TABLE 6-1 (cont)

Examples of Applicable
Description Minimum Specifications Usage Test Equipment

13. 5X Attenuator Ratio, 5:1; impedance, Signal Attenuation. A. Tektronix Part No.
50 9; connectors, BNC. 011-0060-02.

14. 10X Attenuator Ratio, 10:1; impedance, Signal Attenuation. A. Tektronix Part No.
50 9; connectors, BNC. 011-0059-02.

Termination Impedance, 50 ; con- Signal termination. A. Tektronix Part No.

15.
nectors, BNC. 011-0049-01.

16. BNC-to-banana Connectors, BNC male to External Blanking. Tektronix Part No.

adapter banana Female. 103-0033-00.

Connectors, BNC male to VOLTS/DIV com- Tektronix Part No.

17. BNC to probe
tip adapter probe tip. pensation 013-0084-01.

18. Calibration Adjusting Tektronix Part No.

shield attenuator 067-0749-00.
compensation.

INDEX TO ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

6. CH 2 INVERT Balance. Page 6-12

A. Power Supply and Display Page 6-6
1. —2030 Volts. 6-6
7. CH 2 Step Attenuator Balance. 6-12
2. +15 Volts. 6-7
8. CH 2 POSITION Control Centering. 6-12
3. —1960 Volts. 6-7
9. CH 1 Gain. 6-13
4. Power Supply Turnoff Level. 6-7
10. CH 2 Gain. 6-13
5. Crt Grid Bias. 6-8
11. CH 2 and CH 1 VOLTS/DIV
6-8 Compensation. 6-13
6. Trace Rotation.

6-8 12. Transient Response. 6-14

7. Z-Axis Compensation.

6-8 13. Frequency Response (Check Only). 6-15

8. Focus and Astigmatism.

6-9 Cc. Trigger Page 6-17

9. Geometry.
1. A Sensitivity. 6-17

2. B Sensitivity. 6-17
B. Vertical Page 6-10
1. Vertical Output Amplifier Bias. 6-10 6-18
3. Trigger Dc Level.
2. Dc Bias. 6-11 6-18
4. A and B LEVEL Control Centering.

3. CH 1 Variable Balance. 6-11

D. Horizontal and Calibrator Page 6-19
4. CH 1 Step Attenuator Balance. 6-11 1. Coarse Sweep Start and Stop. 6-19

5. CH 1 POSITION Control Centering. 6-11 2. Fine Sweep Start and Stop. 6-19

6-4 REV. B, APR. 1977

 Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

. Horizontal Limit Centering Page 6-20 10. EXT HORIZ Variable Balance Page 6-22

. Horizontal Amplifier Gain. 6-20 11. EXT HORIZ Compensation. 6-23

. Magnifier Registration. 6-21 12. Calibrator Amplitude. 6-23

. B Sweep Cal. 6-21 13. Calibrator Repetition Rate. 6-23

. A Sweep 2 us Timing. 6-22 14. A TRIG HOLDOFF Range (Check
Only). 6-24
. B Sweep 1 us Timing. 6-22

. High-Speed Magnified Timing. 6-22

6-5
Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

A. POWER SUPPLY AND DISPLAY

Equipment Required
1. Dc Voltmeter.
6. Dc power supply.
2. Digital Voltmeter.
7. Cables (2) with banana plugs for connecting dc
3. Test oscilloscope. power supply.

4. X10 Probe. 8. 50 2 BNC cable.

5. Time-mark generator. 9. 50 2 BNC termination.

Refer to Adjustment Locations pullout pages in diagrams section for adjustment and test point (TP) locations.

335 Control Settings Trigger

Mode AUTO
A LEVEL cw
NOTE B LEVEL RUNS AFTER DLY TIME
; ; A and B SLOPE +
Allow 335 to warm up for 30 minutes before starting Coupling AC
adjustment procedure. Source INT-CH 1
A TRIG HOLDOFF NORM
EXT ATTEN 1X

NOTE
Power and Display
/f problems are encountered in Steps 7 through 3
POWER/INTENSITY A TENSIy after V1270 crt has been replaced, refer to R1218A
TENSITY-cow selection in Corrective Maintenance.
FOCUS As desired
Line Voltage Selector 115
Power Source Selector AC 1. —2030 Volts
a. Set:

POWER OFF
Power Source Selector 22V — 28V
Vertical (both channels if applicable)

10m b. Connect dc power supply and digital voltmeter to

VOLTS/DIV
VARIABLE CAL 335 as shown in Fig. 6-2.
POSITION Midrange
AC-GND-DC GND
DISPLAY CH 1 c. Set dc power supply for a digital voltmeter reading
CH 2 INVERT Out of 24.00 volts.

d. Connect shorting strap between TP1250 and

ground.

Horizontal on.
e. Turn 335 POWER
HORIZ DISPLAY A
1m f. to ground and — lead
Connect + lead of dc voltmeter
A and B SEC/DIV

HORIZ MAG Xt
DELAY TIME POSITION ~— ccw g. ADJUST—R1009 for a dc voltmeter reading of
Position Midrange 2030 volts.

REV B NOV 1980

6-6
 Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

DIGITAL
VOLTMETER
DC POWER
SUPPLY

1943-28

Fig. 6-2. Equipment setup.

h. Turn 335 POWER off. 4. Power Supply Turnoff Level

a. Set:

i. Remove shorting strap. Leave dc voltmeter con- POWER OFF

nected to TP1270. Power Source 11Vto14V

b. Connect voltmeter across EXT DC connector.

j. Turn 335 POWER on.

c. Set dc power supply to 10.9 volts.

2. +15 Voits
Disconnect digital voltmeter from dc power supply
a. d. Turn on POWER.
and connect between +15 volt test point and ground.

e. ADJUST—R1005 very slowly until 335 turns off

b. ADJUST—R1080 for a digital voltmeter reading of (trace disappears) and LOW LINE blinks.
15.00 volts.
f. Turn 335 POWER off and set Power Source selector
to 22-28 V.
c. Disconnect digital voltmeter from 335 and
reconnect to dc power supply.
g. Set dc power supply to 24 V and turn POWER on.

3. —1960 Volts
h. Slowly decrease dc supply voltage until the 335
a. ADJUST—R1261 for a dc voltmeter reading of
turns off and LOW LINE blinks. Check that the suppiy
—1960 volts.
voltage is between 21.2 V and 22.0 V.

b. Disconnect dc voltmeter. i. Disconnect test equipment.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 6-7

Adjustment Procedure— 335 Service

h. CHECK— Meter reading in step 5 part g is 0.34 volt or

5. Crt Grid Bias
less greater than dc voitmeter reading noted in step 5 part f.
a. Set:
Power Source Selector AC
On
i. ADJUST—$f the difference in the de voltmeter reading
POWER
EXT HORIZ is greater than 0.34 volt, slightly readjust R1208 to limit volt-
A SEC/DIV
age change to 0.34 volt.

b. Connect dc voltmeter between TP1442 and ground.

j. Disconnect dc voltmeter.

c. Adjust INTENSITY for a dc voltmeter reading of 15

6. Trace Rotation
volts.
a. Set:
INTENSITY Visible display
d. ADJUST—R1208 for no visible dot on crt, then read-
HORIZ DISPLAY A
just R1208 until dot just becomes visible.
A and B SEC/DIV im

e. Set INTENSITY fully ccow.

b. Vertically and horizontally center trace.

c. ADJUST—R1275 to make trace parallel with center

horizontal graticule line.
TP1226 and TP1270 are both elevated to approxi
mately — 1960 V. Use of a dc voltmeter not capabie
of such voltage may cause equipment damage and 7. Z-Axis Compensation
personal injury. a. Set:

SEC/DIV 2u
f. Connect de voltmeter between TP1226 and TP1270. INTENSITY Low intensity display
Note meter reading.

b. ADJUST—C1434 so dot at beginning of trace is

g. Set INTENSITY fully cw. Note de voltmeter reading. slightly brighter than rest of trace.

FROM TIME
MARK-GENERATOR

50 2. TERMINATION
1943-26

Fig. 6-3. Equipment setup.

REV JUN 1982

 — 335 Service
Adjustment Procedure

8. FOCUS and Astigmatism

a. Set:

CH1 VOLTS/DIV 5
SEC/DIV 1m
INTENSITY For a low intensity display
CH1 AC-GND-DC DC

b. Connect test equipment to CH 1 VERT INPUT

connector as shown in Fig. 6-3.

; |. cunvarure OF TIME MARKS

c. Set time mark generator for 1 ms markers. 0.1 DIVISION OR LESS
1943-27

d. Adjust INTENSITY for low-intensity display. Fig. 6-4. Geometry.

e. ADJUST-FOCUS (front panel) and R1271 (astigma- b. Adjust A CAL control for exactly 1 marker per
tism) for best defined display. graticule division.

9. Geometry c. ADJUST—R1273 for minimum curvature of time

a. Set: marks (see Fig. 6-4).

SEC/DIV 5m
VOLTS/DIV 1 d. Disconnect test equipment.

REV JUN 1982 6-9

Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

B. VERTICAL

Equipment Required
1. Leveled sine-wave generator. 6. 5X BNC attenuator.

2. Amplitude calibrator. 7. 10X BNC attenuator.

3. Square-wave generator. 8. 10X probe.

4. 50 Q BNC cable. 9. BNC to probe tip adapter.

5. 50 9 BNC termination. 10. Calibration shield.

Refer to Adju stme nt Locat ions pullo ut pages in diagr ams secti on for adjus tment and test point (TP) locat ions.

335 Control Settings (“Indicates Change From Trigger

Previous Step) AUTO
Mode
A LEVEL cw
NOTE
B LEVEL RUNS AFTER DELAY TIME
Allow 335 to warm up 30 minutes before starting A andB SLOPE +
adjustment procedure. Coupling AC
Source INT — CH 1
A TRIG HOLDOFF NORM
Power and Display EXT ATTEN 1X
*POWER/INTENSITY POWER-on
INTENSITY-as desired
FOCUS As desired 1A. ADD Mode Balance (SN 303391—up)
Oe eee te ecloator he a. Set CH 1 and CH 2 AC-GND-DC to GND.

; ; . b. Preset R367A to physical midrange (see Adjustment

Vertical (both channels if applicable) Locations).

*VOLTS/DIV 10m
“VARIABLE CAL . . .
POSITION Midrange c. Press DISPLAY ALT button in, and with no signal
1 AC-GND-DC bc applied, use CH1 and CH 2 POSITION controls to
CH
CH 2 AC-GND-DC GND superimpose both traces at the center horizontal graticule
DISPLAY CH 1 line.
CH 2 INVERT Out
d. Leave the ALT button in, and also press the CHOP
Horizontal button in to select ADD mode. Note position of trace on crt
graticule, then release CHOP button to return to ALT
HORIZ DISPLAY A mode.
A and B SEC/DIV 1m
*A CAL Detent
HORIZ MAG X1 e. ADJUST—R367A ADD Mode Balance to position
DELAY TIME POSITION ~— ccw the graticule
the superimposed traces to the same poionnt
Position Midrange where trace was noted in part d ADD mode operation.

6-10 REV C, SEPT 1978

 Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

LEVELED
SINE-WAVE
GENERATOR

50 2 TERMINATION
1943-29

Fig. 6-5. Equipment setup.

f. Repeat parts c through e as necessary for traces c. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 10 mand DISPLAY to ALT.
superimposed at graticule centerin ALT mode and trace at Position CH 1 and CH 2 traces to graticule center. Switch
graticule center in ADD mode. DISPLAY to ADD. Check ADD trace shift fora trace within
1 division of graticule center.
g. Release ALT and CHOP buttons and proceed to
step 3. 3. CH 1 Variable Balance
a. Connect test equipment as shown in Fig. 6-6.
1B. Vertical Output Amplifier Bias (SN 300000—
303390) b. Set:

INTERACTION DISPLAY CH 1
CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 10m
Vertical Output Amplifier bias adjustment (R403) CH 1 AC-GND-DC GND
affects transient response, bandwidth, and vertical CH 1 VARIABLE ccw
gain.
c. Vertically position trace to center horizontal
graticule line.
a. Connect test equipment as shown in Fig. 6-5.
d. ADJUST—R117 for minimum trace shift as you
b. Setleveled sine-wave generator frequency to 1 MHz rotate CH 1 VARIABLE control from extreme to extreme.
and adjust generator amplitude and CH 1 VOLTS/DIV for
about 2 divisions of display. e. Set CH 1 VARIABLE control to CAL.

c. ADJUST—R403 for maximum display amplitude.

4. CH 1 Step Attenuator Balance
d. Disconnect test equipment. a. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 10 m.

2. Dc Bias (SN 300000—303390) b. Vertically position trace to center horizontal

graticule line.
a. Set:

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 5 DIV CAL c. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 5 m.

CH 1 VARIABLE For 2 division display
at graticule center. d. ADJUST—R112 to move trace back to center
horizontal graticule line.
b. ADJUST—R445 for minimum vertical compression
and expansion when positioning display to top and e. Repeat step 4 parts a through d for 1.5 div or less
bottom of graticule. trace shift.

REV B, SEPT 1978 6-11

Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

DUAL-INPUT
COUPLERS
UNTERMINATED
50 22 BNC CABLE
AMPLITUDE
CALIBRATOR

1943-30

Fig. 6-6. Equipment Setup.

5. CH 1 POSITION Control Centering 7. CH 2 Step Attenuator Balance

a. Set: a. Set CH 2 VOLTS/DIV to 10 m.

CH 1 AC-GND-DC AC position trace to center horizontal

b. Vertically
CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 10m
graticule line.

b. Set generator amplitude to 100 mv. c. Set CH 2 VOLTS/DIV to 5 m.

c. Adjust CH 1 VARIABLE for 8 division vertical d. ADJUST—R212 to move trace back to center
display. Set generator amplitude to 200 mV. horizontal graticule line.

e. Repeat step 7 parts a through d for 1.5 divisions or

d. ADJUST—R124 while rotating CH 1 POSITION less trace shift.
to extreme. Adjust R124 until display is same
from extreme
distance above graticule center in one extreme of rotation 8. CH 2 POSITION Control Centering
as it is below graticule center in the other extreme of a. Set:
rotation.
CH 2 AC-GND-DC AC
CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 10m
e. Set:

CH 1 AC-GND-DC GND b. Set amplitude calibrator amplitude to 100 mV.

CH 1 VARIABLE detent
c. Adjust CH 2 VARIABLE for 8 division vertical
display. Set generator amplitude to 200 mV.

6. CH 2 INVERT Balance d. ADJUST-—-R224 while rotating CH 2 POSITION

from extreme to extreme. Adjust R224 until display is same
a. Set DISPLAY to CH 2.
distance above graticule center in one extreme of rotation
b. Operate the INVERT switch several times. as it is below graticule center in the other extreme of
rotation.
c. ADJUST—R217 for minimum trace shift as INVERT
e. Set:
switch is operated.
CH 2 AC-GND-DC GND
d. Set INVERT to normal (button out). CH 2 VARIABLE detent

6-12 REV B, SEPT 1978

 Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

9. CH 1 Gain c. ADJUST—R235 for 5 divisions of display.

a. Set generator amplitude to 5 mV.

d. Set CH 2 VOLTS/DIV to 10 m.

b. Set:

DISPLAY CH 1 e. Set generator amplitude to 50 mV.

CH 1 and CH 2 VOLTS/DIV1m
CH 1 AC-GND-DC DC
f. ADJUST—R210B for a 5 division display.

c. ADJUST—R135 for 5 divisions of display.

g. Disconnect test equipment.

d. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 10 m. 11. CH 1 and CH 2 VOLTS/DIV Compensation

a. install calibration shield.

e. Set generator amplitude to 50 m. b. Connect test equipment to CH 1 VERT INPUT

connector as shown in Fig. 6-7.

f. ADJUST—R110B for 5 divisions of display.

c. Set:

10. CH 2 Gain CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 10m

SEC/DIV 2m
a. : Set t generator amplliitude t to 5 mV , DISPLAY CH 1

A LEVEL For triggered waveform

b. Set: : :
d. Set square-wave generator high-amplitude
output
DISPLAY CH 2 frequency to 1 kHz and adjust generator amplitude for 5
CH 1 AC-GND-DC GND division display. Remove attenuator if necessary to main-
CH 2 AC-GND-DC DC tain 5 division amplitude for remainder of this step.

50 2 BNC
TERMINATION
ae PROBE

BNC Lo
PROBE TIP
ADAPTER
10X BNC
ATTENUATOR

FROM
HIGH-AMPLITUDE
OUTPUT OF
SQUARE-WAVE
GENERATOR
1943-31

Fig. 6-7. Equipment setup.

REV B, SEPT 1978 6-13

Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

e. Adjust probe compensation for best flat-top

waveform.

CH 1 ADJUSTMENTS
f. ADJUST—CH 1 adjustments for best flat-top R105A R109
waveform according to Table 6-2. Set generator amplitude R106B C110
for 5-division display for each adjustment. VERTICAL OUTPUT
ADJUSTMENTS
R408 R441
g. Set: R413 R443
R414 C442
DISPLAY CH 2 CH 2 ADJUSTMENTS
CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 10m R205A R209
R206B €210

h. Move test setup to CH 2 VERT INPUT connector.

1943-32

Fig. 6-8. Transient response interaction.

i. ADJUST—CH 2 adjustments for best flat-top
waveform according to Table 6-2. Set generator amplitude a. Connect equipment to CH 1 VERT INPUT connec-
for 5-division display for each adjustment. tor as shown in Fig. 6-9. Add or remove attenuators as
needed to maintain a5 division display.

j. Disconnect test equipment.

b. Set:

12. Transient Response CH 10 m

1 and CH 2 VOLTS/DIV
INTERACTION CH 2 AC-GND-DC GND

adjustments interact with each NOTE

CH 1 Preamplifier
other. CH 2 Preamplifier adjustments interact with
vertical Output Amplifier ad- For SN 303391—UP, perform parts c throughg, then
each other. The
justments interact with both CH 1 and CH 2 skip to part m and perform parts m through u. For SN
Preamplifier adjustments (see Fig. 6-8). 300000—303390, skip to part h and perform parts h
through u.
Following this adjustment procedure, you first ad-
just CH 1 Preamplifier and Vertical Output Amplifier c. Set SEC/DIV to .2u; A LEVEL, INTENSITY, and
together. Next you adjust CH 2 Preamplifier. If you Horizontal POSITION so leading edge and flat top of
have trouble adjusting CH 2 Preamplifier, try slightly positive-going waveform can be observed during the
readjusting the Vertical Output Amplifier. After remainder of step 12.
readjusting Vertical Output Amplifier recheck and
readjust CH 1 Preamplifier. d. Set the square-wave generator fast-rise output fora
5-division 100 kHz display.
NOTE

Risetime measurements are given as calibration aids e. ADJUST—R477. and C477 (see Adjustment
only. If you can obtain a waveform with aberrations Locations) for best flat-top waveform with aberrations not
of 0.2 division or less, with the risetimes given, the to exceed +0.2 division or a total of 0.2 division peak-to-
vertical system should pass the bandwidth check. peak.

TABLE 6-2

VOLTS/DIV Compensation

CH 1 or CH 2 Corner Flat-Top
VOLTS/DIV CH 1 CH 2 CH 1 CH 2
[ C11
10 m C7B C17B
20 m C7A C17A
50m C6A ~ C16A Cé6éB C16B
d C5A C15A C5B C15B
1 [ C4A C14A C4B C14B

6-14 REV B, SEPT 1978

 Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

50 2. TERMINATION

5X FAST-RISE
ATTENUATOR OUTPUT OF
SQUARE-WAVE
10X GENERATOR
ATTENUATOR
1943-33

Fig. 6-9. Equipment setup.

1943-34 h. Set square-wave generator fast-rise output frequen-

cy to 1 kHz and generator amplitude for 5 divisions of
display.

i. ADJUST—R414 for best flat-top waveform with

| EXACTLY aberrations of +0.2 division, not to exceed 0.2 division
qt
{
"25 Div peak-to-peak.
tt —
\ j. Set generator frequency to 100 kHz.
44

1|
k. Set SEC/DIV to .2 uw.
J
|
% DIVISION | |. ADJUST—C110, R109, R408, R413, R441, C442, and
| R443 for flat-top waveform with aberrations of 0.2 division
a— RISETIME or less and a risetime of 10 ns or less (see Fig. 6-10).

m. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 1 m and add 10X

1. SET SEC/DiV TO .2 » AND HORIZ MAG TO IN attenuator, if needed. Adjust generator amplitude for 5
(20 NS/DIV). division display.
2. ADJUST GENERATOR FOR EXACTLY 5 DIVISIONS
OF DISPLAY. n. ADJUST—R105A and R106B for flat-top waveform
3. VERTICALLY POSITION DISPLAY 1/2 DIVISION. with aberrations of 0.2 division or less and risetime of 14.1ns
or less.
4, MEASURE TRANSITION TIME OF CENTER 4
DIVISIONS AS SHOWN iN ABOVE ILLUSTRATION.
o. Move test setup to CH 2 VERT INPUT connector.
Fig. 6-10. Risetime measurement.
p. Set:

CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 1m
f. ADJUST—C110, R109, C461 and C475 (see Adjust-
DISPLAY CH 2
ment Locations) for best front corner and flat-top
CH 1 AC-GND-DC GND
waveform with risetime of 10 ns or less and total
aberrations not to exceed 0.2 division peak-to-peak (see CH 2 AC-GND-DC DC
Fig. 6-10).

g. Repeat parts e and f as necessary. q. Adjust generator for 5 division display.

REV C, SEPT 1978 6-15

 Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

r. ADJUST—R205A and R206B for flat-top waveform TABLE 6-3

with aberrations of 0.2 division or less and risetime of 14 ns
or less. Frequency Response

s. Set CH 2 VOLTS/DIV to 10 m and remove 10X Leveled Sine-wave

attenuator, if necessary, from test setup. Adjust generator CH 1 or CH 2 Generator
amplitude for 5 division display. VOLTS/DIV Frequency

flat-top waveform with

for09
t. ADJUST—C210 and R2 1m through 5 m 25 MHz
aberrations of 0.2 division or less and risetime of 10 ns or 10 m through 5 V 35 MHz
less.

u. Disconnect test equipment and remove calibration d. Without readjusting generator amplitude, set
shield. generator frequency according to Table 6-3.

Frequency Response (Check Only) e. CHECK—Display amplitude is 4.2 divisions or

13.
greater.
NOTE
f. Repeat step 13 parts c through e for as many CH 2
if bandwidth check fails, readjust transient response
VOLTS/DIV switch positions desired or as generator
for faster risetime.
amplitude allows.

a. Connect test equipment to CH 2 VERT INPUT

connector as shown in Fig. 6-11. Add or remove g. Set:
attenuators as needed to maintain 6 division reference CH 1 VOLTS/DIV im
display. CH 2 AC-GND-DC GND
CH 1 AC-GND-DC DC
DISPLAY CH 1
b. Set:

CH 2 VOLTS/DIV tm h. Move test setup to CH 1 VERT IN connector.

A LEVEL ccw (free-running)
HORIZ MAG X1 (out) i. Repeat step 13 parts c through e for as many CH 1
VOLTS/DIV switch positions as desired or as generator
c. Set leveled sine-wave generator to reference fre- amplitude allows.
quency and adjust generator amplitude for a 6-division
display. j. Disconnect test equipment.

>
Wl Ay
©
a i
50 2 TERMINATION
FROM
LEVELED SINE-WAVE
GENERATOR
10X ATTENUATORS
1943-35

Fig. 6-11. Equipment setup.

6-16 REV B, SEPT 1978

 Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

C. TRIGGER

Equipment Required
1. Leveled sine-wave generator. 3. 50 Q BNC 10X attenuator.

2. 50 9 BNC cable. 4. 50 2 BNC termination.

Refer to Adjustment Locations pullout pages in diagrams section for adjustment and test point (TP) locations.

335 Control Settings (‘Indicates Change From 1. A Sensitivity

Previous Step)
NOTE
NOTE
This adjustment sets sensitivity slightly higher than
Allow 335 to warm up 30 minutes before starting specification for ease of adjustment.
adjustment procedure.
a. Connect test equipment to CH 1 VERT INPUT
Power and Display connector as shown in Fig. 6-12.

POWER/INTENSITY POWER-on
b. Set leveled sine-wave generator frequency to
INTENSITY-as desired
1 MHz. Adjust generator amplitude for 3 division display.
FOCUS As desired
Line Voltage Selector Do not readjust generator amplitude throughout the
115
Power Source Selector remainder of steps 1 and 2.
AC

c. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 10 m (0.3 division display).

Vertical (both channels if applicable)
*VOLTS/DIV 1m d. ADJUST—R705 so you can obtain stable display by
VARIABLE CAL adjusting A LEVEL.
POSITION Midrange
CH 1 AC-GND-DC DC
CH 2 AC-GND-DC GND e. Set CH1 VOLTS/DIV
to 20 m (0.15 division display).
DISPLAY CH 1
CH 2 INVERT Out
f. READJUST—R705 slightly so you cannot obtain
stable display by adjusting A LEVEL.
Horizontal

HORIZ DISPLAY A
g. Repeat step 1 parts c through f until, by adjusting A
A and B SEC/DIV 2 uy
LEVEL, you can obtain stable display of 0.3 division
A CAL Detent
display (step 1d) but not of 0.15 division display (step 1f).
HORIZ MAG X1 (out)
DELAY TIME POSITION — ccw
Position Midrange
2. B Sensitivity
a. Set:
Trigger HORIZ DISPLAY B
Mode AUTO B LEVEL Out of detent
A LEVEL As needed
B LEVEL RUNS AFTER DLY TIME
A and B SLOPE + b. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 10 m (0.3 division display).
Coupling AC
Source INT-CH 1
A TRIG HOLDOFF NORM c. ADJUST—"636 so you can obtain stable display by
EXT ATTEN 1X adjusting B LEVEL.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 6-17

Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

50 2 TERMINATION
LEVELED
SINE-WAVE
GENERATOR

10X ATTENUATOR

Fig. 6-12. Equipment setup.

d. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 20 m (0.15 division display). f. ADJUST—R386 to move triggering point back to
graticule center.

e. READJUST—R636 slightly so you cannot obtain

stable display by adjusting B LEVEL. 4. Aand B LEVEL Control Centering
a. Set A and B LEVEL controls so indices point to 0.

f. Repeat step 2 parts b through e until, by adjusting B

LEVEL, you can obtain stable display of 0.3 division point to
b. ADJUST—R608 to move triggering
display (step 2c) but not of 0.15 division display (step 2e).
graticule center.

3. Trigger Dc Level c. Set HORIZ DISPLAY to A.

a. Set:

Trigger Coupling AC
to move trigger point to graticule
d. ADJUST—R543
A and B SEC/DIV 104
center.
VOLTS/DIV 10m
B LEVEL As needed for
stable display

b. Set generator frequency to 50 kHz (reference) and

adjust generator amplitude for 2 division display.

c. Set CH 1 POSITION control to vertically center

display. Do not readjust CH 1 POSITION control
throughout steps 3 and 4.

d. Set B LEVEL control so display triggers at graticule

center (see Fig. 6-13). Do not readjust B LEVEL control
TRIGGERING POINT
throughout remainder of step 3. 1943-37

e. Set Trigger Coupling to DC. Fig. 6-13. De trigger level centering.

6-18
 Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

D. HORIZONTAL AND CALIBRATOR

Equipment Required
1. Time mark generator. 4. 50 9 BNC termination.

2. Amplitude calibrator. 5. Test oscilloscope.

3. 50 9 BNC cable. 6. 10X probe.

Refer to Adjustment Locations pullout pages in diagrams section for adjustment and test point (TP) locations.

335 Control Settings (“Indicates Change From 1. Coarse Sweep Start and Stop
Previous Step) a. Connect equipment as shown in Fig. 6-14.
NOTE
. . b. Set time mark generator for 1 ms markers.
Allow 335 to warm up for 30 minutes before starting
adjustment procedure.
c. Set DTP (DELAY TIME POSITION) to 1.00.
Power and Display

POWER/INTENSITY POWER-on d. ADJUST—R713 so intensified zone starts at second

INTENSITY-as desired marker (see Fig. 6-15).
FOCUS As desired
Line Voltage Selector 115
Power Source Selector AC e. Set DTP to 9.00.

f. ADJUST—R715 so intensified zone starts at tenth

Vertical (both channels if applicable) marker (see Fig. 6-15)

*VOLTS/DIV 5
VARIABLE CAL ; ;
POSITION Midrange g. Due to interaction, repeat step 1 parts c through fas
CH 1 AC-GND-DC DC necessary.
CH 2 AC-GND-DC GND
DISPLAY CH 1
CH 2 INVERT Out
2. Fine Sweep Start and Stop
Horizontal a. Set HORIZ DISPLAY to B.
*“HORIZ DISPLAY A INTEN
“A SEC/DIV im b. Set DTP to 1.00.
*B SEC/DIV Su
ae MAG mem c. ADJUST—R713 so displayed marker starts at
beginni f sweep (see Fig. 6-16).
“DELAY TIME POSITION 1.00 ginning of sweep (se Fig. 6-1)
Position Midrange
d. Set DTP to 9.00.

Trigger
e. ADJUST—R715 so displayed marker starts at
Mode AUTO beginning of sweep.
A LEVEL As needed
*B LEVEL RUNS AFTER DLY TIME
A and B SLOPE + f. Due to interaction, repeat step 2 parts b through e
Coupling AC until no further adjustment is needed.
Source INT-CH 1
A TRIG HOLDOFF NORM g. Temporarily disconnect time-mark generator from
EXT ATTEN 1X CH 1 VERT INPUT connector.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 6-19

Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

FROM TIME
MARK-GENERATOR

50 2 TERMINATION

1943-26

Fig. 6-14. Equipment setup.

3. Horizontal Limit Centering

a. Set:

HORIZ DISPLAY A
SEC/DIV EXT HORIZ
INT Button out
INTENSITY ccw

b. Slowly turn up INTENSITY to locate spot on crt. Do

not allow bright spot to remain stationary because this will
burn crt phosphor.

2ND AND 10TH MARKERS INTENSIFIED — 1943.39 c. Vertically and horizontally position the spot to the
center of the crt.

Fig. 6-15. Rough sweep start and stop.

d. Connect Leveled Sine-Wave Generator to EXT
TRIG OR HORIZ INPUT and 10X probe to right horizontal
deflection plate as shown in Fig. 6-17.

e. Set generator for a 50 kHz signal and slowly in-

crease generator amplitude until the test oscilloscope
display starts to clip.

ADJUST—R933B to obtain equal clipping

f. on top
and bottom of test oscilloscope waveform.

g. Disconnect test equipment.

1943-40
4. Horizontal Amplifier Gain
a. Reconnect time mark generator to CH 1 VERT
Fig. 6-16. Fine sweep start and stop. INPUT (see Fig. 6-14).

6-20 REV. A, AUG. 1976

 Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

@ To TEST SCOPE

10X PROBE

UNTERMINATED
50 2 BNC CABLE
GENERATOR

1943-41

Fig. 6-17. Equipment setup.

b. Set: c. Set HORIZ MAG to X1 (out).

A and B SEC/DIV Im
DELAY TIME POSITION cow . d. ADJUST—R933A to move second marker back to
INT Button in
center vertical graticule line.

c. ADJUST—R938 for 1 marker per division over

center 8 divisions. e. Due to interaction, repeat step 4 parts b through d
for no shift of second marker when switching from X10 to
x1.

d. Set:
HORIZ MAG X10 (in)
Horizontal Position Midrange 6. B Sweep Cal

a. Set:
e. Set generator for 0.1 ms markers. HORIZ MAG X1 (out)
A SEC/DIV 2m
B SEC/DIV 1m
f. ADJUST—R940 for1 marker per division over center DTP ccw
8 divisions displayed. HORIZ DISPLAY B
B LEVEL Out of detent

5. Magnifier Registration b. Set generator for 1 ms markers and adjust BLEVEL

a. Set generator for 5 ms markers. for stable display.

b. Horizontally position second marker to center ver- c. ADJUST—R818 for 1 marker per division over
tical graticule line. center 8 divisions.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 6-21

Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

b. Set generator for 20 ns markers (markers may be

7. A Sweep 2 us Timing
sine-wave with 20 ns between positive peaks).
a. Set:

HORIZ DISPLAY A
A SEC/DIV 2u c. ADJUST—C955 and C975 for 1 marker per division
B SEC/DIV Qu over center 8 divisions displayed. Try to set adjustment
B LEVEL RUNS AFTER DLY TIME screws of C955 and C975 s0 they are about equal in length.
(detent)

d. Set A SEC/DIV to 5 yu.

b. Set generator for 1 us markers.

e. Set generator for 50 ns markers.

c. ADJUST—C727C for 2 markers per division over
center 8 divisions.
f. CHECK—One marker per division +0.4 division over
center 8 divisions displayed.
d. Set HORIZ DISPLAY to B.

g. READJUST—C955, C975, and R933B, if necessary,

e. Set DTP to 1.00. for best compromise between .2 » and .5 u positions of
SEC/DIV switch.

f. Horizontally position center displayed marker to

center vertical graticule line. h. Disconnect test equipment.

g. Set DTP to 9.00.

10. EXT HORIZ Variable Balance
a. Set:
h. ADJUST—C727C to move center displayed marker
A SEC/DIV EXT HORIZ
to center vertical graticule line. X10 (in)
HORIZ MAG
Trigger Source EXT-CH 1
Trigger Coupling DC
i. Due to interaction, repeat step 6 parts e through h
until no further adjustment is needed.

8. B Sweep 1 us Timing
a. Set:
DTP ccw
B SEC/DIV Ty
B LEVEL Out of detent

b. Adjust B LEVEL for stable display.

seaurion
Set INTENSITY control for a low-intensity display
after location of dot. Allowing bright dot to remain
for 1 marker per division over stationary will burn crt phosphor.
c. ADJUST—C850C
center 8 divisions.
b. Adjust Vertical Position and Horizontal Position
controls until a dot is visible.

9. High-Speed Magnified Timing

c. Rotate A CAL from extreme to extreme several
a. Set:
times.
HORIZ DISPLAY A
HORIZ MAG X10 (in)
A SEC/DIV Qu d. ADJUST—R905, while rotating A CAL, until no
HORIZONTAL POSITION Midrange horizontal dot movement is visible.

6-22 REV. A, AUG. 1976

 Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

11. EXT HORIZ Compensation b. Connect a shorting strap across C1500 (see adjust-
a. Set test oscilloscope timing to 0.2 ms/division, and ment locations pullouts).
set EXT ATTEN to 10X.
c. Connect the digital voltmeter between the .5 V CAL
b. Set 335 HORIZ MAG to X1 (out).
OUT plug and ground.

c. Reconnect test equipment as shown in Fig. 6-17

(probe to right horizontal deflection plate and amplitude d. ADJUST—R1511 for a meter reading of 0.500 volts.
calibrator to EXT TRIG OR HORIZ INPUT connector).
e. Connect the digital voltmeter between P1500-2 and
d. Set generator amplitude to 10 voits. ground.

e. ADJUST—C537 for best flat-top waveform (on test

oscilloscope). f. Adjust R1516 for a digital voltmeter reading of
50.0 mV.
f. Set EXT ATTEN to 1X and set generator amplitude to
1 volt. g. Connect the digital voltmeter between P1500-3 and
. ground.
g. ADJUST—C534 for best flat-top waveform (on test
oscilloscope).
h. Adjust R1519 for a digital voltmeter reading of
50.0 mV. (Below SN 300121, adjust R1519 for a reading of
h. Set INTENSITY to cew. 0.500 V between .5 V CAL OUT plug and ground.)

i. Disconnect test equipment.

i. Disconnect shorting strap and digital voltmeter.

12. Calibrator Amplitude (for instruments below SN 13. Calibrator Repetition Rate
300121, perform only parts a, b, c, h, & i) test equipment as shown in Fig. 6-18
a. Connect
a. Set CH 1 and CH 2 VOLTS/DIV to 5 DIV CAL. (probe to 0.5 V CAL OUT).

50 2
J. TERMINATION

~@& —

FROM
TIME-MARK
10X PROBE GENERATOR
1943-42

Fig. 6-18. Equipment setup.

REV. A, AUG. 1976 6-23

Adjustment Procedure—335 Service

b. Set:

HORIZ DISPLAY A INTEN

B LEVEL RUNS AFTER DLY TIME
A and B SLOPE +

Trigger Mode AUTO

Trigger Source INT-COMP
DISPLAY ALT
Trigger Coupling LF REJ
A SEC/DIV om
B SEC/DIV 50 uw
CH 1 VOLTS/DIV 20 m (.2 VOLTS/DIV
including probe
6TH TIME
attenuation) TRAILING EDGE MARK ———4
CH 2 VOLTS/DIV 5 OF FIRST TIME MARK INTENSIFIED
1943-14

Fig. 6-19. Calibrator frequency (A Intensified display).

c. Carefully adjust A LEVEL so both calibrator and
time mark waveforms are stably displayed (see Fig. 6-19).

d. ADJUST—R1501 for 1 marker per 1 cycle of

calibrator waveform (see Fig. 6-19).

e. Adjust DTP to intensify sixth marker (see Fig. 6-19).

f. Set HORIZ DISPLAY to B.

g. ADJUST—R1501 to superimpose rising edge of

marker waveform and rising edge of calibrator waveform
(see Fig. 6-20).

1943-44

h. Disconnect test equipment.

Fig. 6-20. Calibrator frequency (B Sweep dispiay).

14. A TRIG HOLDOFF Range (Check Only)

d. Set test oscilloscope timing and variable timing to
a. Set: make holdoff portion of test oscilloscope waveform 1
division long. Holdoff time is negative portion of
A SEC/DIV 20 u
waveform.
A TRIG HOLDOFF NORM

e. Set:
b. Set test oscilloscope: A TRIG HOLDOFF Fully cw
Trigger slope negative
Timing 0.1 ms/division
f. CHECK—Holdoff time increases to 10 divisions or
greater.

c. Connect 10X probe to test oscilloscope and touch

probe tip to pin 1 of U730. g. Disconnect test equipment.

1976
6-24 REV. A, AUG.
 Section
7 - 335 Service

REPLACEABLE
ELECTRICAL PARTS
PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION

Replacement parts are available from or through your local Only the circuit number will appear on the diagrams and
Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or representative. circuit board illustrations. Each diagram and circuit board
illustration is clearly marked with the assembly number.
Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to Assembly numbers are also marked on the mechanical exploded
accommodate improved components as they become available, views located in the Mechanical Parts List. The component
and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements number is obtained by adding the assembly number prefix to the
developed in our engineering department. It is therefore impor- circuit number.
the following information in
tant, when ordering parts, to include
your order: Part number, instrument type or number, serial The Electrical Parts List is divided and arranged by
Number, and modification number if applicable. assemblies in numerical sequence (e.g., assembly A1 with its
subassemblies and parts, precedes assembly A2 with its sub-
If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or assembiies and parts).
improved part, your local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or represen-
tative will contact you concerning any change in part number. Chassis-mounted parts have no assembly number prefix
and are located at the end of the Electrical Parts List.
Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this
manual.

LIST OF ASSEMBLIES TEKTRONIX PART NO. (column two of the

Electrical Parts List)
A list of assemblies can be found at the beginning of the
Electrical Parts List. The assemblies are listed in numerical order. Indicates part number to be used when ordering replace-
When the complete component number of a part is known, this list ment part from Tektronix.
will identify the assembly in which the part is located.

CROSS INDEX-MFR. CODE NUMBER TO SERIAL/MODEL NO. (columns three and four
MANUFACTURER of the Electrical Parts List)
The Mfr. Code Number to Manufacturer index for the Column three (3) indicates the serial number at which the
Electrical Parts List is located immediately after this page. The part was first used. Column four (4) indicates the serial number at
Cross Index provides codes, names and addresses of manufac- which the part was removed. No seria! number entered indicates
turers of components listed in the Electrical Parts List. part is good for ali serial numbers.

ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviations contorm to American National Standard Y1.1. NAME & DESCRIPTION (column five of the
Electrical Parts List)
COMPONENT NUMBER (column one of the in the Parts List, an Item Name is separated from the
description by a colon (:). Because of space limitations, an Item
Electrical Parts List)
Name may sometimes appear as incomplete. For further Item
A numbering method has been used to identify assemblies, Name identification, the U.S. Federal Cataloging Handbook H6-1
subassemblies and parts. Examples of this numbering method can be utilized where possible.
and typical expansions are illustrated by the following:
Example a. component number
a ce.
A23R1234 A23 R1234 MER. CODE (column six of the Electrical Parts
Assembly number v N Circuit number
List)
Indicates the code number of the actual manufacturer of the
Read: Resistor 1234 of Assembly 23
part. (Code to name and address cross reference can be found
immediately after this page.)

Example b. component number

at
A23A2R1234 A23 A2 R1234
Assembly Subassembly Circuit MFR. PART NUMBER (column seven of the
number number number Electrical Parts List)
Read: Resistor 1234 of Subassembly 2 of Assembly 23 indicates actual manufacturers part number.

REV APR 1966

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

CROSS INDEX - MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER

Mfr.
Code Manufacturer Address City, State, Zip Code
00853. SANGAMO WESTON INC SANGAMO RD PICKENS SC 29671-9716
COMPONENTS DIV PO BOX 128
01002 GENERAL ELECTRIC CO JOHN ST HUDSON FALLS NY 12839
CAPACITOR PRODUCTS DEPT
01121 ALLEN-BRADLEY CO 1201 $ 2ND ST MILWAUKEE WI 53204-2410
01295 TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INC 13500 N CENTRAL EXPY DALLAS TX 75265
SEMICONDUCTOR GROUP PO BOX 655012
02111 HAMILTON STANDARD CONTROLS INC 17070 E GALE AVE CITY OF INDUSTRY CA 91749
SPECTROL DIV P QO BOX 1220
02735 RCA CORP ROUTE 202 SOMERVILLE NJ 08876
SOLID STATE DIVISION
03508 GENERAL ELECTRIC CO W GENESEE ST AUBURN NY 13021
SEMI-CONDUCTOR PRODUCTS DEPT
03888 PYROFILM DIV 60 S JEFFERSON RD WHIPPANY NJ 07981-1001
DIV OF KDI ELECTRONICS INC
04099 CAPCO INC 1328 WINTERS AVE GRAND JUNCTION CO 81502
PO BOX 1028
04222 AVX CERAMICS 19TH AVE SOUTH MYRTLE BEACH SC 29577
DIV OF AVX CORP P 0 BOX 867
04713. = MOTOROLA INC 5005 E MCDOWELL RD PHOENIX AZ 85008-4229
SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS SECTOR
05397 UNION CARBIDE CORP 11901 MADISON AVE CLEVELAND OH 44101
MATERIALS SYSTEMS DIV
07263 FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR CORP 10400 RIDGEVIEW CT CUPERTINO CA 95014
NORTH AMERICAN SALES
SUB OF SCHLUMBERGER LTD MS 118
07716 TRW INC 2850 MT PLEASANT AVE BURLINGTON IA 52601
TRW IRC FIXED RESISTORS/BURLINGTON
09353. CC AND K COMPONENTS INC 15 RIVERDALE AVE NEWTON MA 02158-1057
12294 = MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA INC 5 FRASER AVE TRENTON ONT CAN K8V 5S1
DIV OF MURATA ERIE
12697. —CLAROSTAT MFG CO INC LOWER WASHINGTON ST DOVER NH 03820
12968 — UNITRODE CORP 5 FORBES RD LEXINGTON MA 02173-7305
14433 ITT SEMICONDUCTORS DIV WEST PALM BEACH FL
14552 = MICROSEMI CORP 2830 S FAIRVIEW ST SANTA ANA CA 92704-5948
14936 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORP 600 W JOHN ST HICKSVILLE NY 11802
DISCRETE SEMI CONDUCTOR DIV
15238 ITT SEMICONDUCTORS 500 BROADWAY LAWRENCE MA 01841-3002
A DIVISION OF INTERNATIONAL PO BOX 168
TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH CORP
15454 AMETEK INC 721 N POPLAR ST ORANGE CA 92668
RODAN DIV
18324 SIGNETICS CORP 4130 S MARKET COURT SACRAMENTO CA 95834-1222
MILITARY PRODUCTS DIV
19701 MEPCO/CENTRALAB PO BOX 760 MINERAL WELLS TX 76067-0760
A NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS CO
MINERAL WELLS AIRPORT
24931 SPECIALTY CONNECTOR CO INC 2100 EARLYWOOD DR FRANKLIN IN 46131
PO BOX 547
26769 MEPCO/CENTRALAB 5900 AUSTRALIAN AVE WEST PALM BEACH FL 33407-2330
A NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS CO
27014 NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP 2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR SANTA CLARA CA 95051-0606
29604 — STACKPOLE COMPONENTS CO PO BOX 14466 RALEIGH NC 27610
SUB OF THE STACKPOLE CORP
31918 ITT SCHADOW INC 8081 WALLACE RD EDEN PRAIRIE MN 55344-2224
32997 BOURNS INC 1200 COLUMBIA AVE RIVERSIDE CA 92507-2114
TRIMPOT DIV
51406 MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA INC 2200 LAKE PARK DR SMYRNA GA 30080
HEADQUARTERS AND GEORGIA OPERATIONS
52763 = STETCO INC 3344 SCHIERHORN FRANKLIN PARK IL 60131
52769 SPRAGUE-GOODMAN ELECTRONICS INC 134 FULTON AVE GARDEN CITY PARK NY 11040-5352
54473 MATSUSHITA ELECTRIC CORP OF AMERICA ONE PANASONIC WAY SECAUCUS NJ 07094-2917
PO BOX 1501
56289 SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO 92 HAYDEN AVE LEXINGTON MA 02173-7929
WORLD HEADQUARTERS

7-2 REV JUN 1988

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

CROSS INDEX - MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER

Mfr.
Code Manufacturer Address City, State, Zip Code
57668 — ROHM CORP 8 WHATNEY IRVINE CA 92713
PO BOX 19515
59660 TUSONIX INC 7741 N BUSINESS PARK DR TUCSON AZ 85740-7144
PO BOX 37144
50821 MEPCO/CENTRALAB 7158 MERCHANT AVE EL PASO TX 79915-1207
A NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS CO
60705 CERA~MITE CORPORATION 1327 6TH AVE GRAFTON WI 53024-1831
71400 BUSSMANN 114 OLD STATE RD ST LOUIS MO 63178
DIV OF COOPER INDUSTRIES INC PO BOX 14460
72982 ERIE SPECIALTY PRODUCTS INC 645 W 11TH ST ERIE PA 16512
73138 BECKMAN INDUSTRIAL CORP 4141 PALM ST FULLERTON CA 92635
BECKMAN ELECTRONIC TECHNOLOGIES
SUB OF EMERSON ELECTRIC
75042 IRC ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS 401 N BROAD ST PHILADELPHIA PA 19108-1001
PHILADELPHIA DIV
TRW FIXED RESISTORS
75915 = LITTELFUSE INC 800 E NORTHWEST HWY DES PLAINES IL 60016-3049
SUB TRACOR INC
80009 TEKTRONIX INC 14150 SW KARL BRAUN DR BEAVERTON OR 97707-0001
PO BOX 500
80031 MEPCO/ELECTRA INC 22 COLUMBIA RD MORRISTOWN NJ 07960
82104 STANDARD GRIBSBY INC 920 RATHBONE AVE AURORA IL 60507
82389 = SWITCHCRAFT INC 5555 N ELSTRON AVE CHICAGO IL 60630-1314
SUB OF RAYTHEON CO
91637 DALE ELECTRONICS INC 2064 12TH AVE COLUMBUS NE 68601-3632
PO BOX 60S
98291 SEALECTRO CORP 40 LINDEMAN DR TURNBULL CT 06611-4739
BICC ELECTRONICS
$5372 HITACHI LTD 1-5-1 MARUNOUCHI TOKYO JAPAN
CHIYODA-KU
TKOOL TOSHIBA CO LTD 1-1-1 SHIBAURA TOKYO JAPAN
MINATO-KU
TK1345 — ZMAN AND ASSOCIATES 7633 S 180TH KENT WA 98032
TK1727 PHILIPS NEDERLAND BV POSTBUS 90050 5600 PB EINDHOVEN THE NETHERLANDS
AFD ELONCO
TK2038 MULTICOMP INC 3005 SW 154TH TERRACE #3 BEAVERTON OR 97006
TK2042 ZMAN & ASSOCIATES 7633 S 180TH KENT WA 98032

REV JUN 1988 773

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial/Assembly No. Mfr.

t_No. Part No. Effective _Dscont Name _& Description Code __‘ Mfr. Part No.
Al 670-3771-00 300000 302935 CIRCUIT BD ASSY: ATTENUATOR 80009 670-3771-00
Al 670-3771-01 302936 CIRCUIT BD ASSY:ATTENUATOR 80009 670-3771-01
A2 670-3772-00 300000 300120 CIRCUIT BD ASSY: VERTICAL AMP 80009 670-3772-00
A2 670-3772-01 300121 303390 CIRCUIT BD ASSY:VERTICAL AMPLIFIER 80009 670-3772-01
A2 670-3772-02 303391 CIRCUIT BD ASSY:VERTICAL AMPL 80008 670-3772-02
A3 670-3773-00 300000 303650 CIRCUIT BD ASSY: TRIGGER GENERATOR 80009 670-3773-00
A3 670-3773-01 303651 CIRCUIT BD ASSY: TRIGGER GENERATOR 80009 670-3773-01

A4 670-3774-00 300000 300120 CIRCUIT BD ASSY:HORIZONTAL 80009 670-3774-00

A4 670-3774-01 300121 303650 CIRCUIT BD ASSY:HORIZONTAL 80009 670-3774-01
A4 670-3774-02 303651 CIRCUIT BD ASSY:HORIZONTAL 80009 670-3774-02
AS 670-3775-00 300000 310190 CIRCUIT BD ASSY:SWEEP 80009 670-3775-00
A5 670-3775-01 310391 CIRCUIT BD ASSY:SWEEP 80009 670-3775-01
AG 670-3776-00 300000 303650 CIRCUIT BD ASSY: INTERFACE & L.V. REGULATOR 80009 670-3776-00
AG 670-3776-01 303651 CIRCUIT BD ASSY: INTERFACE & LV REGULATOR 80009 670-3776-01

Ay 670-3777-00 300000 300120 CIRCUIT BD ASSY:H.V. & UNBLANK 80009 670-3777-00

A7 670-3777-01 300121 303650 CIRCUIT BD ASSY:HV & UNBLANK 80009 670-3777-01
A7 670-3777-02 303651 CIRCUIT BD ASSY:HV & UNBLANK 80009 670-3777-02
A8 670-3778-00 300000 300215 CIRCUIT BD ASSY:POWER SUPPLY CONVERTER 80009 670-3778-00
A8 670-3778-01 300216 303650 CIRCUIT BD ASSY:POWER SUPPLY CONVERTER 80009 670-3778-01
Ag 670-3778-02 303651 CIRCUIT BD ASSY:POWER SUPPLY CONVERTER 80009 670-3778-02

Ci 281-0627-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI: 1PF,+/-0.25PF, SOOV 52763 2RDPLZ007 1POOCC

C2 285-0816-00 300000 301375 CAP, FXD, PLASTIC:0.019UF , 10%, 600V 80009 285-0816-00
C2 285-1132-00 301376 308100 CAP, FXD, PLASTIC:0.O19UF, 10%, 600V 80009 285-1132-00
C2 285-1132-01 308101 CAP, FXD, PLASTIC:0. O19UF , 10%, 600V TK2038 ORDER BY DESCR
C4 281-0182-00 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC: 1.8-10PF,300V 19701 2805D1R810BHO3FO
(C4A,B)
C4 283-0760-00 CAP, FXD,MICA DI:400PF,10%,100V 80009 283-0760-00
(CAC)
c5 281-0182-00 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:1.8-10PF, 300V 19701 2805D1R810BH03F0
(C5A,B)
cs 283-0761-00 CAP, FXD,MICA DI:40PF,10%, 100V 80009 283-0761~00
(C5C)
C6 281~-0182-00 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:1.8-10PF,300V 19701 2805D1R810BHO3FO
(C6A)
C6 281-0178-00 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC: 1-3. 5PF, 500V 80031 2805D013R5BHO2FO
(C6B)
C7 281-0178-00 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:1-3.5PF,500V 80031 2805D013R5BHO2FO
(C7A)
C7 281-0182-00 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:1.8-10PF,300V 19701 2805D1R810BHO3F0
(C7B)

Cll 281-0178-00 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:1-3. 5PF,500V 80031 2805D013R5BHO02F0

C12 285-0816-01 300000 301375 CAP, FXO, PLASTIC:0.019UF , 10%, B00V 80009 285-0816-01
C12 285-1132-00 301376 308100 CAP, FXD, PLASTIC:0. OL9UF , 10%, 600V 80009 285-1132-00
C12 285-1132-01 308101 CAP, FXD, PLASTIC:0.019UF , 10%, 600V TK2038 ORDER BY DESCR
C14 281-0182-00 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:1.8-10PF, 300V 19701 2805D1R810BHO3F0
(C14A,B)
C14 283-0760-00 CAP, FXD,MICA DI:400PF, 10%, 100V 80009 283-0760-00
(C14C)

C15 281-0182-00 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:1.8-10PF, 300V 19701 2805D1R810BHO3F0

(C1i5A,B)
C15 283-0761-00 CAP,FXD,MICA 100V
DI:40PF,10%, 80009 283-0761-00
(C15C)
C16 281-0182-00 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:1.8-1OPF,300V 19701 2805DiR810BHO3FO
(C16A)}
C16 281-0178-00 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:1-3. 5PF ,500V 80031 2805D013R5BHO2F0
(C16B)
C17 281-0178-00 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:1-3.5PF, 500V 80031 2805D013R5BH02F0
(C17A)
C17 281-0182-00 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:1.8-10PF,300V 19701 2805D1R810BHO3FO
(C17B)

7-4 REV JUN 1988

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial/Assembly No. Mfr.

Companent_No. Part No. Effective Dscont Name_& Description Code _—*Mfr. Part No.
C101 283-0068-00 300000 305190 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+100-0%,500V 59660 871-533E103P
C101 283-0068-03 305191 CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF ,+100-0%,500V 80009 283-0068-03
C102 283-0032-00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:470PF,5%, 500V 50660 831-000-Z5E0471J
C103 283-0139-00 300000 300150 CAP, FXD,CER DI: 150PF,20%, 50V 05397 €312C151M5G5CA
C103 283-0334-00 300151 302595 CAP,FXD,CER DI: 130PF ,+1-2%, 500V 04222 SR207A131GAA
C103 283-0618-00 302596 CAP, FXD,MICA DI:130PF,2%,400V 00853 0155F13160

C105 283-0103-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI: 180PF,5%, 500V 59821 2DDH73L181J

C106 283-0247-01 CAP,FXD,CER DI: 680PF,10%,500V 80009 283-0247-01
C110 281-0184-00 300000 307520 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC :2~18PF , 500VDC TK1727 2222-809-05003
C110 281-0237-00 307521 CAP, VAR,CER DI:3.3-18PF,250V 80009 281-0237-00
Cll) tte en nne (SELECTED)
C170 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF, 20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C170 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF, 20%, 20V 05397 1368A225M020AS

C171 290-0738-00 300000 300661 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF 20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C171 290-0536-00 300662 301375 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: LOUF,20%,25V TANTALUM 05397 T368B106M025AS
C171 290-0803-00 301376 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:6.8UF ,20%, 20V 80009 290-0803-00
C172 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2. 2UF,20%, 25V , SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
Ci72 290~-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF,20%, 20V 05397 1368A225M020AS
C173 290-0739-00 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 33UF , 20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0739-00

C174 283-0003-00 300000 305190 CAP,FXD,CER D1:0.01UF,+80-20%,

150V 59821 0103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C174 283-0003-03 305191 CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%,
150V 80009 283-0003-03
€200 283-0003-00 300000 305190 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF ,+80-20%,150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C200 283-0003-03 305191 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 80009 283-0003-03
C201 283~0068-00 300000 305190 CAP, FXD,CER 01:0. 01UF,+100-0%,500V 59660 871-533E103P
C201 283-0068-03 30519] CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+100-0%, 500V 80009 283-0068-03

C202 283-0032-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:470PF,5%, 500V 59660 831-000-Z5E0471J

C203 283-0139-00 300000 300150 CAP, FXD,CER DI: 150PF,20%, 50V 05397 €312C151M5G5CA
C203 283-0334-00 300151 302595 CAP,FXD,CER DI: 130PF,+1-2%, 500V 04222 SR207A131GAA
C203 283-0618-00 302596 CAP, FXD,MICA 01:130PF,2%, 400V 00853 0155F131G0
C204 290-0134-01 300000 303390 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 22UF, 20%, 15V 80009 290-0134-01
C204 290-0803-00 303391 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT :6.8UF ,20%, 20V 80009 290-0803-00

C205 283-0103-00 CAP,FXD,CER DI: 180PF,5%, 500V 59821 2DDH73L181J

C206 283-0247-01 CAP, FXD,CER DI:680PF,10%, S00V 80009 283-0247-01
C210 281-0184-00 300000 307520 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC :2-18PF, S00QVDC TK1727 2222-809-05003
C210 281-0237-00 307521 CAP, VAR,CER DI:3.3-18PF ,250V 80008 281-0237-00
C211 were conan (SELECTED)
C270 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF,20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
€270 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD,ELCTLT:2.2UF 20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS

C271 290-0738-00 300000 300661 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF,20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C271 290-0536-00 300662 301375 CAP, FXD,ELCTLT: 10UF,20%,25V TANTALLM 05397 1368B1L06M025AS
C271 290-0803-00 301376 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:6.8UF,20%, 20V 80009 290-0803-00
C272 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF,20%, 25V, SONY /TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C272 290-0523-00 30752] CAP, FXD,ELCTLT:2.2UF ,20%, 20V 05397 1368A225M020AS
C273 290-0739-00 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 33UF , 20%, 25V , SONY/TEK 80009 290-0739-00

C300 283-0003-00 300000 305190 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C300 283-0003-03 305191 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF ,+80-20%,150V 80009 283-0003-03
C320 283-0003-00 300000 305190 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%,150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C320 283-0003-03 305191 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0. O1UF,+80-20% ,
150V 80009 283-0003-03
C335 281-0518-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:47PF,+/-9.4PF,500V 52763 2RDPLZ007 47POMU
C340 283-0204-00 300000 307110 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,20%,50V 04222 8 =SR1S55E103MAA
C340 283-0238-00 307111 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,50V 04222 SR205C103KAA

C341 283-0032-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:470PF ,5%, 500V 59660 831-000-Z5E04710

C342 283~-0032-00 5%, 500V
CAP, FXD,CER DI:470PF 59660 831-000-Z5E0471J
C343 283-0003-00 300000 305190 CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 0103Z40ZSUJDCEX
C343 283-0003-03 305191 CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%,150V 80009 283-0003-03
C345 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C386 290-0729-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 15UF , 20%, 20V 80009 290-0729-00
C386 290-0527-00 307521 1SUF , 20%, 20V
CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 05397 71368B156M020AS

REV JUN 1988 7-5

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial /Assembly No. Mfr.

No. Part No. Effective _Dscont Name& Description Code Mfr. Part No.
C388 290-0740-00 300000 300120 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 68UF, 20%, 16V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0740-00
C388 290-0738-00 300121 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF ,20%,25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C388 290~-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF 20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C389 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
(390 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C391 283-0003-00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 50821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX

C395 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF 20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C395 290-0523~00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF ,20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C396 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF .20%, 25V , SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C396 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD,ELCTLT:2.2UF,20%,20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C397 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF ,20%,25V , SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C397 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF ,20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS

C401 290-0271-00 300000 302595 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : SUF, +20-15%, 125V 26769 40LWS05B125W1A
C401 290-0395-00 302596 303045 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 4. 7UF,20%, 50V 05397 T110B475M050AS
C403 283-0003-00 300121 308390 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103240Z5UJDCEX
C404 283-0003-00 300000 303390 CAP,FXD,CER DI :0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D1i03Z40Z5UJDCEX
C408 283-0065-00 300000 303380 CAP, FXD,CER DI :0.001UF, 5%, 50V 59660 0835-591 ¥5E0102J
C411 283-0032-00 300000 300120 CAP, FXD,CER DI :470PF 5%, 500V 59660 831-000-Z5E0471J
C411 283-0247-01 300121 303390 CAP, FXD,CER DI :680PF 10%, S00V 80009 283-0247-01

C4l2 283-0238-00 300000 303390 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,50V 04222 SR205C103KAA

C413 283-0032-00 300000 303390 CAP,FXD,CER DI:470PF,5%, 500V 59660 831-000-Z5E04710
C414 283-0111-00 300000 303390 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%, 50V 05397 C330C104MSU1CA
C415 283-0058-00 300000 303390 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.027UF , 10%, 100V 04222 SR301C273KAA
C440 283-0144-00 300000 3038390 CAP, FXD,CER DI:33PF,2%, 500V 59660 801-547P2G3306
C442 281-0158-00 300000 303390 CAP,VAR,CER DI:7-45PF,100WVDC SUBMIN 59660 518-006 G 7-45

C443 281-0622-00 300000 300100 CAP,FXD,CER DI:47PF,1%,500V 52763 2RDPLZ007 47POLC

C443 283-0115-00 300101 303390 CAP, FXD,CER DI:47PF , 5%, 200V 59821 2DDT60K470J
C459 290-0738-00 300391 307520 CAP,FXD, ELCTLT: 2.2UF,20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C459 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2. 2UF 20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C460 290-0738-00 300000 303390 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF ,20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C461 281-0239-00 303391 307920 CAP, VAR,CER D1:8-60PF,+50-10%, 50V 80009 281-0239-00
C461 281-0158-00 307921 CAP, VAR,CER DI:7-45PF,100WVDC SUBMIN 59660 518-006 G 7-45

C466 283-0032-00 303391 CAP,FXD,CER DI:470PF,5%, SQ0V 59660 831-000-Z5E0471J

C467 283-0003-00 303391 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C475 281-0239-00 303391 307920 CAP, VAR,CER DI :8-G60PF ,+50-10%, 50V 80003 281-0239-00
C475 281-0158-00 307921 CAP, VAR,CER DI:7-45PF, 100WVDC SUBMIN 59660 518-006 G 7-45
C476 283-0094-00 303391 CAP, FXD,CER DI:27PF, 10%, 200V 59821 2DDT73K270K
C477 281-0239-00 303391 307920 CAP, VAR, CER DI:8-60PF,+50-10%,50V 80009 281-0239-00
C477 281-0158-00 307921 CAP, VAR,CER DI:7-45PF,100WVDC SUBMIN 59660 518-006 G 7-45

C478 283-0032-00 303391 CAP, FXD,CER DI:470PF,5%, 500V 59660 831-000-Z5E0471J

C501 283-0076-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:27PF,10%, 500V 59660 831-500S2L270K
(C501A)
C501 283-0004-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.02UF,+80-20%, 150V 59660 855-558Z5V0203Z
(C50iB)
C502 283-0128-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI: 100PF,5%, 500V 59660 871-536T2H101J3
C503 283~-0004-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.02UF,+80-20%, 150V 59660 855-558Z5V0203Z
C504 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2. 2UF ,20%, 25V ,SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C504 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXO, ELCTLT:2.2UF 20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS

C511 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2. 2UF 20%, 25V , SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C511 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF ,20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C521 283-0003-00 300000 305190 CAP, FXD,CER D1:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C521 283-0003-03 305191 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 80009 283-0003-03
C522 283-0003-00 304661 305190 CAP,FXD,CER D1:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D1L03Z40Z5UJDCEX
C522 283-0003-03 30519] CAP, FX0,CER 01:0. 01UF,+80-20%, 150V 80009 283-0003-03

(532 283-0763-00 CAP, FXD,MICA DI:430PF, 1%, 100Y 80009 283-0763-00

C534 281-0184-00 300000 307520 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:
2-18PF , 500VDC TK1727 2222-809-05003
C534 281-0237-00 307521 CAP, VAR,CER DI:3.3-18PF,250V 80009 281-0237-00
C535 283-0764-00 CAP, FXD,MICA D1:22PF,+/-0.5PF,500V 80009 283-0764-00
C536 281-0628-00 CAP,FXD,CER DI: 15PF, 5%, 500V 52763 2RDPLZ007 15POQJC

7-6 REV JUN 1988

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial/Assembly No. Mfr.

No. Part No. Effective _Dscont Name_& Description Code Mfr. Part No.
C537 281-0184-00 300000 307520 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC: 2-18PF , 500V0C TK1727 2222-809-05003
C537 281-0237-00 307521 CAP, VAR,CER 01:3.3-18PF,250V 80009 281-0237-00
C541 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C546 281-0584-00 300329 CAP, FXD,CER DI: 100PF,5%, 500V 72982 0301000 Y5EO101J
C590 290-0738~-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2. 2UF,20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C590 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF 20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS

C591 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT :2. 2UF .20%, 25V , SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C591 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT :2. 2UF ,20%,20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C592 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF 20%, 25V , SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
c592 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTL T:20V
2. 2UF ,20%, 05397 T368A225M020AS
C602 283-0003-00 CAP,FXD,CER D1:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C605 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%,150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX

C617 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX

C650 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT :2.2UF,20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C650 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF ,20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C651 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2. 2UF ,20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C651 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2. 2UF ,20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C652 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2. 2UF 20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80008 290-0738-00
C652 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF ,20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS

C707 283-0003-00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40ZSUJDCEX

C708 283~-0226-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:12PF, 10%, 500V 80009 283~-0226-00
C710 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C712 290-0741-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 1UF, 20%,35V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0741-00
C712 290-0534-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCT 20%, 35V
1UF,LT: 05397 T368A1 05M035AZ
C717 290-0741-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 1UF ,20%,35V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0741-00
C717 290-0534-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 1UF, 20%, 35V 05397 T368A1 05M035AZ
C717 283-0003-02 310391 310485 CAP, FXD,CER 01:0. 01UF, 150V 80009 283-0003-02
(C717A)
C717 283-0003-00 310486 CAP, FXO,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
(C717A)
C722 283-0149-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI: 25PF,2%,200V 59660 865-528T2H2506
C723 283-0060-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI: 100PF ,5%, 200V 59660 855-535U2J101J
C727 295-0134-00 CAP SET,MATCHED:1UF ,0.1UF,0.O1UF,0.001UF TK2038 ORDER BY DESCR
(C727A,B FURNISHED AS A UNIT WITH C850A,B)
C727 281-0096-~00 CAP, VAR, AIR DI:5.5-18PF ,350V 52763 302324237
(C727C)
C727 283-0675-01 CAP, FXD,MICA DI:82PF,1%, 300V 80009 283-0675-01
(C727D)
C730 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER D1:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX

C731 281-0670-00 300000 300120 CAP, FXD,CER DI:1.8PF,+/-0.1PF,500V 52763 2RDPLZ007 1P80BC
C731 281-0615-00 300121 CAP, FXD,CER DI:3.9PF,+/-0.5PF,200V 52763 2RDPLZ007 3P90DC
C739 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C745 283-0229-00 CAP,FXD,CER DI: 220PF,10%, 50V 80009 283-0229-00
(C745A)
C745 290-0741-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: JUF , 20%, 35V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0741-00
(C745B)
C745 290-0534-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : LUF,20%, 35V 05397 T368A1 05M035AZ
(C745B)
C745 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%,150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
(C745C)

C746 290-0741-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 1UF , 20%, 35V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0741-00
C746 290-0524-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:4. 7UF, 20%, 10V 05397 T368A475M010AZ
C753 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF ,20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 800039 290-0738-00
C753 290~-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF 20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C757 283-0060-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI: 100PF,5%,200V 59660 855-535U2J101J
C767 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%,150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX

C769 283-0087~-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI: 300PF,10%, 1000V 59660 0838020X5F0030iK

C772 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF,.20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C772 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF 20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C773 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF, 20%, 25, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00

REV JUN 1988 7-7

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial /Assembly No. Mfr

No. Part No. Effective _Dscont Name _& Description Code __Mfr. Part No.
C773 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF 20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C774 280-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF ,20%, 25V , SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C774 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF,20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C807 283-0003-00 300000 310910 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C807 283-0204-00 310911 CAP,FXD,CER D1:0.01UF,20%,50V 04222 SR155E103MAA
C810 283-0226-00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:12PF,10%, 500V 80009 283-0226-00

C813 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2.2UF,20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C813 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF,20%,20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C814 283-0149-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:25PF,2%, 200V 59660 865-528T2H2506
C816 283-0060-00 CAP,FXD,CER DI: 100PF,5%, 200V 59660 855-535U2J101J
C820 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF 20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C820 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF,20%,20V 05397 T368A225M020AS

C823 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%,150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX

C825 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C828 283-0149-00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:25PF,2%,200V 59660 865-528T2H2506
C840 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF ,20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C840 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF ,20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C841 290-0740-00 300000 302595 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 68UF , 20%, 16V, SONY/TEK 80003 290-0740-00
C841 290-0803-00 302596 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:6. 8UF,20%, 20V 80009 290-0803-00

C842 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2. 2UF, 20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C842 290~-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT 2UF :2.
20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C850 (C850A,B FUNISHED AS A UNIT WITH C727A,B)
C850 281-0096-00 CAP, VAR, AIR DI:5.5-18PF, 350V 52763 302324237
(C850)
C850 283-0675-01 CAP, FXD,MICA DI:82PF ,
1%, 300V 80009 283-0675-01
(C850D)
C939 281-0549-00 300121 CAP,FXD,CER DI :68PF, 10%, 500V 52763 2RDPLZ007 68POKU

C955 281-0095-00 300000 303160 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC :0. 25-1. 5PF, 600V 12294 057001
C955 281-0095-01 303161 312130 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:0. 25-1. 5PF, 600V 80009 281-0095-01
C955 281-0064-00 312131 312269 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:0.25-1 . SPF, 600V 52768 ER-530-013
C955 281-0064-01 312270 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:0.25-1. 5PF,600V 80009 281-0064-01
C956 283-0290-00 CAP, FXD,CER D1:1PF,+/-0.25PF,500V 80009 283~-0290-00
C961 283-0341-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.047UF, 10%, 100V 04222 SR301C473KAA

C963 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103240Z5UJDCEX

C965 283-0290-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI: LPF,+/-0.25PF, 500V 80009 283-0290~-00
C971 283-0341-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.047UF , 10%, 100V 04222 SR301C473KAA
C975 281-0095-00 300000 303160 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:0.25-1.5PF,600V 12294 057001
c975 281-0095-01 303161 312130 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:0.25-1.5PF, 600V 80009 281-0095-01
c975 281-0064-00 312131 312269 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:0.25-1. SPF, 600V 52769 ER-530-013
C975 281-0064~01 312270 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:0. 25-1 . SPF, 600V 80009 281-0064-01

C981 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT :2. 2UF ,20%, 25V , SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C981 290-0523-00 307521 309905 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF ,20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C981 290-0536-00 309906 312270 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 10UF,20%,25V TANTALUM 05397 T368B1 06M025AS
c981 290-1035-00 312271 CAP, FXO, ELCTLT: 1SOUF,20%, 16V 80009 290-1035-00
C982 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER D1 :0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C983 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT :2.2UF ,20%,25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C983 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF,20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS

c9B4 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF 20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C984 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF ,20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C985 290-0271-00 300000 304130 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: SUF ,+20-15%, 125V 26769 40LW905B125W1A
C985 290-0841-00 304131 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 4. 7UF,+20-15%, 100V 80009 290-0841-00
C1000 283~-0032-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:470PF,5%, 500V 59660 831-000-Z5E0471J
C1001 283-0111-00 CAP, FXD,CER D1:0.1UF,20%, 50V 05397 C330C104M5U1CA

C1002 290-0562-00 300000 300436 CAP, FXO, ELCTLT : 210UF ,+75-10%, 40V 56289 60002176040014
Ci002 290-0785-00 300437 303650 CAP,FXD,ELCTLT: 160UF,+75 -10%, SOVDC 01002 29F353364
€1002 290-0788-00 303651 308435 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 220UF ,20%, 35V , ALUMINUM 56289 39D793
C1002 290-0788-01 308436 CAP, FXD,ELCTLT : 220UF 20%, 35V 80009 290-0788-01
C1003 290-0736-00 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 3300UF, -10+100%, 40V 80009 290-0736-00
C1004 290-0740-00 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 68UF , 20%, 16V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0740-00

REV JUN 1988

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial /Assembly No. Mfr.

No. Part No. Effective _Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr. Part No.
C1005 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C1006 283-0351-00 300527 CAP,FXD,CER DI: 5000PF,20%,3000V 51406 DHR17ZSUS02M3KV
C1007 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C1008 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%,150V 59821 D1i03Z40Z5UJDCEX
C1009 290-0117-00 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : SOUF ,+75-10%, 50V 56289 30D506G050009
C1010 290-0740-00 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 68UF , 20%, 16V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0740-00

C1014 283-0231-01 CAP,FXD,CER 01:470PF,10%, 500V 80009 283-0231-01

C1021 283-0231-01 CAP, FXD,CER D1:470PF, 10%, SO0V 80009 283-0231-01
C1022 283-0067-00 CAP, FXD,CER D1:0.001UF, 10%, 200V 59660 835-515-YSE0102K
C1028 283-0087-00 CAP, FXD,CER D1: 300PF,10%, 1000V 59660 0838020X5F00301K
C1029 283-0087-00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:300PF,10%, 1000V 59660 0838020X5F00301K
C1035 283-0087~00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:300PF,10%, 1000V 59660 0838020X5F00301K

C1036 283-0087-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:300PF , 10%, 1000V 59660 0838020X5F00301K

C1045 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF,20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C1045 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF,.20%,20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C1046 290-0183-01 300000 300120 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 1UF, 10%, 35V 80008 290-0183-01
C1046 290-0741-00 300121 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 1UF , 20%,35V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0741-00
C1046 290-0534-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 1UF 20%, 35V 05397 T36BA1 0SM035AZ

C1076 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF, +80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX

C1077 290-0741-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 1UF, 20%, 35V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0741-00
C1077 290-0534-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: LUF, 20%, 35V 05397 T368A1 0SM035AZ
C1078 290-0739-00 300000 310460 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 33UF 20%, 25V , SONY /TEK 80009 290-0739-00
C1078 290-0979-00 310461 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 33UF , 20%, 25V 80009 290-0979-00
C1079 290-0271-00 300000 302595 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : SUF ,+20-15%, 125V 26769 40LWSOSB125W1A
C1073 290-0395-00 302596 304130 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:4.7UF 20%, 50V 05397 7110B475M050AS
C1079 290-0842-00 304131 312200 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : LOUF, 20%, SOV 80009 290-0842~-00
c1079 290-1006-00 312201 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 22UF , 50V 80009 290-1006-00

C1080 290-0271-00 300000 302595 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : SUF, +20-15%, 125V 26769 40LW905B125W1A
C1080 290-0815-00 302596 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: LOUF ,+100-10%, 60V 80009 290-0815-00
C1081 290-0739-00 300000 310460 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 33UF , 20%, 25V , SONY/TEK 800039 290-0739-00
C1081 290-0979-00 310461 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 33UF , 20%, 25V 80009 290-0979-00
C1084 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 2. 2UF 20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290--0738-00
C1084 290~-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2. 2UF 20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS

C1091 290-0740-00 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 68UF , 20%, 16V, SONY/TEK 80003 290-0740-00
C1093 283~-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER 01:0. 01UF, +80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C1098 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 2. 2UF ,20%,25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C1098 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2. 2UF ,20%, 20V 05397 T36BA225M020AS
C1099 290-0740-00 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 68UF , 20%, 16V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0740-00
C1106 290-0740-00 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : BBUF , 20%, 16V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0740-00

C1107 290-0740-00 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 68UF , 20%, 16V, SONY /TEK 80009 290-0740-00
C1119 290-0740-00 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 68UF , 20%, 16V , SONY/TEK 80009 290-0740-00
C1120 290-0740-00 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 68UF , 20%, 16V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0740-00
C1123 290-0740-00 300000 310610 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 68UF , 20%, 16V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0740-00
C1123 290-0770-00 310611 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: LOOUF ,+50-20%, 25VDC 54473 ECE-AZ5V100L
C1124 290-0739-00 300000 310460 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 33UF , 20%, 25, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0739-00
C1124 290-0979-00 310461 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 33UF , 20%, 25V 80009 290-0979-00

C1128 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF 20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C1128 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF 20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C1131 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D203Z40Z5UJDCEX
C1200 283-0120-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.O15UF ,+80-30%, 2500V 60705 564CZA252E7153ZA
C1201 285-1040-00 CAP, FXD, PLASTIC:
1200PF , 10%, 4000V 04099 TEK-17A
C1213 283-0003-00 300000 300120 CAP,FXD,CER 01:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C1213 283-0092-00 300121 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.03UF,+80-20%,200V 59660 845-534Z5U03032

C1224 285-1040-00 300000 300120 CAP, FXD, PLASTIC: 1200PF, 10%, 4000V 04099 TEK-17A
C1224 283-0071-00 300121 303650 CAP,FXD,CER 01:0. O068 UFSKV
, +80-20%, 51406 DHA 34Y5S682Z5KV
C1224 283-0071-01 303651 CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.0068U , +80-30%, F
SKV 80009 283-0071-01
C1225 283-0120-00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.015UF ,+80-30%, 2500V 60705 564CZA252EZ153ZA
C1226 283-0120-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.015UF ,+80-30%, 2500V 60705 564CZA252EZ153ZA
C1251 283-0003-00 CAP,FXD,CER D1:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX

REV JUN 1988

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial/Assembly No. Mfr.

No. Part No. Effective _Dscont Name & Description Code __‘Mfr. Part No.
C1260 283~0003-00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C1263 283-0087-00 CAP,FXD,CER DI: 300PF,10%, 1000V 59660 0838020X5F00301K
C1267 290-0733-00 300000 300120 CAP, FXO, ELCTLT: 330UF ,20%,3.15V 80009 290-0733-00
C1270 283-0003-00 CAP,FXD,CER D1:0.01UF,+80-20%,150V 59821 0103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C1271 283-0003-00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%,150V 59821 0103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C1273 283-0003-00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%,150V 59821 0103Z40Z5UJDCEX

C1425 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2. 2UF,20%,

25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C1425 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF,20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C1426 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF ,20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C1426 290-0523-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF 20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C1430 283-0003-00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%,150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C1432 283-0003-00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 150V 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX

C1434 281-0095-00 300000 303160 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:0.25-1 . SPF, 600V 12204 057001
C1434 281-0095-01 303161 312130 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:0.25-1 . 5PF, G00V 80008 281-0095-01
C1434 281-0064-01 312131 312269 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:0.25-1 .5PF,600V 80009 281-0064-01
C1434 281-0064-01 312270 CAP, VAR, PLASTIC:0.25-1. 5PF,600V 80009 281-0064-01
C1435 283~0178-00 100V
CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%, 05397 (C330C104Z1UICA
C1438 283-0081-00 CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,25V 59821 2DDU69E104Z

C1444 283-0178-00 100V

CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%, 05397 (330C104Z1U1CA
C1450 283-0003-00 CAP, FXD,CER 150V
DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 59821 D103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C1451 290-0738-00 300000 307520 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT:2.2UF, 20%, 25V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0738-00
C1451 290-0523~-00 307521 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 2. 2UF, 20%, 20V 05397 T368A225M020AS
C1500 285-1117-00 CAP, FXD, PLASTIC:0.018UF
,2%, 100V 80009 285-1117~00
C1504 283-0003-00 300000 305190 150V
CAP,FXD,CER DI:0. 01UF,+80-20%, 59821 0103Z40Z5UJDCEX
C1504 283-0003-03 305191 150V
CAP, FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%, 80009 283-0003-03

C1505 290-0740-00 300000 300100 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 68UF 20%, 16V, SONY/TEK 80009 290-0740-00
C1505 290-0730-00 300102 300120 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT: 22UF ,20%, 16V 80009 290-0730-00
C1505 290-0740-00 300121 CAP, FXD, ELCTLT : 68UF, 20%, 16V, SONY/TEK 800098 290-0740-00
CR101 152-0323-00 300000 302595 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI,35V,0.1A,D0-7 14433 WG1518
CR101 152-0324-00 302596 307920 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI,35V,0.1A,D0-7 14552 MT5128
CR101 152-0323-03 307921 SEMICOND OVC,DI:SI,35V,0.1A 80009 152-0323-03

CR103 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00

CR201 152-0323-00 300000 302595 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI,35V,0.1A,D0-7 14433 WG1518
CR201 152-0324-00 302596 307920 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI,35V,0.1A,D0-7 14552 MT5128
CR201 152-0323-03 307921 SEMICOND DVC,DI:S1,35V,0.1A 80009 152-0323-03
CR202 152-0323-00 300000 302595 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI,35V,0.1A,D0-7 14433 WG1518
CR202 152-0324-00 302596 307920 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI,35V,0.1A,D0-7 14552 M5128
CR202 152-0323-03 307921 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SI,35V,0.1A 80009 152-0323-03

CR203 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,S1,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00

CR300 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA, 75V,02X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR301 152-0327-00 300000 300120 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR330 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR332 152-0327-00 300000 300120 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR336 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00

CR340 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00

CR341 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,$1,100MA,75V,02X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR360 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR361 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR385 152-0327-00 300121 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA, 75V,02X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR500 182-0323~00 300000 302595 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI,35V,0.1A,D0-7 14433 WG1518
CR500 152-0324-00 302596 307920 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI,35V,0.1A,D0-7 14552 MT5128
CR500 152-0323-03 307921 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SI,35V,0.1A 80009 152-0323-03

CR521 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA, 75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00

CR554 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR555 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR561 152-0630-00 300000 312225 SEMICOND DVC,D1:TUN,GE,4.7MA 80008 152-0630-00
CR561 152-0125-01 312226 SEMICOND DVC,DI: TUNNEL ,4.7MA, 18PF 00-17 80009 152-0125-01
CR571 152-0630-00 300000 312225 SEMICOND DVC,DI:TUN,GE,4.7MA 80009 152-0630-00

7-10 REV JUN 1988

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial/Assembly No. Mfr.

No. Part_No. Effective _Dscont Name _& Description Code _—‘Mfr. Part No.
CR571 152-0125-01 312226 SEMICOND DVC,DI: TUNNEL ,4.7MA, 18PF,D0-17 80009 152-0125-01
CR602 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR629 152-0630-00 300000 312225 SEMICOND DVC,DI:TUN,GE,4.7MA 80009 152-0630-00
CR629 152-0125-01 312226 SEMICOND DVC,DI:TUNNEL,4.7MA, 18PF,D0-17 80009 152-0125-01
CR630 152-0630-00 300000 312225 SEMICOND DVC,DI:TUN,GE,4.7MA 80009 152-0630-00
CR630 152-0125-01 312226 SEMICOND DVC, DI: TUNNEL ,4.7MA, 18PF,DO-17 80009 152-0125-01

CR709 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAXi3 80009 152-0327-00

CR734 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,02X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR752 150-1027-00 LT EMITTING DIO:GREEN, 30MA 80009 150-1027-00
CR754 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152~-0327-00
CR756 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR757 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00

CR811 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00

CR907 152-0327-00 301231 SEMICOND DVC,D1:SIG,S1,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR930 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327~00
CR940 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:S1G,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR950 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,02X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR967 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA, 75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00

CR1000 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00

CR1000 152-0414-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:RECT,SI,200V,1.0A,TEK A59 80009 152-0414-00
CR1001 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA, 75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR1003 152-0107-00 300050 SEMICOND DVC,DI:RECT,SI,400 V,400MA,Al 12969 "G727"
CR1005 152-0556-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:RECT,SI,50,2.5A 14936 KBU4A
CR1006 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00

CR1007 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:S1G,S1,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00

CR1011 152~-0327-00 300000 300020 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA, 75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR1029 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR1030 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,LOOMA, 75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR1035 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR1037 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA, 75V,02X5,BAXi3 80009 152-0327-00

CR1055 150-1027-00 LT EMITTING DIO:GREEN, 30MA 80009 150-1027-00

CR1078 152-0414-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:RECT,SI,200V,1.0A,TEK A59 g0009 152-0414-00
CR1079 152-0414-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:RECT,SI,200V,1.0A,TEK A59 80009 152-0414-00
CR1080 152-0414-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:RECT,.SI,200V,1.0A,TEK A59 80009 152-0414-00
CR1091 152-0414-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:RECT,SI,200V,1.0A,TEK A59 80009 152-0414-00
CR1105 152-0414-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:RECT,SI,200V,1.0A,TEK A59 80009 152-0414-00

CR1123 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00

CR1124 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,1O0MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152~-0327-00
CR1200 152-0061-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI,175V,0.1A,D0-35 07263 = FDH2161
CR1201 152-0242-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,225V,0.2A,D0-7 07263 = FDHS004
CR1202 152-0242-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,225V,0.2A,D0-7 07263 FDHS5004
CR1204 152-0061-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI,175V,0.1A,D0-35 07263 =~ FDH2161
CR1240 152-0061-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI,175V,0.1A,D0-35 07263 =FDH2161
CR1250 152-0327-00 300121 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,1O0MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR1262 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR1400 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR1401 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:S1G,SI,
LOOMA, 75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR1405 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00

CR1407 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA, 75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00

CR1410 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA, 75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR1413 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR1414 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI, 100MA,75V,02X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR1415 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,1O0MA, 75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR1417 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00

CR1418 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00

CR1419 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA, 75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0827-00
CR1431 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,S1,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR1442 152-0061-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SW,SI,175V,0.1A,D0-35 07263 = FDH2161

REV JUN 1988 7-11

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial /Assembly No. Mfr

No. Part No. Effective Dscont Name& Description Code Mfr. Part No.
CR1511 152-0327-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:SIG,SI,100MA,75V,D2X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
CR1519 152-0327-00 300121 SEMICOND DVC,DI:S1G,S1,100MA,75V,02X5,BAX13 80009 152-0327-00
DL370 175-1477-01 CABLE.DLY LINE:150 OHM 80009 175-1477-01
F1000 159-0139-00 300000 312375 FUSE, CARTRIDGE: 400MA, 250V ,MEDIUM 80009 159-0139-00
(FOR 115VAC OPERATION)
F1000 159-0139-01 312376 FUSE, CARTRIDGE:0.4A, 250V 80003 159-0139-01
(FOR 115VAC OPERATION)
F1000 159-0080-00 FUSE, CARTRIDGE:DIN, 0.2A,250V, 10SEC 75915 218.200
(FOR 230VAC OPERATION)

F1002 159-0107-00 FUSE, CARTRIDGE: DIN, 2A, 250VAC, TIME LAG 71400 GDC-2A
F1003 159-0064-00 FUSE , CARTRIDGE : DIN, 1A, 250V, 10SEC 75915 212001
Jl 131-0106-00 CONN, RCPT , ELEC: BNC , FEMALE 24931 28JR158-1
Jil 131-0106-00 CONN, RCPT, ELEC: BNC, FEMALE 24931 28JR158-1
Js 129-0103-00 POST, BDG, ELEC: ASSEMBLY 80008 129-0103-00
J510 131-0106-00 CONN, RCPT, ELEC: BNC, FEMALE 24931 28JR158-1

J1002 136-0490-00 JACK, TIP: BANANA,RED CAP 80003 136-0490-00

J1003 136-0491-00 JACK, TIP: BANANA, CHARCOAL GRAY CAP 80009 136-0491-00
J1420 136-0491-00 JACK, TIP: BANANA, CHARCOAL GRAY CAP 80009 136-0491-00
J1500 131-0251-00 JACK, TIP: U/W 0.08 OD TIP, RED 98291 016-8010-2
J1600 131-1662-00 CONN, RCPT ELEC: 15/30 CONTACTS 80009 131-1662-00
L4 (PART OF CIRCUIT BOARD)

L14 (PART OF CIRCUIT BOARD)

L173 108-0692-00 COIL, RF: FIXED, 270UH 80009 108-0692-00
L273 108-0692-00 COIL, RF: FIXED, 270UH 80009 108-0692-00
L401 108-0692-00 300000 303330 COIL, RF: FIXED, 270UH 80009 108-0692-00
L772 108-0692-00 COIL, RF: FIXED, 270UH 80009 108-0692-00
L1015 108-0554-00 COIL, RF: FIXED, SUH, +/-20% TK1345 108-0554-00

L1020 108-0554-00 COIL, RF: FIXED, SUH,+/-20% TK1345 108-0554-00

11091 108-0692-00 COIL, RF: FIXED, 270UH 80009 108-0692-00
L1105 108-0692-00 COIL, RF: FIXED, 270UH 80009 108-0692-00
L1119 108-0692-00 COIL, RF: FIXED, 270UH 80009 108-0692-00
1270 108-0799-00 COIL, TUBE DEFL: TRACE ROTATION 80009 108-0799-00
11425 108-0692-00 COIL, RF: FIXED, 270UH 80009 108-0692-00

L1500 108-0692-00 COIL, RF: FIXED, 270UH 80009 108-0692-00

L1505 108-0692-00 COIL RF: FIXED, 270UH 80009 108-0692-00
LR400 108-0659-00 300000 303045 COIL, RF: FIXED, 1.5UH TK2042 ORDER BY DESCR
LR400 108-0333-00 303046 303390 COIL, RF: FIXED, 881NH TK1345 108-0333-00
LR402 108-0659-00 300000 303045 COIL, RF: FIXED, 1.5UH TK2042 ORDER BY DESCR
LR402 108-0333-00 303046 303390 COIL,RF: FIXED, 881NH TKI345 108-0333-00

Q100 151-1091-00 300000 306090 TRANSISTOR: FE,N CHANNEL SI, 10-78 80009 15i-1091-00
(Q100A,B)
Q100 151-1032-00 306081 TRANSISTOR: FET,DUAL N-CHAN, SI, TO-78A 80009 151-1032-00
(Q100A,8)
Q130 151-0221-02 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-106 07263 $42530
Q140 151-0221-02 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, T0-106 07263 $42530
Q150 151-0611-00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, ST 80009 151-0611-00
Q160 151-0611-00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, S] 80009 151-0611-00

Q200 151-1091-00 300000 306090 TRANSISTOR: FE,N CHANNEL, SI, 10-78 80009 151-1091-00
(Q200A,B)
Q200 151-1032-00 306091 TRANSISTOR: FET DUAL N-CHAN, SI, TO-78A 80009 151-1032-00
(Q200A,B)
Q230 151-0221-02 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-106 07263 $42530
Q240 151-0221-02 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-106 07263 $42530
Q250 151-0611-00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI 80009 151-0611-00
Q260 151-0611-00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI 80009 151-0611-00

Q322 151-1087-00 TRANSISTOR:

NPN, SI 80009 151-1087-00
Q335 151-1087-00 TRANSISTOR:
NPN, SI 80009 151-1087-00
Q340 151-1087-00 TRANSISTOR:
NPN, SI 80009 151-1087-00
Q360 151-0220-00 TRANSISTOR
: PNP, SI, TO-92 80009 151-0220-00

7-12 REV JUN 1988

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix § Serial/Assembly No. Mfr.

No. Part No. Effective _Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr. Part No.
Q365 151-0221-02 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI , 70-106 07263 $42530
Q370 151-0221-02 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, T0-106 07263 ©$42530
Q375 151-0333-00 TRANSISTOR: SELECTED 04713 = SPS1752
Q380 151-0333-00 TRANSISTOR: SELECTED 04713 $PS1752
Q385 151-0220-00 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-92 80009 151-0220-00
Q390 151-0376-00 300000 300120 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI ,U-37 80009 151-0376-00
Q390 151-0220-00 300121 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, T0-92 80009 151-0220-00

Q461 151-0190-00 303391 NPN, SI, TO-92

TRANSISTOR: 80009 151-0190-00
Q471 151-0190-00 303391 NPN, SI, TO-92
TRANSISTOR: 80009 151-0190-00
Q481 151-0199-00 303391 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, T0-92 g0009 151-0199-00
0483 151~-0437-00 303391 TRANSISTOR: SELECTED 80009 151-0437-00
Q484 151-0437-00 303391 TRANSISTOR: SELECTED 80008 151-0437-00
Q491 151-0199-00 303391 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI , TO-92 80009 151-0199-00

0493 151-0437-00 303391 TRANSISTOR: SELECTED 80009 151-0437-00

Q494 151-0437-00 303391 TRANSISTOR: SELECTED 80009 151-0437-00
Q500 151-1042-00 300000 311700 (GS00R B) SE:FET,SI, T0-92 80009 151-1042-00
Q500A,B
Q500 151-1155-00 311701 312375 TRANSISTOR: FET ,N-CHANNEL ,8-12MA, IDSS 80009 151-1155-00
(Q500A,B) :
Q500 151-1042-00 312376 SEMICOND DVC SE:FET,SI,T0-92 80009 151-1042-00
(Q500A,B)
Q510 151-1087-00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI 80009 151-1087-00

Q520 151-1087-00 TRANSISTOR : NPN, SI 80009 151-1087-00

Q540 151-0333-00 TRANSISTOR: SELECTED 04713 = $PS1752
Q545 151-0333-00 TRANSISTOR: SELECTED 04713 SPS1752
Q555 151-0220-00 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI ,TO-92 80009 151-0220-00
Q560 151-0221-02 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI , TO-106 07263 42530 :
Q570 151-0221-02 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-106 07263 + $42530

Q605 151-0333-00 TRANSISTOR: SELECTED 04713 = SPS1752

Q610 151-0333-00 TRANSISTOR: SELECTED 04713 = $PS1752
Q616 151-0221-02 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO~106 07263 $42530
Q618 151-0221-02 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI , TO-106 07263 ©$42530
Q620 151-0220-00 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-92 80009 151-0220-00
Q630 151-1087-00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI 80009 151-1087-00

Q640 151-1087-00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI 80009 151-1087-00

q720 151-1092-00 300000 312400 TRANSISTOR: FE,N CHANNEL,SI 80009 151-1092-00
Q720 151-1185-00 312401 TRANSISTOR: FET, SI, N-CHANNEL 80009 = 151-1185-00
Q732 151-0220-00 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI , TO-92 80008 151-0220-00
Q734 151-0220-00 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-92 80009 151-0220-00
Q739 151-1087-00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI 80008 151-1087-00

Q744 151-0410-00 TRANSISTOR:

PNP, SI, TO-92 04713 = SPS6765
Q767 151-1087-00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI 80009 151-1087-00
Q769 151-0410-00 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-92 04713 SPS6765
Q780 151-1087-00 300000 304660 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI 80009 151-1087-00
Q780 151-0611-00 304661 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI 80009 151-0611-00
9824 151-1087~00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI 80009 151-1087-00

0827 151-1087-00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI 80009 151-1087-00

Q906 151-1087-00 TRANSISTOR: NP, SI 80008 151~1087-00
Qg15 151-1087-00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI 80009 151-1087-00
Q325 151-1087-00 TRANSISTOR: NPN , SI 80009 151-1087-00
Q930 151-0220-00 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-92 80009 151-0220-00
940 151-0220-00 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, T0-92 80009 151-0220-00

9355 151-0489-00 300000 312485 TRANSISTOR:

NPN, SI 80009 151-0489-00
Q955 151-0489-01 312486 NPN, SI, TO-39
TRANSISTOR: TKOOL 2SC506
Q960 151-0406-00 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-39 04713 «=$T1264
Q965 151-0333-00 TRANSISTOR: SELECTED 04713 = $PS1752
Q970 151~0220-00 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-92 g0009 151-0220-00
Q975 151-0489-00 300000 312485 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI 80009 151-0489-00

REV JUN 1988 7718

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial/Assembly No. Mfr.

No. Part No. Effective _Dscont Name & Description Code _‘Mfr. Part No.
Q975 151-0489-01 312486 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI, 70-39 TKOOL 2SC506
Q980 151-0406-00 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-39 04713 $T1264
Q1000 151-0349-00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI, SELECTED, TO-127 04713 SJE924
Q1003 151-0601-00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI 80009 151-0601-00
Q1007 151-0601 -00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI 80009 151-0601-00
Q1011 151-1092-00 300000 312400 TRANSISTOR: FE,N CHANNEL,SI 80009 151-1092-00
Q1011 151-1185-00 312401 TRANSISTOR: FET ,S1 ,N-CHANNEL 80009 151-1185-00
Q1014 151-0306-00 300000 312410 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-3 80009 151-0306-00
Q1014 151-0836-00 312411 TRANSISTOR:NPN,SI (2SC3007) 80009 151-0836-00
Q1015 151-0306-00 300000 312410 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, T0-3 80009 151-0306-00
Q1015 151-0836-00 312411 TRANSISTOR:NPN,SI (2SC3007) 80009 151-0836-00
Q1021 151-0306-00 300000 312410 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-3 80009 151-0306-00
Q1021 151-0836-00 312411 TRANSISTOR: NPN,SI (2SC3007) 80009 151-0836-00

Q1022 151-0306-00 300000 312410 TRANSISTOR:

PNP, SI, TO-3 80009 151-0306-00
Q1022 151-0836-00 312411 TRANSISTOR:
NPN, SI (25C3007) 80009 151-0836-00
Q1028 151-1087-00 TRANSISTOR:
NPN, SI 80009 151-1087-00
Q1035 151~-1087-00 TRANSISTOR:
NPN, SI 80009 151-1087-00
Q1037 151-0601-00 TRANSISTOR:
NPN, SI 80009 151-0601-00
Q1033 151-0601-00 TRANSISTOR:
NPN, SI 80009 151-0601-00

Q1043 151-0506-00 SCR: S1,RD-44 80009 151-0506-00

Q1045 151-0516-00 300000 305620 TRANSISTOR: WT, TO-98 80009 151-0516-00
Q1045 151-0508-00 305621 TRANSISTOR: UJT, SI, TO-98 03508 X13T520
Q1050 151-1087-00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI 80009 151-1087-00
Q1055 151-0410-00 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-92 04713 SPS6765
Q1084 151-0601-00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI 80009 151-0601-00

Q1098 151-0601-00 TRANSISTOR:

NPN, SI 80009 151-0601-00
Q1128 151-1095-00 TRANSISTOR: PNP, ST 80009 151-1095-00
Qi240 151~0600-00 300000 300120 TRANSISTOR: PNP,SI,SONY,SCR MTG 80009 151-0600-00
Q1250 151-0899-00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI, 1.25W, TO-202 $5372 2SC2278
Q1260 151-1092-00 300000 312400 TRANSISTOR: FE,N CHANNEL,SI 80009 151-1092-00
Q1260 151-1185-00 312401 TRANSISTOR: FET, SI ,N-CHANNEL 80009 151-1185-00

01267 151-0601-00 300000 300120 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI 80009 151-0601-00

Q1410 151-1087-00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, ST 80009 151-1087-00
91420 151-1087-00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, ST 80003 151-1087-00
91430 151-0333-00 TRANSISTOR: SELECTED 04713 SPS1752
91435 151-1087-00 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI 80009 151-1087-00
qi44o 151-0489-00 300000 312485 TRANSISTOR: NPN, SI 80009 151-0489-00
91440 151-0489-01 312486 TRANSISTOR : NPN, SI, 70-39 TKOOL 2SC506

q1442 151-0406-00 TRANSISTOR: PNP, SI, TO-39 04713 $T1264

Rl 315-0120-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 12 OHM, 5%, 0.25W 57668 NTR25J-R12
R2 315-0105-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1M OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX1M000J
R4 322-0624-01 RES. 0, FILM:990K OHM, 0.5%, 0.25W, TC=TO 19701 5043RC990K0D
R4B
R4 321-1289-31 RES, FXD, FILM:10.1K OHM, 1%, 0. 125W 80009 321-1289-31
(RAC)
R4 317-0150-00 RES, FXD,CMPSN:15 OHM, 5%,0.125W 01121 BB1505
(R4D)
R4 317-0151-00 RES, FXD, CMPSN: 150 OHM, 5%, 0. 125W 01121 BB1515
(RAE)
R4 317~-0820-00 RES, FXD,CMPSN:82 OHM, 5%,0.125W 01121 BB8205
(RAF)
R4 317-0820-00 RES, FXD,CMPSN:82 OHM, 5%,0.125W 01121 BB8205
(R4G)
R5 317-0200-00 RES, FXD,CMPSN:20 OHM, 5%,0.125W 01121 BB2005
(ROA)
R5 322-0621-31 Rea) 208 OHM,0.5%,0.25W, TC=T0 80009 322-0621-31
R5B
R5 321-1389-31 RES, FXD, FILM:
111K OHM, 1%, 0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-1389-31
(RSC)
R5 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10RROOJ

7-14 REV JUN 1988

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial/Assembly No. Mfr.

Camponent_No. Part No. Effective _Dscont Name & Description Code _‘Mfr. Part No.
(R5D)
R6 322-0620-31 800K OHM,0.5%,0.25W, TC=T0
RES, FXD, FILM: 80009 322-0620-31
{R6B)
RE 321-0618-01 TC=T0
250K OHM, 0.5%,0.125W,
RES, FXD, FILM: 19701 5033RD250K0D
(REC)
R6 315-0220-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 22 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX22R00J
{RED}
R7 322-0610-31 RES, FXD, FILM: 500K OHM,0.5%,0.25W, TC=TO 80009 322-0610-31
(R7B)
R? 322-0481~-01 RES, FXD, FILM: 1M OHM, 0.5%,0.25W, TC=TO 75042 CEBTO-1004D
(R7C)
R7 315-0220-00 RES, FXO, FILM:22 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX22RO0J
(R7D)

Ril 315-0120-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 12 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-R12

R12 315~-0105-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1M OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX1M000J
R14 322-0624-01 (eae) OHM, 0.5%, 0.25W, TC=TO 19701 5043RC990K0D
R14B
R14 321-1289-31 RES, FXD, FILM: 10.1K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80008 321-1289-31
(R14C)
R14 317-0150-00 RES, FXD,CMPSN:15 OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB1505
(R14D)
R14 317-0151-00 150 OHM,5%,0.125W
RES, FXD,CMPSN: 01121 BB1515
(R14E)
R14 317~-0820~00 RES, FXD,CMPSN:82 OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 8B8205
(R14F)
R14 317-0820-00 RES, FXD,CMPSN:82 OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB8205
(R14G)

R15 317-0200-00 RES, FXD, CMPSN:20 OHM, 5%,0.125W 01121 BB2005

(R15A)
R15 322-0621-31 RES, FXD, FILM:900K OHM,0.5%,0.25W, TC=T0 80009 322-0621-31
(R15B)
R15 321-1389-31 111K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO
RES, FXO, FILM: 80009 321-1389-31
(R15C)
R15 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10RROOJ
(R15D)
R16 322-0620-31 RES, FXD, FILM:800K OHM, 0.5%,0.25w, TC=TO 80008 322-0620-31
(R16B)
Ri6 321-0618-31 RES, FXD, FILM: 250K OHM, 0.5%,0.125W,TC=TO 80009 321-0618-31
(R16C)
R16 315-0220-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 22 OHM, 5%4,0.25W 19701 5043CX22R00J
(RI6D)

R17 322-0610-31 500K OHM, 0.5%, 0.25W, TC=T0

RES, FXD, FILM: 80009 322-0610-31
(R17B)
R17 322-0481-01 port aia OHM, 0.5%,0.25W, TC=TO 75042 CEBTO-1004D
(R17C
R17 315-0220-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 22 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX22R00J
(R17D)
R100 317-0100-00 300000 302595 (ROA) OHM, 5%,0.125W 01121 8BB1005
R100A
R100 315-0100-00 302596 303390 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10RROOJ
(R100A)
R100 315-0331-00 303391 RES, FXD, FILM:330 OHM, 5%, 0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E330E
(R100A)
R100 322-0481~-00 RES. FXD, FILM: 1M OHM, 1%,0.25W, TC=TO 75042 CEBTO-1004F
(R1008)

R101 315-0244-00 240K OHM, 5%,0.25W

RES, FXD, FILM: 19701 5043CX240K0J
(R101A)
R101 315-0244-00 240K OHM, 5%,0.25W
RES, FXD, FILM: 19701 5043CX240K0J
(R101B)
R103 321-0155-30 300000 301036 RES, FXD,FILM:402 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0155-30
R103 321-0155-02 301037 306090 RES, FXD, FILM: TC=T2
402 OHM,0.5%,0.125W, 19701 5033RC402ROD
R103 321-0030-02 306091 RES, FXD, FILM:20.0 OHM,0.5%,0.125W,TC=T2 91637 CMF55116D20R000
R104 321-0155~-30 300000 301036 RES, FXD,FILM:402 OHM,1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0155-30

REV JUN 1988 77168

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial/Assembly No. Mfr.

No. Part No. Effective _Dscont Name & Description Code _Mfr. Part No.
R104 321-0155-02 301037 306090 RES, FXD, FILM: 402 OHM,0.5%,0.125W, TC=T2 19701 5033RC402R0D
R104 321-0030-02 306091 RES, FXD, FILM:20.0 OHM, 0.5%, 0. 125w, TC=T2 91637 CMF55116D20RO00D
R105 311-0605-02 300000 308280 RES, VAR, WW:
NONTRMR, 200 OHM, 10%, 0. SW 80009 311-0605-02
(R1O5A)
R105 311-0605-00 308281 RES, VAR, WW:
NONTRMR, 200 OHM, 0. SW 32997 3329H-G48-201
(R105A}
R105 321-0022-30 RES, FXD, W,
FILM: 16.5 OHM, 1%,0.125TC=T0 80009 321-0022-30
(R105B)
R106 321-0208-30 RES, FXD, FILM:1.43K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0208~-30
(R106A)
R106 311-0634-02 300000 308280 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR,500 OHM, 10%,0. 5W 80009 311-0634-02
(R106B)
R106 311-0634-00 308281 RES, VAR, NONWW:
TRMR, 500 OHM, 0. SW 32997 3329H-L58-501
(R106B)

R107 315-0470-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 47 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E47E0

R108 321-0208-30 300000 300245 RES, FXD, FILM:1.43K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0208-30
Ri08 321-0208-37 300246 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.43K OHM,0.1%,0.125W, TC=T9 80009 321-0208-37
R109 311-0633-01 300000 308280 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, SK OHM, 10%,0. 5W 80009 311-0633-01
R109 311-0633~00 308281 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 5K OHM, 0. 5W 32997 3329H-G48-502
R110 321-0146-30 RES, FXD, FILM:324 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0146-30
(R110A)
R110 311-0605-02 300000 308280 RES, VAR, NONWW:
TRMR, 200 OHM, 10%, 0. 5W 80008 311-0605-02
(R110B)
R110 311-0605-00 308281 RES, VAR, NONWW:
TRMR, 200 OHM, 0. SW 32987 3329H-G48-201
(R110B)

R111 (R111A, NOMINAL VALUE SELECTED)

Riil 321-0201-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.21K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=10 80009 321-0201-30
(R111B)
R112 311-0634-00 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 500 OHM, 0. 5W 32997 3329H-L58-501
R113 321-0208-30 300000 300245 RES, FXD, FILM:1.43K OHM,1%,0. 125W 80009 321-0208-30
R113 321-0208-37 300246 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.43K OHM,0.1%,0.125W, TC=T9 80009 321-0208-37
Ril4 315-0302-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 3K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E03KO

R115 315-0202-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 2K

R116 315-0151-00 300000 301036 RES, FXD, FILM: 150 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E150E
(R116A)
R116 321-0114-30 301037 RES, FXD, FILM: 150 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0114-30
(R116A)
R16 321-0289-30 RES, FXD, FILM:10.0K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0289-30
(R116B)
Ril7 311-1227-00 300000 303390 RES, VAR, NONWW:
TRMR, SK OHM, 0. 5W 32997 3386F-T04-502
R117 311-0633-02 303391 RES, VAR, NONWW:
TRMR, SK OAM, 0. SW 80009 311-0633~02

R119 315-0392-00 RES, FXD, FILM:3.9K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E03K9

R120 321-0362-00 300000 306240 RES, FXD, FILM: 57.6K OHM, 1%,0.125wW, TC=TO 19701 5043ED57K60F
R120 321-0306-00 306241 RES, FXD,FILM:15.0K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 19701 5033ED15JO0F
R121 321-0354-30 300000 306240 RES, FXD, FILM: 47 .5K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80008 321-0354-30
R121 321-0342-00 306241 RES, FXO, FILM:35.7K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 07716 CEAD35701F
R122 321-1235-00 300000 312235 RES, FXD, FILM:2.77K OHM, 1%,0.125w, TC=TO 80009 321-1235-00
R122 311-1795-01 312236 RES, VAR, NONWW: PNL,10K X 10K,10%,0. 1W 80009 311-1795-01

R123 315~0683-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 68K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E68K0

R124 311-0613-00 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 100K OHM, 0. 5W 32997 332SH-G48-104
R125 315-0132-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.3K OHM, 5%, 0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E01K3
R130 321-0183-01 RES, FXD, FILM: 787 OHM,5%,0.25W, TC=100PPM 80009 321-0183-01
Ri31 321-0146-30 RES, FXD, FILM:324 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0146-30
R132 315-0101-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 100E

R134 315-0102-00 300000 300120 RES, FXD, FILM: 1K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25JE01KO
R134 315-0471-00 300121 RES, FXD, FILM:470 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E470E
R135 311-0633-01 300000 308280 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, SK OHM, 10%, 0. 5W 80009 311-0633-01
R135 311-0633-00 308381 RES, VAR, NONW: TRMR, SK OHM, 0. SW 32997 3329H-G48-502
R140 321-0183-31 RES, FXD, FILM: 787 OHM,0.5%,0.125W 80009 321-0183-31
R141 321-0146-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 324 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-0146-30

7-16 REV JUN 1988

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial /Assembly No. Mfr.

No. Part No. Effective _Dscont Name & Descri Code _— Mfr. Part No.
R142 315-0101-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 100E
R150 315-0101-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM, 5%,0.25wW 57668 NTR2SJ-E 100€
R151 315-0822-00 RES, FXD, FILM:8.2K OHM, 5%, 0.25W 19701 5043CX8K200J
R161 315-0822-00 RES, FXD, FILM:8.2K OHM, 5%, 0. 25W 19701 5043CX8K200J
R163 315-0200-00 RES, FXD, FILM:20 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX20R00J
R164 315-0200-00 RES, FXD, FILM:20 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX20R00J
R170 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043(X1 ORROQJ
R171 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 54,0. 25W 19701 5043(X1 ORROOJ
Ri72 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX1 ORROOJ
R173 315~-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10RROOJ
R200 317-0100-00 300000 300436 RES, FXD,CMPSN: 10 OHM, 5%,0.125W 01121 BB1005
R200 317-0200-00 300437 302595 RES, FXD, CMPSN: 20 OHM, 5%, 0.125W 01121 BB2005
R200 315-0200-00 302596 303390 RES, FXD, FILM:20 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX20R00J
R200 315-0331-00 303391 RES, FXD, FILM: 330 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E330E
R200 322-0481-00 RES. FXD, FILM: 1M OHM, 1%,0.25W, TC=TO 75042 CEBTO-1004F
(R200B)
R201 315-0244-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 240K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX240K0J
R203 321-0155-30 300000 301036 RES, FXD, FILM:402 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0155-30
R203 321-0155-02 301037 306090 RES, FXD,FILM:402 OHM,0.5%,0.125W, TC=T2 19701 5033RC402R0D
R203 321-0030-02 306091 RES, FXD, FILM:20.0 OHM,0.5%,0.125w, TC=T2 91637 CMF55116D20R000
R204 321-0155-30 300000 301036 RES, FXD,FILM:402 OHM,1%,0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-0155-30
R204 321-0155-02 301037 306090 RES, FXD,FILM:402 OHM,0.5%,0.125W, TC=T2 19701 5033RC402R0D
R204 321-0030-02 306091 RES, FXD, FILM:20.0 OHM, 0.5%, 0.125w,TC=T2 91637 CMF55116D20R000
R205 311-0605-02 300000 RES, VAR, NONWW:
TRMR, 200 OHM, 10%, 0. 5W 80009 311-0605-02
(R205A)
R205 311-0605-00 308281 RES, VAR, NONWW:
TRMR, 200 OHM, 0. SW 32997 3329H-G48-201
(R205A)
R205 321-0022-30 RES, FXD, FILM:
16.5 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-0022-30
(R205B)
R206 321-0208-30 RES, FXD, FILM:1.43K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0208-30
(R206A)}
R206 311-0634-02 300000 308280 RES, VAR, NONWH:
TRMR, 500 OHM, 10%, 0. SW 80009 311-0634-02
(R206B)
R206 311-0634-00 308281 RES, VAR, NONWW:
TRMR, 500 OHM, 0. Sw 32997 3329H-L58~-501
(R206B)
R207 315-0470-00 RES, FXD, FILM:47 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E47E0
R208 321-0208-30 300000 300245 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.43K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0208-30
R208 321-0208-37 300246 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.43K OHM, 0.1%, 0.125TC=T9W, 80009 321-0208-37
R209 311-0633-01 300000 308280 RES, VAR, NONW TRMR,
W:5K OHM, 10%,0. 5W 80009 311-0633-01
R209 311-0633-00 308281 RES, VAR, NONW TRMR,
W:SK OHM, 0. 5W 32997 3329H-G48-502
R210 321-0146-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 324 OHM, 1%, 0.125w, TC=T0 80009 321-0146-30
(R210A)
R210 311-0605-02 300000 308280 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR,200 OHM, 10%, 0. 5W 80009 311-0605-02
(R210B)
R210 311-0605-00 308281 RES, VAR, NONW
TRMR,
W: 200 CHM, 0. 5W 32997 3329H-G48-201
(R210B)
R211 (R211A, NOMINAL VALUE SELECTED)
R211 321-0201-30 RES, FXD, FILM:1.21K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-0201-30
(R211B)
R212 311-0634-00 RES, VAR, NONW W:500 OHM, 0. SW
TRMR, 32997 3329H-L58-501
R213 321-0208-30 300000 300245 RES, FXD, FILM:1.43K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0208-30
R213 321-0208-37 300246 RES, FXD, TC=T9
FILM: 1.43K OHM, 0.1%,0.125W, 80003 321-0208-37
R214 315-0302-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 3K OHM, 5%,0. 25W 57668 NTR25J-E03K0
R215 315-0202~-00 RES, FXD,FILM:2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 2K
R2i6 315-0151-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 150 OHM, 5%, 0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E150E
(R216A)
R216 321-0289-30 RES, FXD, FILM:10.0K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0289-30
(R216B)
R217 311-1227-00 300000 303390 RES, VAR, NONWY: TRMR, 5K OHM, 0. 5W 32997 3386F-T04-502
R217 311-0633-02 303391 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 5K OAM, 0. SW 80009 311-0633-02
R219 315-0392-00 RES, FXD,FILM:3.9K OHM, 5%, 0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E03K9

REV JUN 1988 7-17

 Replaceable Electrica] Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial/Assembly No. Mfr.

No. Part No. Effective __Dscont Name
& Descri Code Mfr. Part No.
R220 321-0362-30 300000 306240 RES, FXD, FILM: 57.6K OHM, 1%,0. 125W 80008 321-0362-30
R220 321-0306-00 306241 RES, FXD, FILM:15.0K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 19701 5033ED15J00F
R221 321-0354-30 300000 306240 RES, FXD, FILM: 47.5K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0354-30
R22 321-0342-00 306241 RES, FXD, FILM:35.7K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 07716 CEAD35701F
R222 311-1795-00 300000 312235 RES, VAR, NONWW: PNL, 10K X 10K OHM, 10%, 0. 1W 80009 311-1795-00
R222 311-1795-01 312236 RES, VAR, NONWW: PNL, 10K X 10K, 10%,0.1W 80009 311-1795-01

R223 315-0683-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 68K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E68KO
R224 311-0613-00 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, LOOK OHM, 0. 5W 32997 3329H-G48-104
R225 315-0132-00 RES, FXD, FILM:1.3K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E01K3
R230 321-0183-31 RES, FXD, FILM: 787 OHM,0.5%,0.125W 80009 321-0183-31
R231 321-0146-30 RES, FXD, FILM:324 OHM, 1%,0.125w, TC=T0 80009 321-0146-30
R232 315-0101-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 100E

R234 315-0102-00 300000 300120 RES, FXD, FILM: 1K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25JEO1KO
R234 315-0471-00 300121 RES, FXD, FILM:470 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E470E
R235 311-0633-01 300000 308280 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 5K OHM, 10%,0.5W 80009 311-0633-01
R235 311-0633-00 308281 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, SK OHM, 0. 5W 32997 3329H-G48-502
R240 321-0183-31 RES, FXD, FILM:787 OHM,0.5%,0.125W 80009 321-0183-31
R241 321-0146-30 RES, FXD, FILM:324 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0146-30

R242 315-0101-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0. 57668 NTR25J-E 100E
R250 315-0101-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0 pea 57668 NTR25J-E 100E
R251 315-0822-00 RES, FXD, FILM:8.2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX8K200J
R261 315-0822-00 RES, FXD, FILM:8.2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX8K200J
R263 315-0200-00 RES, FXO, FILM:20 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX20R00J
R264 315-0200-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 20 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX20R00J

R270 315-0100-00 RES, FXO, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX1 0RROOJ
R271 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 54,0. 25W 19701 5043CX1 0RROOJ
R272 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10RR00J
R273 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX1 ORROOJ
R300 315-0103-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM,5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10K00J
R301 315-0432-00 RES, FXD, FILM:4.3K OHM, 54,0. 25W 57668 NTR25J-E04K3

R303 315-0432-00 RES, FXD, FILM:4.3K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E04K3

R305 315-0103-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM, 5%, 0.25W 19701 5043CX1 0KO0J
R320 315-0432-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 4.3K OHM, 5%, a 25W 57668 NTR25J-E04K3
R322 315-0202-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 2K OHM, 5%, 0.2 57668 NTR25J-E 2K
R330 315-0202-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 2K OHM, 5%,0.2 57668 NTR25J-E 2k
R331 315-0123-00 300000 300120 RES, FXD, FILM: 12K OHM, 54,0. 25 57668 NTR25J-E12K0
R331 315-0132-00 300121 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.3K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E01K3

R332 315-0183-00 300000 300120 RES, FXD, FILM: 18K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043(X18K00J
R334 315-0243-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 24K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E24KO
R335 315-0103-00 RES, FXO, FILM: 10K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10K00J
R336 315-0333-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 33K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E33K0
R337 315-0204-00 300000 300120 RES, FXD, FILM: 200K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX200K0.)
R337 315-0123-00 300121 RES, FXD, FILM: 12K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E12K0

R340 315-0122-00 RES, FXD, FILM:1.2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-EO1K2

R341 315-0122-00 RES, FXD, FILM:1.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E01K2
R342 315-0103-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM,5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX1 0K00J
R348 315-0203-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 20K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 20K
R350 321-0216-30 RES, FXD,FILM:1.74K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0216-30
R351 321-0216-30 RES, FXD, FILM:1.74K OHM, 1%,0.125w, TC=TO 80009 321-0216-30

R352 321-0131-30 RES, FXD, FILM:226 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-0131-30
R354 321-0176-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 665 OHM, 1%,0.125W 80008 321-0176-30
R356 321-0216-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.74K OHM, 1%,0.125w, TC=TO 80009 321-0216-30
R357 321-0216-30 RES, FXD, FILM:1.74K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-0216-30
R358 321-0131-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 226 OHM, 1%,0.125wW, TC=T0 80009 321-0131-30
R360 321-0249-30 RES, FXD, FILM:3.83K OHM,0 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0249-30

R361 321-0249-30 RES, FXD, FILM:3.83K OHM,0 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0249-30

R362 315-0101-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR2SJ-E 100€
R363 315-0101-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 100E

7-18 REV JUN 1988

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial /Assembly No. Mfr.

No. Part No. Effective _Dscont Name
& Descri Code__—sMfr. Part No.
R364 321-0249-00 RES, FXD, FILM:3.83K OHM, 1% 0 . 125W, TC=T0 19701 5033ED3K83F
R364 321-0249-30 RES, FXD, FILM:3.83K OHM ,0 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0249-30
R365 321-0249-30 RES, FXD, FILM:3.83K OHM, 0 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0249-30
R366 321-0176-00 RES, FXD, FILM:665 OHM, 1 %,0.1 25W, TC=T0 07716 CEAD665ROF
R366 321-0176-30 RES, FXD, FILM:665 OHM, 1 %,0.125W 80009 321-0176-30
R367 321-0126-00 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM: 200 OHM, 1%,
1 0.125W, TC=TO 19701 5033ED200ROF
R367 321-0121-00 303391 307310 RES, FXD, FILM:178 OHM, 1 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 07716 CEAD178ROF
R367 321-0124-00 307311 RES, FXD, FILM:191 OHM,1%,0.125W, TC=TO 07716 CEADI91ROF
R367 311-0643-02 303391 307310 RES, VAR, WW: TRMR,50 OHM, 10%, 0. W 80009 311-0643-02
(R367A)
R367 311-1007-00 307311 RES, VAR, NONWW:
TRMR, 20 OHM,20%,0.SW 32997 3329H-G48-200
(R367A)

R368 321-0126-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 200 OHM, 1%,0. a TC=T0 80009 321-0126-30
R369 315-0101-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.2 57668 NTR25J-E 100E
R370 315-0101-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0. oa 57668 NTR25J-E 100E
R371 321-0193-30 RES, FXO, FILM: 1K OHM, 1%,0.125W,TC=TO 80009 321-0193-30
R372 321-0193-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 1K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-0193-30
R373 321~0193-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 1K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-0193-30

R374 321-0193-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 1K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-0193-30
R375 321-0181-30 RES, FXD, FILM:750 OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0181-30
R376 315-0510-00 RES, FXD, FILM:51 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX51RO0J
R379 321-0138-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 267 OHM,1%,0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-0138-30
R380 321-0181~30 RES, FXD, FILM: 750 OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0181-30
R385 315-0151-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 150 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E150E
(R385A)
R385 315-0681-00 300000 300120 RES, FXD, FILM:680 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E680E
(R385B)
R385 315-0271-00 300121 RES, FXD, FILM:
270 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E270E
(R385B)

R386 311-0635-03 300000 308280 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 1K OHM, 10%,0. SW 80009 311-0635-03
R386 311-0635-00 308281 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 1K OHM, 0. SW 32997 3329H-G48-102
R387 321-0162-30 300000 300120 RES, FXD, FILM:475 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0162-30
R387 321-0172-30 300121 305010 RES, FXD, FILM:604 OHM, 1%, 1/8W, TC=TO 80009 321-0172-30
R387 321-0172-00 305011 RES, FXD, FILM: 604 OHM, 1%,0. yee TC=T0 19701 5033ED604ROF
R388 315-0101-00 300000 300120 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 okt 0.2 57668 NTR25J-E 100E
R388 321-0260-30 300121 RES, FXO, FILM:4.99K OHM, 1%,0. 5M 80009 321-0260-30

R389 315-0151-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 150 OHM, 5%, on 57668 NTR25J-E150E
R390 315-0152-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.5K OHM, 5%, ay 57668 NTR25J-EO1K5
R391 315-0821-00 300000 300020 RES, FXD, FILM:820 Or aa 19701 5043CX820R0J
BOO

R391 315-0751-00 300021 RES, FXD, FILM: 750 OHM, 5% 57668 NTR25J-E750E
R392 321-0235-30 30012] RES, FXD, FILM:2.74K OHM, 80003 321-0235-30
Rees

R393 321-0231-30 300121 RES, FXD,FILM:2.49K OHM, 80009 321-0231-30

R394 317-0430-00 300121 RES, FXD,CMPSN:43 QHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB4305

R395 317-0430-00 RES, FXD,CMPSN:43 OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB4305
R396 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%, 0.25W 19701 5043CX1 ORROOJ
R397 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10RROOJ
R398 307-0111-00 RES, FXD,CMPSN:3.6 OHM, 5%,0.25W 80009 307-0111-00
R401 323-0191-00 300000 303390 RES, FXD,FILM:953 OHM, 1%,0.5W, TC=TO 75042 CECTO-9530F
R402 323-0191-00 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM:953 OHM,1%,0.5w, TC=T0 75042 CECTO-9530F
R403 311-0609-00 300000 303390 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 2K OHM,0. 5W 32997 3329H-L58-202
R403 317-0101-00 300000 303390 RES, FXD,CMPSN: 100 OHM, 5%, 0.1250 01121 BB1015
(R403A)
R404 315-0330-00 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM:33 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX33R00J
R405 315-0362-00 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM:3.6K OHM, 54, 0.25W 19701 5043CX3K600J
R406 321-0151-30 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM:365 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0151-30

R407 315-0121-00 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM: 120 OHM,5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX120R0J
R408 311-0635-00 300000 303390 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 1K OHM, 0. 5W 32987 3329H-G48-102
R409 321-0151-30 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM:365 OHM,1%,0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-0151-30
R410 321-0151-30 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM:365 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0151-30
R411 315-0241-00 300000 303390 RES, FXD,FILM:240 OHM,5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX240R0J

REV JUN 1988 7-19

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial/Assembly No. Mfr.

No. Part No. Effective Dscont Name _& Descri Code Mfr. Part No.
R412 315-0241~00 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM:240 OHM,5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX240R0J
R413 311-0643-00 300000 303390 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR,50 OHM, 0. 5W 32997 3329H-L58-500
R414 311-0635-00 300000 303390 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 1K OHM, 0. SW 32997 3329H-G48-102
R415 315-0561-00 300000 303390 RES, FXD,FILM:560 OHM,5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX560R00
R416 321-0151-30 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM: 365 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0151-30
R420 321-0189-30 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM:909 OHM, 1%, 1/8W, TC=TO 80009 321-0189-30

R421 321-0082-30 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM:69.8 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-0082-30
R430 321-0189-30 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM:909 OHM, 1%, 1/8W, TC=TO 80008 321-0189-30
R431 321-0082-30 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM:69.8 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80003 321-0082-30
R440 321-0065-30 300000 303390 RES, FXO, FILM: 46.40HM, 1%, 0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-0065-30
R441 311-0633-00 300000 303390 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 5K OHM, 0. 5W 32997 3329H-G48-502
R442 321-0047-30 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM:30.1 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-0047-30

R443 311-0635-00 300000 303390 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 1K OHM, 0. 5W 32997 3329H-G48-102
R444 321-0047-30 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM:30.1 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=10 80009 321-0047-30
R445 311-0605-00 300000 303390 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 200 OHM, 0. SW 32997 3329H-648-201
R446 321-0183-31 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM: 787 OHM,0.5%,0.125W 80009 321-0183-31
R450 321-0065-30 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM: 46.40HM, 1%, 0.125W, TC=T0 80008 321-0065-30
R451 321-0193-30 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM: 1K OHM, 1%,0.125w, TC=TO 80003 321-0193-30

R453 321-0138-30 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM:267 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0138-30
R459 315-0100-00 303391 RES, FXD,FILM:10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX1 0RROOJ
R460 315-0100-00 300000 303390 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX1 0RROOJ
R461 321-0082-30 303391 RES, FXD, FILM:69.8 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80003 321-0082-30
R462 321-0065-30 303391 RES, FXD, FILM:46.40HM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0065-30
R463 321-0189-30 303391 RES, FXD, FILM:909 OHM, 1%, 1/8W, TC=TO 80009 321-0189-30

R466 315-0472-00 303391 RES, FXD, FILM:4.7K OHM, 5%, 0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E04K7
R467 315-0562-00 303391 RES, FXD, FILM:5.6K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-EOSK6
R471 321-0082-30 303391 RES, FXD, FILM:69.8 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0082-30
R472 321-0065-30 303391 RES, FXD, FILM: 46. 40HM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0065-30
R473 321-0189-30 303391 RES, FXD, FILM:909 OHM, 1%,1/8W, TC=TO 80009 321-0189-30
R474 321-0183-00 303391 RES, FXD, FILM: 787 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 07716 CEAD787ROF

R475 321-0189-30 303391 RES, FXD, FILM:909 OHM, 1%, 1/8W, TC=TO 80009 321-0189-30
R476 322-0195-30 303391 RES, FXO, FILM:1.05K OHM, 1%,0.25W, TC-TO 80009 322-0195-30
R477 311-0644-03 303391 308280 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 20K OHM, 0. SW 80009 311-0644-03
R477 311~-0644~-00 308281 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 20K OHM, 0. Sw 32997 3329H-G48-203
R478 315-0223-00 303391 RES, FXD, FILM: 22K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX22K00J92U
R481 321-0115-00 303391 RES, FXD, FILM: 154 OHM,1%,0.125W, TC=T0 19701 5043ED1 54ROF

R482 322-0180-00 303391 RES, FXD, FILM: 732 OHM, 1%,0.25W, TC=T0 75042 CEBTO-7320F
R483 322-0210-00 303391 RES, FXD, FILM:1.50K OHM, 1%,0.25W, TC=T0 75042 CEBTO-1501F
R484 322-0210-00 303391 RES, FXD, FILM:1.50K OHM, 1%,0.25W, TC=T0 75042 CEBTO-1501F
R485 315-0470-00 303391 RES, FXD,FILM:47 OHM, 5% 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E47£0
R486 323-0191-00 303391 RES, FXD, FILM:953 OHM,1%,0.5W, TC=TO 75042 CECTO-9530F
R487 323-0191-00 303391 RES, FXD,FILM:953 OHM, 1%,0.5W, TC=T0 75042 CECTO-9530F

R491 321-0115-00 303391 RES, FXD, FILM: 154 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 19701 5043ED154R0F
R492 322-0180-00 303391 RES, FXD, FILM: 732 OHM, 1%,0.25W, TC=T0 75042 CEBTO-7320F
R493 322-0210-00 303391 RES, FXD, FILM:1.50K OHM, 1%,0.25W, TC=TO 75042 CEBTO-1501F
R494 322-0210-00 303391 RES, FXO, FILM:1.50K OHM, 1%,0.25W, TC=TO 75042 CEBTO-1501F
R495 315-0470-00 303391 RES, FXD,FILM:47 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E47E0
R496 323-0191-00 303391 RES, FXD,FILM:953 OHM, 1%,0.5W, TC=T0 75042 CECTO-9530F

R497 323-0191-00 30339] RES, FXD, FILM:953 OHM, 1%,0.5W, TC=TO 75042 CECTO-9530F
R500 315-0562-00 RES, FXD, FILM:5.6K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-EO5K6
R501 315-0104-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E100K
R502 321-0452-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 499K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-0452-30
R504 315-0101-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 100E
R505 315-0150-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 15 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX15R00J

R507 315-0101-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 100E
R508 315-0132-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.3K OHM, 5%, 0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E0LK3
R510 315-0150-00 RES, FXD,FILM:15 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX15R00J
R511 315-0101-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 100E

7-20 REV JUN 1988

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial/Assembly No. Mfr.

No. Part No. Effective _Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr. Part No.
R512 315-0101-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTRZ5J-E 100E
R520 315-0512-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 5.1K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E05K1
R521 315-0103-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM,5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10KO0J
R522 315-0470-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 47 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-£47E0
R532 321-1673-31 RES, FXD, FILM: 55.6K OHM, 0.5%,0.125W,TC=TO 80009 321-1673-31
R534 322-0622-30 RES, FXD,FILM:950K OHM, 1%,0.25w, TC=T0 800098 322-0622-30
R535 322-1604-31 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.05M OHM, 0.5%,0.125W,
TC=T0 80009 322-1604-31
R540 311-1192-00 300000 308435 RES, VAR, NONWW:
PNL, 10K OHM, 1W,W/SW 12697 = 381-0M39695
(R540 FURNISHED AS A UNIT WITH S550)
R540 311-1192-02 308436 311970 RES, VAR, NONWW:
PNL, 10K OHM,20%,1W,W/SLEEVE 80009 311-1192-02
(R540 FURNISHED AS A UNIT WITH $550)
R540 311-1192-03 311971 RES, VAR, NONWW: PNL, 10K OHM, 1W,W/INSUL 80009 311~-1192-03
(R540 FURNISHED AS A UNIT WITH S550)
R541 315-0681-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 680 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E680E
R542 315-0470-00 RES, FXD,FILM:47 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-£47E0

R543 311-0607-02 300000 308280 RES, VAR, NONWW:

TRMR, 10K OHM, 10%,0.5W 80009 311-0607-02
R543 311-0607-00 308381 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 10K OHM, 0. SW 73138 82-25-2
R544 315-0392-00 300000 300328 RES, FXD, FILM:3.9K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E03K9
R544 315-0242-00 300329 RES, FXD, FILM:2.4K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E02K4
R545 321-0247-30 RES ,FXD, FILM:3.65K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0247-30
R546 315-0560-00 RES, FXD,FILM:56 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-ES6E0

R547 315-0302-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 3K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E03K0

R548 315-0512~00 RES, FXD, FILM: 5.1K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E05K1
R549 315-0104-00 RES, FXD, FILM: LOOK OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E100K
R550 315-0302-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 3K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25)-E03K0
R551 315-0512-00 RES, FXD, FILM:5.1K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E05K1
R554 321-0136-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 255 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-0136-30

R555 321-0136~30 RES, FXD, FILM: 255 OHM, 1%,0.125w, TC=TO 80009 321-0136-30
R556 315-0122-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E01K2
R557 315-0302-00 RES, FXD, FILM:3K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E03KO
R558 315-0392-00 RES, FXD,FILM:3.9K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E03K9
R559 321-0173-30 RES, FXD,FILM:619 OHM,1%,0.125W 80009 321-0173-30
R560 315-0121-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 120 OHM,5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX120R0J

R561 321-0228-30 RES, FXD, FILM:2.32K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-0228-30
R570 315-0121-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 120 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX120R0J
R571 321-0265-30 RES, FXD, FILM:5.62K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80008 321-0265-30
R590 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10RROOJ
R591 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10RROOJ
R592 315-0100~00 RES, FXO, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10RROOJ

R600 260-1713-00 300000 303333 SWITCH, PUSH:1 BTN, 2POLE, PUSH-PUSH 82104 2039PB402-0001
R600 260-1713-01 303334 SWITCH,PUSH:1 BTN,2 POLE,CH2 INVERT 80009 260-1713-01
R603 315-0103-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM,5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10K00J
R604 321-0247~30 RES, FXD, FILM:3.65K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0247-30
R605 315-0470-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 47 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E47E0
R607 315-0392-00 300000 300328 RES, FXD, FILM:3.9K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E03K9
R607 315-0242-00 300329 RES, FXD, FILM:2.4K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E02K4

R608 311-1743-00 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, LOK OHM, 10%, 0. 5W 80009 311-1743-00
R608 315-0681-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 680 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E680E
R610 311-1798-00 RES, VAR, NONWW: PNL, 10K OHM, 10%,0.1W W/SW 80009 311-1798-00
(R610 FURNISHED AS A UNIT WITH S630)
R611 315-0560-00 RES, FXD,FILM:56 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E56E0
R612 321-0247-00 RES, FXD, FILM:3.65K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 19701 5043ED3K650F
R613 315-0302-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 3K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E03K0

R615 315-0512-00 RES, FXD, FILM:

5.1K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E05K1
R616 321-0136-30 RES, FXD, FILM:
255 OHM, 1%,0.125w, TC=TO 80009 321-0136-30
R617 321-0173-30 RES, FXD, FILM:619 OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0173-30
R618 321~0136-30 RES, FXD, FILM:255 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0136-30
R620 315-0122-00 RES, FXD, FILM:1.2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-EO1K2
R621 315-0392-00 RES, FXD, FILM:3.9K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E03K9

REV JUN 1988 7-21

 Replaceable Electrica? Parts ~ 335 Service

Tektronix Serial/Assembly No. Mfr.

No. Part No. Effective _Dscont Name & Descri Code _—sMfr. Part No.
R622 315-0302-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 3K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR2SJ~-E03KO
R626 321-0228-30 RES, FXD, FILM:2.32K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0228-30
R627 315-0121-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 120 OHM,5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX120R0J
R628 315-0121-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 120 OHM,5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX120R0J
R629 315-0122-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-EQ1K2
R630 (FURNISHED AS A UNIT WITH R610)
R630 321-0265-30 RES, FXD, FILM:5.62K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0265-30

R635 315-0153-00 300000 300328 RES, FXD, FILM: 15K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX15K00J
R635 315-0113-00 300329 RES, FXD, FILM: 11K OHM, 5%,0.25W 1970] 5043CX11K00J
R636 311-1743-00 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, LOK OHM, 10%, 0. 5W 80009 311-1743-00
R650 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX1 0RROOJ
R651 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX1 0RROOJ
R652 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX1 ORROOJ

R700 317-0271-00 300000 310910 RES, FXD, CMPSN: 27! 0 OHM 54,0. 125W 01121 BB2715
R700 315-0271-00 310911 RES, FXD, FILM:270 OHM,S%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E270E
R701 321-0164-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 499 boat TC=TO 80009 321-0164-30
R702 315-0153-00 300000 300328 RES, FXD, FILM: 15K OHM,5%,0.2 19701 5043CX15K00J
R702 315-0113-00 300329 RES, FXD, FILM: 11K OHM,5%,0.2 19701 5043CX11K00J
R703 321-0183-31 RES, FXD, FILM: 787 OHM,0.5%,0. rey 80009 321-0183-31

R704 315-0151-00 RES, FXO, FILM: 150 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E150E

R705 311-1743-00 RES, VAR, NONWH: TRMR, 10K OHM, 10%,0.5W 80009 311-1743-00
R707 315-0470-00 RES, FXD, FILM:47 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E47E0
R708 315-0202-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 2K OHM, 52,0. ny 57668 NTR25J-E 2K
R709 315-0183-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 18K OHM, 5%,0.2 19701 5043CX18K00J
R710 315-0152-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.5K OHM, 54,0. 254 57668 NTR25J-EO1K5

R711 315-0101~-00 300000 310910 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%4,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 100E
R712 315-0203-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 20K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 20K
R713 311-1605-00 RES, VAR, NONWW:CKT BD,50K OHM, 10%, 0.5W 80003 311-1605-00
R714 311-0946-00 300000 302430 RES, VAR, WW: TRMR, 50K OHM, 2W 02111 534-0070
R714 311-1953-00 302431 310835 RES, VAR, WW: PNL, SOK OHM, 3%,2W 02111 534-586
R714 311-1953-01 310836 RES, VAR, WW: SOK OHM, 5%, 2W, LINEAR 80009 311-1953-01

R715 311-1743-00 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, LOK OHM, 10%, 0. Sw 80009 311-1743-00
R716 321-0193-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 1K OHM, 1%,0.125w, TC=TO 80009 321-0193-30
R717 315-0820-00 RES, FXD, FILM:82 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR2SJ-E82E0
R718 321-0331-30 RES, FXD, FILM:27.4K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0331-30
R720 315-0822-00 RES, FXD,FILM:8.2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX8K200J
R721 315-0472-00 RES, FXD, FILM:4.7K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J~E04K7

R722 315-0820-00 RES, FXD, FILM:82 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E82E0

R723 321-0285-30 RES, FXD, FILM:9.09K OHM, 1%,0.125w, TELEQ 80009 321-0285-30
R725 322-0510-02 RES, FXD, FILM:2.0M OHM,0.5%,0.25W, TC=T2 03888 PME60C20003D
(R725A,B)
R725 322-0620-31 300000 310910 RES, FXD, FILM:800K OHM, 0.5%,0.25w, TC=TO 80009 322-0620-31
(R725C)
R725 322-0620-01 310911 RES, FXD, FILM:800K OHM, 0.5%,0.25W, TC=T0 75042 CEBTO-80030
(R725C)
R725 322-0620-31 300000 310910 RES, FXD, FILM:800K OHM,0.5%,0.25W, TC=TO 80009 322-0620-31
(R725D)
R725 322-0620-01 310911 RES, FXD, FILM:800K OHM, 0.5%,0.25W, TC=TO 75042 CEBTO-8003D
(R725D)
R725 321-1661-31 RES, FXD, FILM:80K OHM,0.5%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-1661-31
(R725E,F)
R725 321-1308-31 RES, FXD, FILM: 16K OHM,0.5%,0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-1308-31
(R7256)
R726 311~-1796-00 300000 303280 RES, VAR, NONWW:PNL,20K X 20K OHM, 10%,0.1W 80009 311-1796-00
R726 311-1796-01 303281 RES, VAR, NONWW: PNL,20K X 20K OHM, 10%,0.1W 80009 311-1796-01
R729 315-0103-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM,5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10K00J
R730 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10RROOJ
R732 315-0302-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 3K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR2SJ-E03K0
R734 315-0242-00 RES, FXD, FILM:2.4K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E02K4

7-22 REV JUN 1988

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial/Assembly No. Mfr.

No. Part_No. Effective _Dscont Name _& Description Code _—s*Mfr. Part No.
R736 321-0265-30 RES, FXD, FILM:5.62K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0265-30
R737 321-0289-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 10.0K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0289-30
R738 315-0153-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 15K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX15kK00J
R739 315-0470-00 RES, FXD,FILM:47 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-£47£0
R740 315-0472-00 RES, FXD, FILM:4.7K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E04K7
R741 315-0272-00 300000 301290 RES, FXD, FILM:2.7K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E02K7
R741 315-0392-00 301291 RES, FXD, FILM:3.9K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E03K9

R742 311-1794-00 RES, VAR, NONWW: PNL, 30K, 10%,0. 125W 80009 311-1794-00
R743 315--0333-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 33K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25)-E33K0
R744 315-0243-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 24K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E24KO
R745 315-0273-00 RES, FXO, FILM:27K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E27KO
R746 315-0623-00 300000 304285 RES ,FXD, FILM: 62K OHM,5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX62K00J
R746 315-0204-00 304286 RES, FXD, FILM: 200K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX200K0J

R747 315-0332-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 3.3K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E03K3
R748 315--0472~-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E04K7
R749 315-0241-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 240 OHM,5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX240R0J
R750 315-0271-00 RES, FXD, FILM:270 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E270E
R752 315-0151-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 150 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E150E
R754 315-0622-00 RES, FXD, FILM:6.2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX6K200J

R755 315-0393-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 39K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E39K0

R758 315-0392-00 RES, FXD, FILM:3.9K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25)-E03K9
R760 315-0103-00 300000 301375 RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM,5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10K00J
R760 315-0471-00 301376 RES, FXD, FILM:470 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E470E
R761 315-0112-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.1K 5%, 0.2W 19701 5043CX1K100J
R762 315-0682-00 RES, FXD, FILM:6.8K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25)~-E06K8

R763 315-0102-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25JEO1KO

R764 315-0332-00 RES, FXD, FILM:3.3K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E03K3
R767 315-0472-00 RES, FXD, FILM:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E04K7
R768 315-0103-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10K00J
R769 321-0230-30 RES, FXD, FILM:2.43K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0230-30
R770 321-0265-30 RES, FXD, FILM:5.62K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0265-30

R772 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM:10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10RROOJ

R773 315~-0100-00 300000 301805 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX1ORROOJ
R773 315-0120-00 301806 RES, FXD, FILM: 12 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-Ri2
R774 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10RROOJ
R780 315-0153-00 300000 300100 RES, FXD, FILM: 15K OHM,5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX15K00J
R780 315-0682-00 300101 RES, FXD, FILM:6.8K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25)-E06K8

R781 315-0562-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 5.6K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E05K6
R782 315-0393-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 39K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E39K0
R801 321-0183-31 RES, FXD, FILM: 787 OHM,0.5%,0.125W 80009 321-0183-31
R802 321-0164-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 499 OHM, 1%, 1/8W, TC=TO 80009 321-0164-30
R804 315-0332-00 RES, FXD,FILM:3.3K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E03K3
R805 315-0151-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 150 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E150E

R807 315-0101-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 100E
R808 315-0432-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 4.3K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E04K3
R810 315-0202-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 2K
R811 315-0183-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 18K OHM,5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX18K00J
R813 315-0820-00 RES, FXD, FILM:82 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E82E0
R816 315-0820-00 RES, FXO, FILM:82 OHM, 5%4,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E82E0

R817 315-0433-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 43K OHM,5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX43K00J

R818 311-1745-00 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, LOOK OHM, 10%,0. SW 80009 311-1745-00
R820 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10RROOJ
R821 315-0472-00 RES, FXD, FILM:4.7K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E04K7
R822 321-0265-30 300000 310910 RES, FXD, FILM:5.62K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0265-30
R822 321~-0265-00 310911 RES, FXD, FILM:5.62K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 19701 5043ED5KE20F

R823 321-0289-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 10.0K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0289-30
R825 315-0472-00 RES, FXD, FILM:4.7K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E04K7
R826 315-0392-00 RES, FXD, FILM:3.9K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E03K9

REV JUN 1988 7723

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial/Assembly No. Mfr.

No. Part No. Effective Dscont Name
& Descri Code _‘ Mfr. Part No.
R827 315-0470-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 47 O50 25W 57668 NTR25J-E47£0
R828 315-0242-00 RES, FXD, FILM:2.4K OHM, 5%, 0. 57668 NTR25J-E02KA
R829 315-0432~-00 RES, FXD, FILM:4.3K OHM, 5%, 0. 57668 NTR25J-E04K3
R830 315-0471-00 300000 301290 RES, FXD, FILM:470 OHM,S%,0.2 57668 NTR25J-E470E
R830 315-0391-00 301291 RES, FXD, FILM: 390 OHM, 5%, 0.2 57668 NTR25J-E390E
R831 315-0202-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 2K OHM, 5%,0.2 57668 NTR25J-E 2k

R832 315-0622-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 6.2K OHM, 54,0. 25W 19701 5043Cx6K200J

Bee
R835 321-0285-30 RES, FXD, FILM:9.09K OHM,1%, .125W, TELEQ 80009 321-0285-30
R840 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM:10 OHM, 5%,0.2 19701 5043CX10RROOJ
R850 322-0510-02 RES, FXD, FILM:2.0M OHM, 0.5%,0. 25W, TC=T2 03888 PMEG60C20003D
(R850A,B)
R850 322-0620-31 300000 310810 RES, FXD, FILM:
800K OHM,0.5%,0.25wW, TC=TO 80009 322~-0620-31
(R850C)
R850 322-0620-01 310911 RES, FXD, FILM:
800K OHM, 0.5%, 0.25W, TC=TO 75042 CEBTO-8003D
(R@50C)
R850 322-0620-31 300000 310910 RES, FXD, FILM:
800K OHM, 0.5%, 0. 25W, TC=TO 80009 322-0620-31
(R850D)
R850 322-0620-01 310911 RES, FXD, FILM:
800K OHM, 0.5%,0.25W, TC=TO 75042 CEBTO-8003D
(RB50D)
R850 321-1661-31 RES, FXD, FILM:
80K OHM,0.5%,0.125W,
TC=TO 321-1661-31
(R850E)
R850 321-1661-31 RES, FXD, FILM:80K OHM, 0.5%,0.125W,
TC=T0 80009 321-1661-31
(R850F)
R850 321-1308-31 RES, FXD, FILM: 16K OHM,0.5%,0.125W,
TC=TO 80002 321-1308-31
(R8506)

R900 315-0911-00 RES, FXD, FILM:9 ‘ 57668 NTR25J-E910E

R903 315-0302-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 3K OHM, 5%,0. 57668 NTR25J-E03K0
R904 315-0622-00 RES, FXD, FILM:6. 19701 5043CX6K200J
R905 311-1740-00 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 1K OHM, 10%,0.5W 80008 311-1740-00
RS06 311-1797-00 RES, VAR, NONWW: PNL,20K X 20K 80009 311-1797-00
R307 315-0822-00 300000 301230 RES, FXO, FILM:8. 19701 5043CX8K200J
R907 315-0562-00 301231 RES, FXD, FILM:5. 57668 —NTR25J-E05K6

R908 315-0182-00 300000 300328 57668 NTR25J-E1K8

R908 315-0202-00 300329 301230 57668 NTR25J-E 2K
R908 315-0152-00 301231 57668 NTR25J-EO1KS
R909 315-0472-00 57668 NTR25)-E04K7
R910 321-0216-30 321-0216-30
—|
™m

xu

Oo
v
2
he

R924 321-0264-30 80009 321-0264-30

R925 321-0251-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 4. 80009 321-0251-30

R926 315-0122-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1. 57668 NTR25J-EO1K2
R927 321-0251-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 4. 80009 321-0251-30
R929 321-0207 -30 RES, FXD, FILM: 1. 80009 321-0207-30
R930 315-0512-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 5. 57668 NTR25J-E05K1
R931 315-0203-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 2 57668 NTR2SJ-E 20K

R932 321-0207-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.4K OHM, 1%, .125, TC=T0 80009 321-0207-30
go

R933 311-1742-00 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR , 500K ,10%,0. 54 80009 311-1742-00
R934 321-0282-30 RES, FXD, FILM:8.45K OHM 125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0282-30
BL Sf Fe Se SE
eee

R935 321-0282-30 RES, FXD, FILM:8.45K OHM .125W, TC=TO 80008 321-0282-30
o0000

R936 321-0286-30 RES, FXO, FILM:9.31K OHM -125W 80008 321-0286-30

R937 321-0231-00 300000 300100 RES, FXD, FILM: 2.49K 49K OHM .125W, TC=TO 19701 5033ED2K49F
RR

R937 321-0260-30 300101 RES, FXD, FILM: 4, 99K OHM, .125W 80009 321-0260-30

R938 311-1742-00 RES, VAR, NONWY: TRMR .10%,0. 5W 80009 311-1742-00

=?

R939 321-0155-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 402 OI 125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0155~-30
R940 311-1604-00 RES, VAR, NONWW:CKT BD,2 ,10%,0.5W 80009 311-1604-00
O-

R942 321-0265-30 RES, FXD, FILM:5.62K OHM, 0 - 125W 80008 321-0265-30

Sk 3k
ree

R946 321-0255-30 RES, FXD, FILM:4.42K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0255-30

R954 315-0102-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25JE01K0

R955 321-0289-30 300000 300120 RES, FXD, FILM: 10.0K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80008 321-0289-30
(R955A)
R955 321-0327-30 300121 RES, FXD, FILM:24.9K OHM,+1%, 1/8W, TC=TO 80008 321-0327-30

7-24 REV JUN 1988

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial/Assenbly No. Mfr.

No. Part No. Effective _Dscont Name
& Descri Code _—sMfr. Part No.
(R955A)
R955 321-0346-30 300030 300120 RES, FXD, FILM:39.2K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-0846-30
(R9558)
R955 321-0327-30 300121 RES, FXD, FILM:24.9K OHM, +1%, 1/8W, TC=T0 80009 321-0327-30
(R955B)
R957 315-0202-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 2K
R960 315-0222-00 RES, FXD, FILM:2.2K OHM, 5%, 0.25W 57668 NTR2SJ-E02K2
R962 315-0101-00 RES, FXD,FILM:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 100E
R963 315-0124-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 120K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX120K0J

R971 315-0621-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 620 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E620E

R972 321-0385-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 100K OHM, 1%, 0.1250 80009 321-0385-30
R973 315-0470-00 RES, FXD,FILM:47 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR2SJ-E47E0
R974 315-0242-00 RES, FXO, FILM:2.4K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E02K4
R975 321-0289-30 300000 300120 RES, FXD, FILM:10.0K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0289-30
(R975A)
R975 321-0327-30 300121 RES, FXD, FILM:24.9K OHM,+1%, 1/8W, TC=TO 80009 321-0327-30
(R975A)
R975 321-0346-30 300000 300120 RES, FXD, FILM:39.2K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80008 321-0346-30
(R975B)
R975 321-0327-30 300121 RES, FXD, FILM:24.9K OHM,+1%, 1/8W, TC=TO 80003 321-0327-30
(R975B)

R978 315-0222-00 RES, FXD, FILM:2.2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J3-E02K2

R979 315-0101-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 100E
R981 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX1 0RROOJ
R982 315-0202-00 RES, FXD, FILM:2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 2K
R983 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10RROOJ
R984 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM:10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX1 0RROOJ

R985 315-0101-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,S%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 100E
R1000 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, S%,0.25W 19701 5043CX1 0RROOJ
R1001 315-0205-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 2M OHM, 5%,0.25W 01121 C82055
R1002 315-0622-00 RES, FXD, FILM:6.2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX6K200J
R1003 315-0123-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 12K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E12KO
R1004 315-0473-00 RES, FXD, FILM:47K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-£47KO

R1005 311-1605-00 RES, VAR, NONWW:CKT BD,SOK OHM, 10%, 0.5W 311-1605~00
R1006 315-0683-00 300000 300120 RES, FXD, FILM: 68K OHM, 5%, 0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E68K0
R1006 315-0913-00 30012] RES, FXD, FILM:91K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 50430X91K00J
Ri007 321-0318-30 RES, FXD, FILM:20.0K OHM, 1%,0.125W 321-0318-30
R1008 315-0243-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 24K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E24KO
R1009 311-1744-00 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 20K OHM, 10%, 0. 5W 80003 311-1744-00

R1010 321-0348-30 RES, FXD, FILM:41.2K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0348-30

R1011 321-0299-30 RES, FXO, FILM: 12.7K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0299-30
Ri012 321-0336-30 RES, FXD, FILM:30.9K OHM, 1%,0. 125W 80009 321-0336-30
R1013 321-0260-30 RES, FXD, FILM:4.99K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0260-30
R1014 315-0151-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 150 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J~E150E
R1015 315-0153-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 15K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX15K00J

R1016 321-0289-30 RES, FXD, FILM:10.0K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0289-30

R1021 315-0151-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 150 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E150E
R1022 315-0101-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 100€
R1028 315-0392-00 RES, FXD, FILM:3.9K OHM, 5%, 0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E03K9
R1030 315-0822-00 RES, FXD, FILM:8.2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX8K200J
R1031 315-0124-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 120K OHM, 5%, 0.25W 19701 5043CXi20K0)

R1032 315-0363-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 36K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E36K0
R1035 315-0124-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 120K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX120K0J
R1036 315-0363-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 36K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E36K0
R1037 315-0822-00 RES, FXD, FILM:8.2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX8K200J
R1038 315-0392-00 RES, FXD, FILM:3.9K OHM, 5%, 0.25W 57668 NTR2SJ-E03K9
R1042 321-0268-30 RES, FXD, FILM:6.04K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80003 321-0268-30

R1043 307-0093-00 RES, FXD,CMPSN:1.2 OHM, 5%, 0. 5W 01121 EB12G5

R1i044 315-0102-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR2SJEO1KO

REV JUN 1988 7-25

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial /Assembly No. Mfr.

t_No. Part No. Effective Dscont Name
_& Descri Code _‘Mfr. Part No.
R1045 315-0102-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR2SJEQ1KO
R1046 315-0105-00 300000 301805 RES, FXD, FILM: 1M OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX1M000J
R1046 315-0684-00 301806 RES, FXD, FILM: 680K OHM, 5%,0.25W 01121 CB6845
R1047 315-0103-00 300000 301805 RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10KO0J
R1047 315-0333-00 301806 RES, FXD, FILM:33K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E33K0
R1048 315-0512-00 300000 301805 RES, FXD, FILM:5. 1K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E05Ki
R1048 315-0153-00 301806 RES, FXD, FILM: 15K OHM,5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX15K00J

R1049 315-0103-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM,5%,0. om 19701 5043CX10K00J

Ri050 315-0103-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM, 5%, , 0.2 19701 5043CX1 0K00J
R1053 315-0106-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10M OHM, 5%, 0.2 01121 CB1065
R1054 315-0243-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 24K OHM 15%,0. ro 57668 NTR25J-E24KO
R1055 315-0103-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM,SA,
5%,0. om 19701 5043CX10KO0J
R1056 315-0241-00 RES, FXD, FILM:240 OHM, SZ, 0.2 19701 5043CX240R0J

Ri057 315-0201-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 200 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E200E

R1077 315-0302-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 3K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-EQ3KO
Ri078 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10RROOJ
Ri079 321-0255-30 RES, FXD,FILM:4.42K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0255-30
Ri080 311-1740-00 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 1K OHM, 10%,0.5W 80009 311-1740-00
R1081 315-0122-00 RES, FXD,FILM:1.2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25)-EO1K2

R1082 315~-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043(X1 0RROOJ
R1083 321-0286-30 RES, FXD, FILM:9.31K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321--0286-30
R1085 315-0202-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 2K
R1091 315-0272-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 2.7K ie 25W 57668 NTR25J-E02K7
R1092 321-0303-31 RES, FXD, FILM: 14K ato
OHM 0.5%,0.125W, TC=T0 80003 321-0303-31
R1093 321-1308-31 RES, FXD, FILM: 16K OHM,0.5%,0.125wW, TC=TO 80009 321-1308-31

R1120 321-1662-31 RES, FXD, FILM: 30K OHM,0.5%

OHM,0.54, 0.1 2M, TC=T0 80009 321-1662-31
R1121 321-1308-31 RES, FXD, FILM: 16K K OHM,0.5%, 0.1 25W, TC=TO 80009 321-1308-31
R1122 315-0103-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM,5%,0. 25W 19701 5043CX10KO0J
Ri123 315-0470-00 RES, FXD, FILM:47 OHM, 5%,0. 25W 57668 NTR25J-E47E0
R1129 315-0682-00 RES, FXD, FILM:6.8K OHM, 54, 0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E06K8
R1200 315-0102-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1 K OHM, S, 0 .25W 2 57668 NTR25JE01KO

R1201 315-0102-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR2SJEO1KO

Ri202 316-0226-00 RES, FXD, CMPSN: 22M OHM, 10%,0.25W 01121 CB2261
R1203 315-0103-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10K00J
R1204 315-0185-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.8M OHM, 52,0. 01121 CB1855
R1205 315-0185-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.8M OHM, 5%,0.25W 01121 (B1855
R1206 315-0185-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.8M OHM, 5%,0. 01121 CB1855

R1207 315-0103-00 RES, FXD, FILM1:0K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10KO0J

R1208 311-1745-00 RES, VAR, NONTW RMRH
,:100K OHM, 10%,0. SW 80009 311-1745-00
R1210 301-0473-00 300000 305905 RES, FXD, FILM:47K OHM, 5%, 0.5W 19701 5053CX47K00J
R1210 303-0473-00 305906 RES, FXD,CMPSN:47K OHM, 5%, 1W O1i21 GB4735
R1212 301-0822-00 300000 300120 RES, FXD,FILM:8.2K OHM, 5%, 0. SW 19701 5053CX8K200J
R1212 303-0822-00 300121 RES, FXD, CMPSN:8.2K OHM, 5%, 1W 01121 6B8225

R1218 303-0752-00 300000 300020 RES, FXD, CMPSN:7.5K OHM, 5%, 1W 01121 GB7525
(R1218A)
R1218 303-0562-00 300021 305830 RES, FXD,CMPSN:5.6K OHM, 5%, 1W 01121 GB5625
(R12Z18A)
R1218 waves n= 305831 (R1218A, SELECTED - SEE MAINT SECTION)
R1218 303-0562-00 RES, FXD, CMPSN:5.6K OHM,5%,1W Oll2i 685625
(R1218A)
R1218 303-0472-00 RES, FXD,CMPSN: 4.7K OHM, 5%, 1W 01121 GB4725
(1218A)
R1218 303-0392-00 RES, FXD,CMPSN:3.9K OHM, 5%, 1W 01121 6B3925
(R1218A)
R1218 303-0222-00 RES, FXD,CMPSN:2.2K OHM, 5%, 1W 01121 GB2225
(R1218A)
R1218 303-0182-00 RES, FXD,CMPSN: 1.8K OHM, 5%, 1W 01121 6B1825
(R1218A)
R1218 301-0392-00 300000 300020 RES, FXD,FILM:3.9K OHM,5%,0.5W 19701 5053CX3K900J
(R1218B)

7-26 REV JUN 1988

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial /Assembly No. Mfr.

No. Part No. Effective _Dscont Name
& Descri Code Mfr. Part No.
R1218 303-0562-00 300021 RES, FXD, CMPSN:5.6K OHM, 5%, 1W 01121 GB5625
(R1218B)
R1222 325-0196-00 RES, FXD, FILM:40M OHM,5%,2W, TC=200 PPM/DEG C 80009 325-0196-00
R1223 311-1739-00 RES, VAR, NONWW: SMOath ow 80009 311-1739-00
R1225 315-0155-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.54 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX1M500J
R1226 315-0102-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1K OHM, 5%, 0.25W 57668 NTR25JE01KO
R1240 315-0103-00 300000 300020 RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM,5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10K00J
Ri240 315-0393-00 300021 RES, FXD, FILM: 39K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E39K0
R1241 315-0513-00 300000 300020 RES, FXD, FILM: 51K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J~E51KO
R1242 315-0754-00 300000 300020 RES, FXD, FILM: 750K OHM, 5%, 0. 25W,M1 19701 5043(X750K0J
R1242 316-0226-00 300021 300120 RES, FXD,CMPSN: 22M OHM, 10%,0.25W 01121 CB2261
R1251 315-0822-00 RES, FXD, FILM:8.2K OHM, 5%, 0.25W 19701 5043CX8K200J
R1260 315-0101-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 100E
R1261 311-1744-00 300000 301375 RES, VAR, NONW TRMR,
W: 20K OHM, 10%, 0. Sw 80009 311-1744-00
R1261 311-1246-00 301376 302595 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR , SOKOk OM. MW 32997 3386X-T07-503
R1261 311-1605-00 302596 RES, VAR, NONWW:CKT BD, 50K OHM, 10%,0.5W 80009 311-1605-00
R1262 321-0431-30 300000 301375 RES, FXD, FILM:301K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0431-30
R1262 321-0430-30 301376 RES, FXD, FILM: 294K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-0430-30
Ri263 325-0196-00 300000 301375 RES, FXD, FILM: 40M OF 5x .2W, TC=200 PPM/DEG C 80009 325-0196-00
R1263 325-0196-01 301376 RES, FXD, FILM: 40M OHM, 2%, 2W 80009 325-0196-01
R1265 315-0470-00 RES, FXD,FILM:47 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E47E0
R1266 315-0470-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 47 OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E47E0

R1267 307-0106-01 300000 300120 RES, FXD, CMPSN: 4.70HM,5%,0.25W 80009 307-0106-01
R1271 311-1745-00 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 100K OHM, 10%,0. SW 80009 311-1745-00
R1273 311-1745-00 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 100K OHM, 10%,0. SW 80009 311-1745-00
R1275 311-1743-00 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 10K OHM, 10%, 0. 5W 80009 311-1743-00
R1316 311-0622-02 300121 308280 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 100 OHM, 10%,0.5 80009 311-0622-02
R1316 311-0622-00 308281 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 100 OHM, 0. SW 32997 3329H-L58-101
R1400 315-0202-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 2K
R1401 315-0202-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 2K
R1403 321-0251-30 RES, FXD,FILM:4.02K OHM, 1%,0.125W 321-0251-30
R1404 315-0912-00 RES, FXD, FILM:9.1K OHM, 5%, 0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E0SK1
R1405 315~0202-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 2K
R1407 321-0267-30 RES, FXD, FILM: 5.90K OHM, +1%, 1/8W, TC=T0 80009 321-0267-30
Ri411 321-0205-30 RES, FXD, FILM:1.33K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 321-0205-30
R1413 321-0267-30 RES, FXD, FILM:5.90K OHM, +1%, 1/8W, TC=TO 80009 321-0267-30
R1414 315-0472-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 4.7K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E04K7
R1415 315-0103-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10K00J
R1417 315-0112-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.1K IK OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX1K100J
R1418 315-0822-00 RES, FXD, FILM:8.2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX8K200J
R1419 315-0103-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10K OHM, Bt 25W 19701 5043(X10K00J
R1421 315-0242-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 2.4K 57668 NTR25J-E02K4
R1425 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 0} 4,0. SW 19701 5043CX1 0RROOJ
R1426 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM:10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX10RROOJ
R1430 315-0562-00 RES, FXD, FILM:5.6K 57668 NTR25J-E05K6
R1431 315-0392-00 RES, FXD, FILM:3.9K 57668 NTR25J-EQ3K9
R1432 315-0470-00 RES, FXD,FILM:47 OHM, 5%, 0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E47E0
R1433 315-0911-00 RES, FXD, FILM:910 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E910E
R1434 315-0223-00 RES, FXD, FILM:22K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX22K00392U
(R1434A)
R1434 315-0203-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 20K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 20K
(R1434B)
R1435 311-1812-00 RES, VAR, NONWW: PNL, 1K OHM, 10%,0. SW 80003 311-1812-00
R1436 315-0392-00 RES, FXD, FILM:3.9K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25)-E03K9

R1438 315-0202-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J)-E 2K

R1439 315-0101-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 100 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E 100E
R1444 315-0222-00 RES, FXO, FILM:2.2K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E02K2
R1445 315-0512-00 RES, FXD, FILM:5.1K OHM, 5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E05Ki
R1447 315-0913-00 RES, FXD, FILM:91K OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX91K00J

REV JUN 1988 1-27

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial /Assembly No. Mfr.

No. Part No. Effective _Dscont Name & Descri Code Mfr. Part No.
R1450 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 1970] 5043CX1 0RROOJ
R1451 315-0100-00 RES, FXD, FILM:10 OHM, 5%,0.25W 19701 5043CX1 0RROOJ
R1452 307-0125-00 300000 303390 RES, THERMAL :500 OHM, 10%, NTC 15454 1DB501K-220~EC
R1500 321-0328-30 300000 300100 RES, FXD, FILM:25.5K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321~0328-30
R1500 321-0339-30 300101 RES, FXD, FILM:33.2K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0339-30
Ri501 311-1022-01 300000 300100 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 50K OHM, 10%, 0.5W, S/T 80009 311-1022-01
R1501 311-0607-02 300101 308280 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, LOK OHM, 10%, 0. SW 80009 311-0607-02
R1501 311-0607~00 308281 RES, VAR, NONW): TRMR, 10K OHM, 0. SW 73138 82-25-2

R1502 321-0289-30 RES, FXD,FILM:10.0K OHM, 1%,0.125w 800038 321-0288-30

R1503 315-0152-00 300121 RES, FXD, FILM: 1.5K OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E01K5
R1510 315-0271-00 RES, FXD, FILM: 270 OHM,5%,0.25W 57668 NTR25J-E270E
R1511 311-0609-02 300121 308280 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 2K OHM, 10%,0. SW 80009 311-0609-02
R1511 311-0609-00 308281 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 2K OHM, 0. 5W 32997 3329H-L58-202
R1512 321-0289-30 300000 300070 RES, FXD, FILM: 10.0K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0289-30
R1512 321-0289-01 300071 300120 RES, FXD, FILM: 10.0K OHM,0.5%, 0 oe Tc=T0 07716 CEAD10001D
R1512 321-0284-30 300121 RES, FXD, FILM:8.87K OHM, 1%,0.1 80009 321-0284-30

R1513 321-0381-30 300000 300035 RES, FXD, FILM:90.9K OHM, +1%, 1/8W, TC=TO 80009 321-0381-30
R1513 321-1672-31 300036 300120 RES, FXD, FILM: 70K OHM,0.5%,0.125W, TC=T0 80008 321-1672-31
R1513 321-0380-30 300121 RES, FXD, FILM: 88.7K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0380-30
R1514 321-0385-31 300000 300035 RES, FXD, FILM: LOOK OHM, 0.5%,0.125W 80009 321-0385-31
R1514 321-1671-31 300036 300120 RES, FXD, FILM: 79K OHM,0.5%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-1671-31
R1514 321-0339-30 300121 RES, FXD, FILM:33.2K OHM, 1%,0.125W 80009 321-0339-30

R1515 321-0193-30 300000 300070 RES, FXO, FILM: 1K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0193-30
R1515 321-0193-01 300071 300120 RES, FXD, FILM: 1K OHM,0.5%,0.125W, TC=T0 07716 CEAD100000
R1515 321-0138-30 300121 RES, FXD,FILM:267 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80009 321-0138-30
R1519 311-0607-02 300000 308280 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 10K OHM, 10%, 0. 5W 80009 311-0607-02
R1519 311-0607-00 308281 RES, VAR, NONWW: TRMR, 10K OHM, 0. SW 73138 82-25-2
R1521 321-0385-31 300000 300035 RES, FXD, FILM: 100K OHM, 0.5%, 0. 125W 80009 321-0385-31
R1521 321-1671-31 300036 300120 RES, FXD, FILM: 79K OHM,0.5%,0. a TC=T0 80009 321~1671-31
R1521 321-0331-30 300121 RES, FXD, FILM:27.4K OHM, 1%,0.1 80009 321-0331-30

R1522 321-0193-30 300000 300070 RES, FXD, FILM:1K OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=TO 80009 321-0193-30
R1522 321-0193-01 300071 300120 RES, FXD, FILM: 1K OHM,0.5%,0.125W, TC=T0 07716 CEAD100000
R1522 321~-0147-30 300121 RES, FXO, FILM:332 OHM, 1%,0.125W, TC=T0 80008 321-0147-30
RT105 307-0125-00 312411 RES, THERMAL :500 OHM, 10%, NTC 15454 1DB501K-220-EC
RT205 307-0125-00 312411 RES, THERMAL :500 OHM, 10%, NTC 15454 1DB501K-220-EC
RT461 307-0124-00 312411 RES, THERMAL :5K OHM, 10%, NTC 15454 10C502K-220-EC

S2 260-1731-00 300000 308280 SWITCH, SLIDE: DP3T, 1A,12VAC,CKT BD TERM 29604 68-0328
S2 260-0984-02 308281 SWITCH, SLIDE:OPTT ,0. 5A, 125VAC ,W/KNOB 80009 260-0984-02
$4 263-1107-00 SW CAM ACTR AS:VOLTS/DIV 80009 263-1107-00
(S4 & S14 FURNISHED AS A UNIT)
$12 260-1731-00 300000 308280 SWITCH, SLIDE: DP3T,1A,12VAC,CKT BD TERM 29604 68-0328
$12 260-0984-02 308281 SWITCH, SLIDE: DPTT ,0. 5A, 125VAC ,W/KNOB 80009 260-0984-02
$14 (S14 & S4 FURNISHED AS A UNIT)

$220 260-1713-00 300000 303333 SWITCH, PUSH:1 BTN, 2POLE, PUSH-PUSH 82104 2039PB402-0001
$220 260-1713-01 303334 SWITCH, PUSH:1 BIN,2 POLE,CH2 INVERT 80009 260~1713-01
3300 260-1712-00 SW, PUSH:4 BIN,2 POLE,VERT MODE/TRIG SOURCE 31918 ORDER BY DESCR
$500 260-1717-00 300000 303333 SWITCH, PUSH:3 BIN, 284 POLE, TRIG CPLG 82104 2221PB400-10-03
$500 260-1717-01 303334 SWITCH, PUSH:3 BTN,2/4 POLE, TRIG CPLG SOURCE 80009 260-1717-01
$510 260-1730-00 SWITCH, SLIDE: DP3T, 1A, 125VAC 29604 68-0327
(FURNISHED AS A UNIT WITH R540)

$700 260-1718-00 300000 303333 SWITCH, PUSH:3 BIN,2 POLE 82104 2222PB4021003
$700 260-1718-01 303334 SW,PUSH:3 BTN,2 POLE,RESET AUTO SGL NORM 31918 ORDER BY DESCR
S750 263-1104-00 SW CAM ACTR AS: TIME/DIV 80009 263-1104-00
$850 (PART OF $850)
5900 260-1716-00 300000 303333 SWITCH, PUSH: 1 BTN,4POLE, PUSH-PUSH 82104 2220-PB404001
$900 260-1716-01 303334 SWITCH, PUSH:1 BTN,4 POLE,HORIZ DISPLAY 31918 ORDER BY DESCR

$910 260-1716-00 300000 303333 SWITCH, PUSH: 1 BTN,4POLE, PUSH-PUSH 82104 2220-PB404001
$910 260-1716-01 303334 SWITCH, PUSH:1 BTN,4 POLE,HORIZ DISPLAY 31918 ORDER BY DESCR
$930 260-1713-00 300000 3038333 SWITCH, PUSH:1 BTN, 2POLE, PUSH-PUSH 82104 2039PB402-0001

7-28 REV JUN 1988

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial /Assembly No. Mfr.

No. Part _No. Effective _Dscont Name _& Description Code _Mfr. Part No.
$930 260-1713-01 303334 SWITCH, PUSH:1 BTN,2 POLE,CH2 INVERT 80009 260-1713~01
$1000 260-1615~00 300000 310303 SWITCH, TOGGLE: DPDT , 5A, 125VAC, ON-ON 09353 U318SHZQI
(S1000A)
$1000 260-2083-00 310304 SWITCH, TOGGLE : DPDT, 6A, 125VAC,, ON/ON 80009 260-2083-00
(S1000A)
$1000 260-0834-~00 SWITCH, TOGGLE: DPDT , 5A, 125VAC,ON-ON 09353 U21-SHZQE
($10008)
$1001 260-1300-00 SWITCH, SLIDE: DPDT, 3A, 125VAC 82389 46206LFE
$1002 260-1728-00 SWITCH: 4P3T 80009 260-1728-00

$1003 260-1728-00 SWITCH: 4P3T 80009 260-1728-00

T1001 120-0980-00 300000 300120 XFMR , PWR, STU: 80009 120-0880-00
T1001 120-0980-01 300121 310610 XFMR, PWR, STU: 80009 120-0980-01
T1001 120-0980-02 310611 XFMR, PWR, STU: W/CONNECTOR 80009 120-0980-02
T1002 120-0973-00 300000 310610 XFMR , CONVERTER: 80009 120-0973-00
T1002 120-0973-01 310611 XFMR, CONVERTER : W/CONNECTOR 80009 120-0973-01

T1003 120-0974-00 XFMR, DRIVER: 80009 120-0974-00

T1267 120-1021-00 300000 300120 XFMR, PWR, STPDN: HEATER 80009 120-1021-00
71267 120-1030-00 300121 XFMR, PWR, STPDN: 80003 120-1030-00
4100 155-0032-00 MICROCKT ,LINEAR:PLRT INV & TRIG PICK-OFF 80009 155-0032-00
U200 155-0032-00 MICROCKT, LINEAR: PLRT INV & TRIG PICK-OFF 80009 185-0032-00
U300 156-0174-02 300000 300120 MICROCKT ,DGTL:DUAL J-K M/S FF W/DATA LOCK,S 01295 SN7411 1NP3
CREENED
(U300A,B)
U300 156-0280-00 300121 308690 MICROCKT ,DGTL:J-K MSTR-SLAVE FF 01295 SN74L72 NOR J
U300 156-0038-02 308691 MICROCKT ,DGTL:J-K MASTER SLAVE FF,SCRN 01295 SN7472NP3

4320 156-0186-02 MICROCKT,DGTL:QUAD 2-INP NAND GATE, 18324 N7403(NB OR FB)

U330 156-0030-03 MICROCKT ,DGTL:QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE, SCRN 18324 N7400(NB OR FB)
U340 156-0030-03 MICROCKT ,OGTL:QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE,SCRN 18324 N7400(NB OR FB)
U350 155-0022-00 MICROCKT ,DGTL: CHANNEL SWITCH 80008 155-0022-00
U360 155-0022-00 MICROCKT ,DGTL: CHANNEL SWITCH 80009 155-0022-00
u400 155-0077-00 300000 300120 MIC , LINEAR
ROC :H~106,
KT HYBRID 80003 155-0077-00
U400 155-0115-00 300121 303390 MICROCKT, LINEAR:CRT VERT DEFL PL ORVR 80009 155-0115-00

U550 156-0048-00 MICROCKT,LINEAR:5 XSTR ARRAY 02735 CA3046

u700 156-0048-00 MICROCKT,LINEAR:5 XSTR ARRAY 02735 CA3046
U730 155-0028-00 MICROCKT ,LINEAR:MILLER INTEGRATOR 80009 155-0028-00
U750 155-0049-01 300000 302430 MICROCKT , DGTL:W/LOCKOUT DSBL FCTN 155-0049-01
u750 155--0049-02 302431 MICROCKT , DGTL: SWEEP CONT W/LOCKOUT DISABLE 80009 155--0049-02
U800 156-0048-00 MICROCKT ,LINEAR:5 XSTR ARRAY 02735 CA3046

U815 155-0028-00 MICROCKT ,LINEAR:MILLER INTEGRATOR 80009 155--0028-00

U825 156-0113-03 MICROCKT ,DGTL:QUAD 2 INP NAND GATE,SCRN, 01295 SN74LOONP3
U1001 156-0158-00 MICROCKT, LINEAR: DUAL OPNL AMPL 04713 MC1458P1/MC1458U
u1002 156~-0158-00 MICROCKT, LINEAR: DUAL OPNL AMPL 04713 MC1458P1/MC1458U
U1003 156-0067-00 MICROCKT ,LINEAR:OPNL AMPL,SEL 04713 MC1741CP1
ui214 119-0710-00 300000 301560 POWER SUPPLY:2KV AC P-P IN,2KV DC OUT 80009 119-0710-00
ul214 119-0710-01 301561 POWER SUPPLY:2KV AC P-P IN,2KV DC OUT 80009 119-0710-01

U1230 119-0711-00 300000 312355 POWER SUPPLY:2KV AC P-P IN, LOKV DC OUT 80009 118-0711-00
U1230 119-0711-02 312356 POWER SUPPLY:2KV AC IN, 10KV DC OUT 80009 119-0711-02
U1405 156-0113-03 MICROCKT ,DGTL: QUAD 2 INP NAND GATE,SCRN, 01295 SN74LOONP3
U1500 156-0402-00 300000 308980 MICROCKT , LINEAR: TIMER 27014 LM555CN
Y1500 156-0402-04 308981 MICROCKT, LINEAR: TIMER 80009 156-0402-04
v1270 154-0726-05 ELECTRON TUBE:CRT,P31, INT SCALE 80009 154-0726-05

VR738 152-0279-00 300000 300100 SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,SI,5.1V, 54,0. 4W, DO- 7 14552 103810989
VR738 152-0175-00 300101 SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,SI,5.6V,5%,0.5W, DO- 7 14552 7D3810976
VR764 152-0278-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,SI,3V,5%,0. 4W, DO-7 80009 152-0278-00
VR963 152-0279-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,SI,5.1V,5%,0.4W, DO-7 14552 703810989
VR973 152--0278-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,SI,3V,5%,0.4W,D0-7 80009 152-0278-00
VR1004 152-0217-00 300000 302140 SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,SI,8.2V,5%,0.4W,D0-7 04713 $2620
VR1004 152-0127-00 302141 SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,SI,7.5V,52%,0.4W,DO-7 14433 25347 (1N958B)

VR1008 152-0279-00 300000 300020 SEMICOND OVC,01:ZEN,SI,5.1V,5%4,0.4W,

DO-7 14552 703810989

REV JUN 1988 7-29

 Replaceable Electrical Parts - 335 Service

Tektronix Serial /Assembly No. Mfr.

No. Part No. Effective Dscont Name & Description Code _—‘ Mfr. Part No.
VR1008 152-0175-00 300021 SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,SI,5.6V,5%,0.5W,DO-7 14552 7D3810976
VR1009 152-0278-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,S1,3V,5%,0.4W, DO-7 80009 152-0278-00
VR1043 152~-0243-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,SI,15V,5%,0.4W,D0-7 04713 $Z13203 (1N965B)
VR1077 152-0279-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,SI,5.1V,5%,0.4W, DO-7 14552 7D3810989
VR1081 152-0304-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,SI,20V,5%,0.4W,D0-7 15238 = 75411
VR1207 152-0286-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,SI,75V,5%,0.4W,DO-7 14552 —-1N982B

VR1241 152-0243-00 300121 302945 SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,S1,15V,5%,0.4W,D0-7 04713 $Z13203 (1N9658)

VR1241 152-0241-00 302946 SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,S1,33V,5%,0.4W,DO-7 14552: 1NS73B
VR1439 152-0279-00 SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,SI,5.1V,5%,0.4W, D0-7 14552 7D3810989
VR1500 152-0175-00 300000 300035 SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,SI1,5.6V,5%,0.5wW, 00-7 14552 103810976
VR1500 152~0279-00 300036 300120 SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,SI,5.1V,5%4,0.4W,D0-7 14552 = 703810989
VRi500 152-0195-00 300121 SEMICOND DVC,DI:ZEN,SI,5.1V,5%,0.4W,DO-7 04713 $Z11755RL

7-30 REV JUN 1988

 Section 8—335 Service

DIAGRAMS AND CIRCUIT BOARD ILLUSTRATIONS

Symbols and Reference Designators

pon ent s sho wn on the dia gra ms are in the fol low ing unit s unle ss note d oth erw ise :
Electrical com
Capacitors = Values one or greater are in picofarads (pF).
Values less than one are in microfarads (uF).
Resistors = Ohms (22).

Symbols used on the diagrams are based on ANSI Standard Y32.2-1970.

Logi c sym bol ogy is base d on ANS I Y32 .14 -19 73 in term s of posi tive logic . Logic symbols depict the logic
function performed and may differ from the manufacturer's data.
lette rs are used as refe renc e desi gnat ors to iden tify comp onen ts or asse mbli es on the diag rams .
The following prefix

H Heat dissipating device (heat sink, RT Thermistor

A Assembly, separable or repairable
heat radiator, etc.) s Switch
(circuit board, etc.)
Attenuator, fixed or variable HR Heater T Transformer
AT
HY Hybrid circuit Tc Thermocouple
8 Motor
J Connector, stationary portion TP Test point
BT Battery
K Relay uU Assembly, inseparable or non-repairable
Cc Capacitor, fixed or variable
L Inductor, fixed or variable (integrated circuit, etc.)
cB Circuit breaker
LR Inductor/resistor combination Vv Electron tube
CR Diode, signal or rectifier
M Meter VR Voltage regulator (zener diode, etc.)
OL Delay line
P Connector, movable portion Y Crystal
OS Indicating device (lamp)
a Transistor or silicon-controlled Zz Phase shifter
€ Spark Gap
F Fuse rectifier
FL Filter R Resistor, fixed or variable

Cam Switch Closure Chart

The following special symbols are used on the diagrams: anmeenwen “(Tot Indicates Switch Closed)

ere __wwowee INternal Screwdriver Adjustment

nme TSt Voltage

meee Plug to E.C. Board

eminence Panel Adjustment

women Refer to Waveform

ewe Refer to Diagram Number

TO DIAG &*
a mes SEL Value Selected at Factory
vmeroanee CQaxial Connector
bey ae
a} --- Panel Connector
~ Assembly Number

-- Board Name

-Etched Circuit Board Outlined

in Black
-- Schematic Name and Number

REV. A AUG 1976

335 Service

NOTE
LEAD CONFIGURATIONS AND CASE STYLES ARE TYPICAL, BUT MAY
VARY DUE TO VENDOR CHANGES OR INSTRUMENT MODIFICATIONS.

$ G

DUAL FET

| PLASTIC CASE | | FIELD EFFECT

TRANSISTORS TRANSISTORS

SMALL

B E
| METAL CASE | { FLAT PACK J
TRANSISTORS TRANSISTOR
IC PINS ARE NUMBERED
COUNTERCLOCKWISE FROM
INDEX THE INDEX. (VIEWED FROM TOP)

CATHODE

1
| SILICON CONTROLLED | | INTEGRATED
RECTIFIER CIRCUITS

Lo TRANSISTORS WITH ______d

ALTERNATE
LEAD CONFIGURATION 1943—50A

Fig. 8-1. Semiconductor lead configuration.

REV MAY 1981

335 Service

A7
HIGH VOLTAGE
& UNBLANKING
BOARD

A8
POWER SUPPLY
CONVERTER
BOARD
AG
INTERFACE AND
LOW-VOLTAGE
REGULATOR

A4
HORIZONTAL
BOARD

AS
SWEEP
BOARD

Al
A2 D R
ENUATO
ATTBOAR
VERTICAL
AMPLIFIER A3
BOARD
TRIGGER
BOARD
1943-52

Fig. 8-4. Circuit board locations.

REV. A, AUG. 1976

 U730-1

c7z7c R818 ap7y3 | zis

1943-136

(A) Side of Instrument

Fig. 8-3. A, B & C. Adjustment locations 2 (Vertical, Trigger, Horizontal & Calibrator).

REV. B SEP 1978

Fig. 8-3. A, B & C. Adjustment locations 2 (Vertical, Trigger, Horizontal & Calibrator). 335 Service
C16A

R543 (On Trigger board, throug

space between Attenuator and
Vertical boards)

1943-137

R1511 R1501
(SN 300121-UP) R413
R1519 ee

BACK OF 335 —>

(es
OUTSIDE EDGE —” 1943-143
REV. B SEP 1978 OF BOARD (C) A2 Discrete Vertical SN303391—up.
 1943-134

(A) Bottom of Instrument

Fig. 8-2. A & B. Adjustment locations 1 (Power Supply & Display).

 335 Service

TP1270

| {TP1226

1943-135

(B) Top of Instrument

Fig. 8-2. A & B. Adjustment locations 1 (Power Supply & Display).

REV. A AUG 1976
CH! VERT
INPUT |] CH1 INPUT
COURLING +
s1© VERTICAL
ATTEN OUTPUT
S2 € 84 Q365,9375
Q370/Q380

BLANKING
U300, U330 AMPLIFIER
U320' U340 SWEEP HOLDOFF
Q322)Q340 Q335 CONTROL COMPTR
UTS50 uTOOD
UTOOE HORIZONTAL.
AMPLIFIER
R222A

SWEEP Qso6
915
INTERNAL TRIGGER
CHaput | [ewe ineur CH 2 TRIGGER AMPLIFIER cont 925
COUPLING PREAMP Q360 MPTR Q930
& Q385 Q73e Q940
TNO ATTEN : 9390 Q734 @855
; Q739 QS6o
Sl2 & SI4 Q965
Q970
QoTt5s
DIAG
Q98o
A SWEEP A
START
COMPTR M ORATG
UTOOA
UTOOB
UTOOC

EXT TRIG $510

OR HORIZ EXT ATTEN
5510 TRIGGER TRISSER
tOX a
1
INTO COUPLING AMPLIFIER TRIGSER DELAY
IXo O on? SSOOB 500
LINE e200 8296 @sa0 DELAY TIME PICKOFF
Q520 Q545 POSITION | RT7I4 COMPTR
UT30B

xO

2 Lae "=F] [
VOLTAGE
MULTIPLIER

ORPTE
COMPTR CIRCUIT
gers , 2620 COMPTR
UsooA MILLER
INTEGRATOR
Q605 ,Q630) Q618,CRE2S 008
Q6I0 ,Q640 CRE3O Us00c UBISA
CIRCUIT
uleta
B SWEEP *Q1240
SeTOP CONTROL HOLDOFF Qi250
COMPTR Aaoa COMPTR
UBISB gess Ug000
oar US00E

(PULL ON)
POWER
N5V SIOOOA NOTE:
AC 1 * TRANSISTORS
I POWER-SPLY REMOVED AFTER
l' : CONT CKT +8V SN 300/21.
RECTIFIER
QIO00, g1045
UlOO! 'QIO50 UlO02 , Qi098 +15V Z AXIS
outpur t R REPLACED
CE I
WITH
i
' TIOOl QI003 QI055 uloo3? qizaL__@ DISCRETE COMPONENTS
CRIOOS qioa3’ , -8v AT SN 303390
$100
pc[+] >—o | RId435
1
| 1943-8
REV JULI98}
BLOCK DIAGRAM
 WAVEFORM CONDITIONS 335 Service
(Any deviation from the following setup is noted under the waveform to which it applies)
The waveforms were taken from a Tektronix 465 oscilloscope.
335 Setup
VOLTS/DIV 5 DIV CAL ASEC/DIV 5m DELAY TIME POSITION 5.00
Trigger Coupling DC B SEC/DIV Tm B LEVEL Out of detent and adjusted
SLOPE + HORIZ DISPLAY AINTEN for a stable intensified zone.
Test Oscilloscope Setup
Connect a 10X probe from 335 left horizontal deflection plate to the CH 2 vertical input.
Set test oscilloscope: Trigger Source CH2
Trigger Slope +
Vertical Mode CH 1
Connect a 10X probe from the desired 335 testpoint to the test oscilloscope CH 1 vertical input.
The above setup allows time comparison of the waveforms. The second vertical graticule line is the beginning of A Holdoff.
335 Service

Fig. 8-5. A1 Attenuator board component locations.

CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID
NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc

C1 1D c1i2 1F C202 2G RSA 3B R14C 2E R17C 2G

c2 1c C14A 2E C534 1G R5B 2B R14D 2E R17D 2G
C4A 2A C14B 3E C536 1G R5C 2c R1I4E 2E R100B 2D
C4B 3B c14c 2E C537 1G R5D 2B R14F 2E R101A 1D
c4ac 2B C15A 2E R6B 2c R14G 2E R101B 2D
C5A 2B C15B 3F R41 1c R6C 2c R15A 2F R200B 2G
CSB 3B C16A 2F R2 1c R6D 2c R15B 2E R201A 2G
csc 2B C16B 2F R4B 3B R7B 2c Ri5C 2F R201B 2G
C6A 2c CI7A 2G R4c 2B R7C 2D R15D 2F R534 1G
C6B 2c C17B 2G R4D 2B R7D 2D R16B 2F
C7A 2c c101 2D R4E 2A R11 1F R1i6C 2F
C7B 2c c102 2D R4F 3B R12 1E R16D 2F
ci 1G C201 2G R4G 3B R14B 2E R17B 2G

REV. A AUG 1976 ATTENUATOR

BOARD
:
a o2 _f zo <> J > zo <>
yenu za oO” 3 S050
<
Zz arr w USO rez “> <
oO2 aw<> 454 oO 2 gr x <z ? a sy gw
509 Zr 3260
=FO oOvzZ >Seezho
2 90 CXTZE
a) G08 zkm >Os84G OS2ngg
Zopazo eg Yarz¢
oe S05 ae f
=VO =
= oe “no 6 RomPzs<
yorerns x kag GU a 292
a ovo Oy2S
‘yaa Zogzzg =
BHutr doa oreo
xr
aaa
5 © a= 66
Or’ Eyyy—ED
z 4S
ape e@
wo
oO ty Ix
O-| *
a ei eo) z
or
Uo Ov
~ _—
oFmx
on
rk Sox 388
aru
CT LPT} = - ---=--|-|25}-- Ix
<%
Og] J--—--—--—~-—---~-~~ F_j_-—~ ~—-]--__ Ss o tgp tt tt to t$tl) __ ee
ay
omy yo
eu OP aE EE HH NG
05
5°
OS
D
B
os
a
---—~--—-—-!| o~---F---
z
os
33 e|
oF
a
a
1
a
ayaa re
~o
ake O
38 b-
oD <
~---------- pee? Ee
<9 ~
we 2
ar
an Lu
mo x <—
ro “
On
eu)
| r
(Tel Tt Tel Tel Tel [T+ ------------- TTT
< 35 0
tt
ofJ Jef Tye T Tel Tel [po ~-----~------
b
bi
“
TTT TTT TTT TTS _
<
8 O
a
min‘a x
o6 in
OL
z
4 2>
-j2]~ [--------------<][---------------wof [Jel] fel | jel T fel 7 tw —---~-~------~_--FRL-—~-_____
______? ufo
ay
3[ Fo {< 3Aa o
re) b
Ops
o
FP ig PT TT TTT TTT GPT TTT TT tr OTL E yejelet | ot fey fe ---~-----+---- OeeS >
< r6
a
a.
Ww
w
a
<0 x >
a
oo Q Wwa
a Paul
ee pe ee eet oe eH, 4
T< 2
‘
_- p ¢
Re Gg 6
rs
Ta
a
“CLUE Teele} + - ------------- f------------==-$ a
we ee ee
2 a
: ~UwMHOCO{UH-UNHOS < g
4 La a
2 io "3 > g Gag
oz] 253
wl=|@a5 k------\------- Q Q e-) 3 ay
we wo
; 6 ala] 54+ Q q saz fe|S
o| 232 " oo} is 28 &O 26Zz n =
ans aga
zap F -------~.--
POT ya xe
ane. $
8 2 afo A koa ow SF =2 ° 09S WeSs~ FS
Iz15 ae o"oN ma OF Oo Q aly gow i
o oo Qn -F FS ZH <q zl0 Ofte
br YQ
as
us 5KS wie? 2OM MGa ° beemee F
3
aFOk
a9dz2
£25 =
249 Oe au
a ab oegad
aa |<Fb
BS QSEO GOUT EE
16 ou 9628 O5¢ S- =ov0 AG yw
oZer
z
yt
52] 08 4] 0284
= 58Om 52
HF a} OR- ane
_
19 ek utwhe . . o5 ; Sats
auiwa
Z
oS<
a " _ &30o ke
ou ° =u i ad & ind
ao a 2 om lf <—t <a to
o er ao at
™)
e
we fe
" WE
78] SOR
zz b 0
b 0a] &
ES BORK
3G z=
 WAVEFORM CONDITIONS 335 Service
(Any deviation from the following setup is noted under the waveform to which it applies)
The waveforms were taken from a Tektronix 465 oscilloscope.
335 Setup
VOLTS/DIV 5 DIV CAL ASEC/DIV 5m DELAY TIME POSITION 5.00
Trigger Coupling Dc B SEC/DIV lm B LEVEL Out of detent and adjusted
SLOPE + HORIZ DISPLAY AINTEN for a stable intensified zone.
Test Oscilloscope Setup
Connect a 10X probe from 335 left horizontal deflection plate to the CH 2 vertical input.
Set test oscilloscope: Trigger Source CH2
Trigger Slope +
Vertical Mode CH1
Connect a 10X probe from the desired 335 testpoint to the test oscilloscope CH 1 vertical input.
The above setup allows time comparison of the waveforms. The second vertical graticule line is the beginning of A Holdoff.

VOLTAGE CONDITIONS
These voltages are typical values; actual values may vary as much as 20%.
335 Controls
SEC/DIV EXT HORIZ Trigger Mode AUTO DISPLAY CH 1
VOLTS/DIV 10 All variables Calibrated positions CH 1 POSITION and Move dot to crt center.
HORIZ DISPLAY A FOCUS ccw Horizontal Position

_eeeenes

8.5 VDC AC COUPLED

8.5VDC AC COUPLED

1943-109
335 Service

= R1500
5, 0385 R388 1500 ,,_C1505
R389 #4 C388|
370 | CR361 4 0360]

C211 c205 gn
42 8 H
JNc£oro¢ m R209

1943-72

*See Parts List for

serial number ranges. Fig. 8-7. A2 Vertical Amplifier component locations, below SN 300121.
‘Located on back of board.

A2
VERTICAL
AMPLIFIER
BOARD

REV. B SEP 1977

 CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID
NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc
C103 5D c404 1B L1505 5D R163 3E R234 4B R356 3D R4014' R1502. 1G
C105 5E c408 2c 5E R164 3E R235 4B R357 3D R401B' R1510 1F
C106 SF c4i1 2B LR400' 5E R170 4D R240 4c R358 3D R402B' R1512) 2G
C110 5E c412 2c LR402A 5F R171 5D R241 4c R360 3E R402C'! R1i513°02F
C11 5E C413 2c 5D R172 4D R242 4B R361 3E R403 1B R1514 2F
C170 4D C414 2B P110 SE R173 5D R250 4B R362 3E R404 1B R1515 2G
c171 4F C415 2A P270 5E R203 5A R251 3B R363 3F R405 1c R1519 9 2F
c172 4D c440 2B P300 SE R204 5A R261 4c R364 3F R406 1c R1521 2F
C173 6D C442 3B P323 SE R205A 5B R263 3c R365 2E R407 1A R1522. 3G
c174' C443 3B P335 SE R205B 5B R264 4c R366 3F R408 2c
c200' C460 2A P1500 «GE R206A 5B R270 4c R367 2c R409 1A RT452. 3A
C203 5A C1500 2H 6E R206B 5C R271 4c R368 2D R410 2B
c204 5A C1504 9 —.2F Q100 5E R207 5B R272 4c R369 2D R411 2A $220'
C205 5B C1505 2G Q130 4F R208 5C R273 5C R370 2D R412 2c
C206 5c Q140 4E R209 5B R300 5G R371 2D R413 2c U100 5E
C210 5C CR101 6D Q150 6E R210A 5B R301 4F R372 2D R414 2B U200 5B
C211 5B CR103 5D Q160 SF R210B 6B R303 4F R373 2D R415 2A U300 3F
c270 4c CR201 6A Q200 5F R211A 5B R305 5G R374 2D R416 2c U320 4F
C272 5c CR202 6A Q230 4F R211B «6C R320 4F R375 1D R420 2c U330 5F
C273 6c CR203 5B Q240 4D R212 6c R322 3G R376A = 1C R421 3B U340 4G
c300' CR300 Q250 4D R213 5B R330 3D R376B) 1C R430 2B U350 3D
320' CR301* 3D Q260 5D R214 5c R331 3c R379 1D R431 3B U360 3E
C335 3H CR330 3D Q322 4D R215 5C R332* R380 2E R440 3B U400 2B
C341 3H CR332 Q335 5D R216A 5B R334 3D R385A = 2E R441 3B U1500 2G
C342 4G CR336 =3E Q340 4D R216B 5C R335 3G R385B 9 2E R442 3c
C343! CR340 3G Q360 4E R217 5c R336 3F R386 2E R443 3c VR1500 2F
C345 3G CR341 4H Q365 4E R219 4c R337 3E R387 2E R444 3A
C386 3F CR360 2E Q370 4E R220 4A R340 4G R388 2E R445 3B
C388 2E CR361 2E Q375 4E R221 4B R341 4G R389 2E R446 3B
C389 2E CR1511 1G Q380 4F R223 5A R342 3G R390 1E R450 3B
C390 1E Q385 4E R224 4B R348 3G R391 1F R451 3B
C395 2c L173 5D Q390 4E R225 5A R350 3c R395 3c R453 3A
C396 2F L273 5C 4D R230 4A R351 2D R396 3F R460 3A
C397 3c L401 3A R103 4E R231 4B R352 3c R397 3c R1500 2G
C401 3A L1500 2G R104 4F R232 4B R354 3E R398 3F R1501 1G
 is Renee I dete JE CORR PE) cts aL A A ali ae
335 Service

©)

le 2, aj R389 ¥
Q370 * CR361 Ze 2360
= F

Q322/P1500

L R322
¥ R342
: 27 Oe Ls R1057
25y 1R335
Te
CR330.,. CR336 ane R337
aks R163 Bg
150 = Q150?R151™%
oo mn ne 160
A seg R141
ae
ee
. . .

ee — Gs
OE R142 5 140
Q130'2R132
@ 670-3772

F 4 c210 R217

8ok
oO

ge weis B27
ds ©

R206B*

1943-141A

Fig. 8-6. A2 Vertical Amplifier component locations, SN 300121-303390

‘Located on back of board.
*See Parts List for
serial number ranges.

REV JUL 1987

CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID
NO Loc NO LOC NO Loc NO Loc NO LOC NO LOC NO Loc NO LOC NO Loc
C103.—s«GE c404* 1B GND 6E Q380 0. 2E R131 4F R223. 5B R354 3F R414* = 2B R1i515 3
C105 «6G caos* 2D Q385 2F R132 SF R224 5B R356 (-3E R415* 2B R1516 i
C106 «6G c411* 2B L173. «6E Q390 1G R134. 4G R225 «6B R357 4E R416* 2D R1519 2G
C110 «6G c412* 2D L273 6E Q46i* 3c R135 4F R230 5B R358 3F R420* 2D R1521 2H
ci11 6F C413* 2D L401* 3A Qa7i* 3c R140 5G R231 4c R360 4F R421* 3C R1522 3
C170 SE c414* 2B L1500 2H Q4si* 2c R141 4G R232. 5C R361 3F R430* 2B
C171 5G C415* 2B L1505 2H Q483* 1A R142. 5G R234. 5C R362 3F R431* 3B RT105* 6F
C172. 4E c440* 3B Q484* 1B R150 4E R235 -5C R363. 3G R440* 3C RT205* = 6C
C173 7E caa2* 3c LR4o0'* Qas1* = 2D R151 4F R240 5D R364 4G Ra4i* = 3C HAS aie 368
C174! c443* 3c LR402A'* Q493* 2D R161 4G R241 4D R365 3G R442* 3C ee
C200! c459* 3c Q494* 1c R163 4F R242. 5C R366 3G R443* 3D
c203-«6B c460* 3A P100 5E R164 4G R250 4B R367 3E R444* 3B $220'
C204. «6B c461* 4B P110—«GE R103. 7E R170 SE R251 4B R367A* 3D R445* 3C S300A 71
C205 «6c c4e6* 3B P2000 5B R104 6F R171 5F R261 4D R368 3E R446* 4C S300B 6
c206 = «6D c467* 3B P210 «GE R105A = 6F R172. 4E R263. 4C R369. 2E R450* 3B $300C 51
C210 «6D ca75* 3c P270 = 5D R105B 6G R173. GE R264 4D R370 -.2E R451* = 4C $300D 61
C211 6c c476* = 2C P300 1G R106A «6. R203 6B R270 5D R371 2F R453" 3B
C270 SE C477* 2B P323. «6H R106B 6G R204 «6B R271 5D R372 2E R459* = 3C U100— SF
C271 4c c478* 2c P335 3U R107 5F R205A_ 6C R272 5D R373 2E R460* 3B U200 5c
C272. SE C1500 20 P400 4B R108 6G R205B 7C R273. 6D R374 2E R461* 4c U300 «3H
C273 7D C1504! P1500 3I R109 6F R206A 7C R300 6l R375 1F R462" 3B U320 5H
C300! cis05 2 R110A 6G R206B 6D R301 5H R376A 1E R463" 3C U330 «6H
c320' Q1007F R110B6F R207. «6B R303. SH R376B 1E R466* 4B U340 4l
C335 4d CR101 7F Q130 5F R111A 6G R208 1. R305 61 R379 1F R467* 3B U350 3E
C340 51 CR103. GE Q140 5G R111B 7G R209 6C R320 5H R380 2F R471* 3c U360 3G
C341 4d CR201 7B Q150 4F R112 7G R210A 7C R322 31 R385A 3F R472* 3B u400* = =2C
C342 4J CR202 7B Qi60 4G R113 6F R210B 7C R330 3H R385B 3G R473* 33 U1500 2i
C343! CR203. 6B Q200 6B R114. 5G R211A_6C R331 4E R386 2G R474* 3B
C345 aI CR300 41 Q230 5C R15 5G R211B 6D R334 3F R387 2G R475* 3B VR1500 2H
C386 «3G CR330 4E Q240 «5D R16A 7G R212 7D R335 31 R388 (2G R476* 2B
C388 «= (2G CR336 4F Q250 4c R116B 5G R213. 7B R336 4G R389 2F R477* = 2c
C389 3F CR340 4 Q260 4D R117 6G R214.-5D R337 4F R390 1H R478* 2B
c390 «= 1H CR341 4d Q322. 3H R119 5G R215 5D R340 4 R391 1G R481* 2B
C391 «1G CR360 2F Q335 31 R120. 5E R216A 7C R341 4l R392 2G R482* 2B
c395 3D CR361 2F Q340 3d R121 5F R216B 6D R342 31 R393 1F R483* 1B
C396 (3G CR385 3G Q360 2G R123 5F R217 6D R348 4 R394 1G R484* 1B
C397. Ss 3D CR1511_ 1H Q365 2D R124 4E R219 5D R350 4E R395 3D R4g5'*
c401* 4B CR1519 2H Q370 0 (2F R125 6F R220 5B R351 3E R396 3H R4g6'*
c403* 1C Q3751E R130 5F R221 5B R352. 3D R397 3D R487'*
R398 4H R491* 2D
R401A'* R492* 2D
R401B'* R493* 1D
R402B'* R494* = 1C
R402c'* Rag95'*
R403* 1C Rag6'*
R403A* 1D Ra497'*
R404* 1C R1057 3
R405* 1D R1500 2!
R406* 1D R1501 41
R407* 1B R1502 J
R408* 2D R1503. 1H
R409* 1B Ri510 1d
R410* 2B R151 41
R411* 2B R1512 21
R412* 2D R1513. 2H
R413* 2D R1514. 3H

1943-142A
Partial A2 board, SN303391-up.
 PARTIAL A2@ VERTICAL AMPLIFIER BOARD

VOLTAGE & WAVEFORM

CONDITIONS +1SVo
+5¥2 - +8V2
+8V2 RUGB 13 nO, ae QI30 by
RiTT 10.0K of GD
XI 5k FH a +5V5 wy
BALANCE \__# RUS
sjGBD re
PINIO
erita
3K CHI CH) seo”
POSITION
Hewitt H hive wage
100K P10
Lee aide
eye)
PARTIAL Al Oo -8V2
ATTEN BD Riz9 +8V—>
10 CHI
POSITION , SIGNAL
Cita Rai
Rlel § +8V5
te) 35.7k 3 § mie
TO

UIOO ®
INPUT
AMPLIFIER
NORM R123 Ride
CHI
SIGNAL | > TO
FROM [RIOOA) EMTR pw
RIOIB "1G RIg5 PIN 7
U350,
THRU CA U360
PIN C { RIS .
DIAG 1 6 3.9K
1 -8Va
i . de +ISV
! IGISIGNAL SIGNALLS aa (a

!CHI SFE -8V2 oS Rigoz 140 Yp

! ESS)
SEE DIAG = +8V
ons DIV > +15Ve a Rive
1
SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER air
eter +5V
VALUES ANDO SERIAL NUMBER 3.2.F,
RANGES OF PARTS OUTLINED eH
OR DEPICTED IN GREY. ase Atl pies
10
+S) -BV alp
+5V, -+8V;
+8V, R230 <— -8V
Tox = " ® 78T Q230 3 2TOuH =
Rett : 3
K re
x! 0 REIGA
BALANCE ~~” ~8V, TSO
To
9,
Reet U360°
GAIN
SWITCHING
PARTIAL Al bua
ATTEN BD
SIGNAL
TO

“eH S
DIAG
POSITION

U200
INPUT
AMPLIFIER
cHe GAIN NORM 4
SIGNAL. SWITCHING “INVES #6
FROM
Reais jREOOA)
"30 R264 PIN IS
THRU
PIN O
ett
SOURCE Soon R wn seo"
DIAG cy
SOURCES. 8M Ree Farere
wM—ceRe
aTagy TY

ms SRF]
cHe2 SEE DIAG

si4
SEE PARTS LIST FOR NOTES:
NOTES: 33uF 10 pUle
SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES. A VOLTS/DIV ImV-Smv. -8y, eae PM
AA VOLTS/DIV lOmv-iov. a70GH

335 243-120 REV JUL 1987 CH! € CH 2 VERTICAL PREAMPLIFIER ©

 335 Service
WAVEFORM CONDITIONS
(Any deviation from the following setup is noted under the waveform to which it applies)
The waveforms were taken from a Tektronix 465 oscilloscope.
335 Setup
VOLTS/DIV 5 DIV CAL A SEC/DIV 5m DELAY TIME POSITION 5,00
Trigger Coupling DC BSEC/DIV -Im B LEVEL Out of detent and adjusted
SLOPE + HORIZ DISPLAY A INTEN for a stable intensified zone.
Test Oscilloscope Setup
Connect a 10X probe from 335 left horizontal deflection plate to the CH 2 vertical input.
Set test oscilloscope: Trigger Source CH2
Trigger Slope +
Vertical Mode CH1
Connect a 10X probe from the desired 335 testpoint to the test oscilloscope CH 1 vertical input.
The above setup allows time comparison of the waveforms. The second vertical graticule line is the beginning of A Holdoff.

VOLTAGE CONDITIONS
These voltages are typical values; actual values may vary as much as 20%.
335 Controls
SEC/DIV EXT HORIZ Trigger Mode AUTO DISPLAY CH 1
VOLTS/DIV 10 All variables Calibrated positions CH 1 POSITION and Move dot to crt center.
HORIZ DISPLAY A Focus ccw Horizontal Position

tt 335 DISPLAY TO CHOP

TEST OSCILLOSCOPE
TRIGGER SOURCE TO
CH 1.
t OV LEVEL DEPENDS ON
THE SETTINGS OF THE
VERTICAL POSITION
1943-110 CONTROLS.
 “© DIAG CHOP BLANKING
TO PIGOO-! DIAG
® pass 2
R395
ADD MODE +8V.
& +8V app +8V3 R348 Q340 Or BALANCE 3
*t 0395 20k “@ A) Q335 RSE TAS
®& R396 pe. 2aF ca4a5\ss cags 38335 +5V3 a
sy +5V +5V3 Ol 47 TO
tS VK yy) PINL
RIOST UP TOb 4508 9° srena |* =
DIAG I > FROM
<> +5Ve £ DIAG

CHI fy KEY? |
C34!
SIGNAL INPUT
FROM
4TO CR340 DIAG
o U320B +5SV %& & ~ J I 5,
$300 t5V xe 1/4 7403

R300 ee U340A
ya 7400 2}
= R320
4.3K DELAYED
SIGNAL
TO
d t d | U320A DL3TO
Ud0O
cHOP b 4-------\|------- U320C 1/4 T403 SOURCE DIAG
1 +5Vy f ? 4 7403
IN;ADD | R305
* U300
TALTE R930
U350
VERTICAL SWITCH
©
| | ne CHI-CH2
ALT P-b-~~--|---|------

+SVy CURRENT TO
ADD SOURCE
SOURCE
PINM

‘rasa
ole > Basel
IRasal°
226 286
TO
IN: GOMP R350eR351 R35Te R356 PIN N
| LTAK OLTAK, lLTAKSL TAK
q
CHa f-+--j-- -/-- -8V3 —8V3 -8V3 -8V3

+5V3
us0o| 4: C30°

+
OUTPUT
V4 1403
13,14
useo} = CZ2°

€340

TRIG DC
CURRENT LEVEL
SOURCE
U360
INT TRIG SWITCH
CHI-CHa

SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER

VALUES AND SERIAL NUMBER
VOLTAGE & WAVEFORM RANGES OF PARTS OUTLINED R322
oT aoa OR DEPICTED IN GREY. Sc CURRENT
ADD SORRCE
SOURCE +8V3
C390
Q322 FocalP
'Irsee Foc R363} -Ol
100 100 +k

U340D U340C 10K Racosracig $rasagracs 4.99kF T 22% rsh INT

a 7400 4 7400 3.83K 23.83 3. B3K33.83K R387 Q390. We TRIG OUT
TO _SSOOA
~8V3 ~8V3 -8V3 -8V3 Hr) 43 2 DIAG
R393
2.49K R391 $C391
750 oO!
SEE PARTS LIST FOR -8V3
PARTIAL A2@ VERTICAL AMPLIFIER BOARD SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES. ~8V3

335 1943 -12) REV MAY i981 VERTICAL SWITCHING € INTERNAL TRIGGER PICKOFF <> *“*0°?!-0?
 335 Service
WAVEFORM CONDITIONS
(Any deviation from the following setup is noted under the waveform to which it applies)
The waveforms were taken from a Tektronix 465 oscilloscope.
335 Setup
VOLTS/DIV 5 DIV CAL ASEC/DIV 5m DELAY TIME POSITION 5.00
Trigger Coupling DC B SEC/DIV tm B LEVEL Out of detent and adjusted
SLOPE + HOR!IZ DISPLAY A INTEN for a stable intensified zone.
Test Oscilloscope Setup
Connect a 10X probe from 335 left horizontal deflection plate to the CH 2 vertical input.
Set test oscitkoscope: Trigger Source CH2
Trigger Slope +
Vertical Mode CH1
Connect a 10X probe from the desired 335 testpoint to the test oscilloscope CH 1 vertical input.
The above setup allows time comparison of the waveforms. The second vertical graticule line is the beginning of A Holdoff.

VOLTAGE CONDITIONS
These voltages are typical values; actual values may vary as much as 20%.
335 Controls
SEC/DIV EXT HORIZ Trigger Mode AUTO DISPLAY CH 1
VOLTS/DIV 10 All variables Calibrated positions CH 1 POSITION and Move dot to crt center.
HORIZ DISPLAY A FOCUS cow Horizontal Position

h eet eet A

rep nef Th peepee nnfeenenn i

AC COUPLED

Ov tt

tt 335 DISPLAY TO CHOP

TEST OSCILLOSCOPE
tt ov TRIGGER SOURCE TO
CH 1.
+ OV LEVEL DEPENDS ON
THE SETTINGS OF THE
VERTICAL POSITION
3943-110 | CONTROLS.
 SEE DIAG CHOP BLANKING
~ TO PIGOO-I DIAG
Cc p33s [EAT AS
R395
7
TT]
@ rev 8, +8V5 R348 Q340
RSs396 Ay?
TS -2nF
oul awn +)
c34s\3 C335 Rass
Sy Q335
® +5V +5V3 Aol az TO
+5V % U340B
14 7400 -Y2P>08
@ cue
SIGNAL +
el INPUT
-
OUTPUT
PINL

casa: | DIAG
-8V3 S -
opae R - in INPUT

CHI +
C34)
SIGNAL | * INPUT
470 FROM
3208 DIAG
7
$300 +5V 14 7403 sve ® |-
R300
BO ¢ B33. k DELAYED
SIGNAL
d
-------|--—----
U320A CURRENT DL3TO W400
4 1/4 7403 SOURCE DIAG
: |
+5V
* y
U300A U350 ®
IN;ADD | R305 V2 Tatil pag6 VERTICAL SWITCH
1
| i 4 t R 9 CHi-CHe

+5V CURRENT
~ U
* {||

poy ere
I4l app SOURCE PIM

\ To
iIN;¢OMP
.
|
1
R350sR351 R35% RISE PIN'N
1 TAK SILTAK TAKS 1 TAK

CHa p-4--|-- -j--

~8V3 -6V3 -8V3 -8V3 +5V—
EK} *8V3 sav3 16
ALT. =| «
SYNC “Ts +53 R385A ek ©390
Pl6c2-t r< 5 150 R3a9 $0389 ,
© INPUT + 13 crseoy '80 7 °° 8
(-
U320D _ OUTPUT Ch@ Q360 esy
a 7403
INPUT *
. 13,14
\ +
‘ i NPUT C320
CR300 —- CR3O! .
INPUT q
C340

CURRENT
SOURCE
U330D
4 7400 U360 +8V
13
V2 Td) p36 INT TRIG SWITCH ° TRIS RS
CHI-CH2 0 R386
‘7C386
YR Sur
R385B
- 630
curser
app SOURCE
he
Xa) +5V. +5V.
3
——— ° Raa
Q322 ‘Rel re R988 om Q385 750 Tt

c3eet° Q cA caer TP3390 P300

U340D0
4 7400 Joon aes RK SSBOK * Ah R387 a TRIG OUT
° , , ats aoe c390 lla
~8V3 -8V -BV3 -8V: vOoIRe
D 3 ~ONa “8N3 “ONS coe PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER SKF .O1 »~ ®
CR332 R332 VALUES AND SERIAL NUMBER e£
18K RANGES OF PARTS OUTLINED
| OR DEPICTED IN GREY. -8V3

335 1043-133 REV.8,SEP 1977 VERTICAL SWITCHING € INTERNAL TRIGGER PICKOFF @

BELOW SN 300/21!
 WAVEFORM CONDITIONS 335 Service
(Any deviation from the following setup is noted under the waveform to which it applies)
The waveforms were taken from a Tektronix 465 oscilloscope.
335 Setup
VOLTS/DIV 5 DIV CAL A SEC/DIV 5m DELAY TIME POSITION 5.00
Trigger Coupling OC B SEC/DIV Tm B LEVEL Out of detent and adjusted
SLOPE + HORIZ DISPLAY AINTEN for a stable intensified zone.
Test Oscilloscope Setup
Connect a 10X probe from 335 left horizontal deflection plate to the CH 2 vertical input.
Set test oscilloscope: Trigger Source CH2
Trigger Slope +
Vertical Mode CH 1
Connect a 10X probe from the desired 335 testpoint to the test oscilloscope CH 1 vertical input.
The above setup allows time comparison of the waveforms. The second vertical graticule line is the beginning of A Holdoff.

VOLTAGE CONDITIONS
These voltages are typical values; actual values may vary as much as 20%.
335 Controls
SEC/DIV EXT HORIZ Trigger Mode AUTO DISPLAY CH 1
VOLTS/DIV 10 All variables Calibrated positions CH 1 POSITION and Move dot to crt center.
HORIZ DISPLAY A FOCUS ccw Horizontal Position

1943-111
 VOLTAGE & WAVEFORM
CONDITIONS

+BVy

R404
caos
-O1
33

VERTICAL
(RED) JM +
1.6K + SIGNAL
SIGNAL
tN Yo Vl2eTO
Rq3! bln UPPER
69.8 R4QO0 | DEFLECTION
SION PLATE
DIAG

R4dOIA
CRT DEFLECTION 953
PLATE DRIVER
R450
46.4

RA4G RAGS
78t 200 EMITTER
DELAYED
SIGNAL
Ns a! CURRENT
SOURCE
FROM
DL37O oc 7
DIAG BIAS
> R440
46.4
RqG0eC
953

COLL
SUPPLY

iLRa02A] VERTICAL
. EMITTER S1IONH SIGNAL
(CLEAR) OL
SIGNAL SouRce SIGNAL Ad ~ VI2T0
ouT 1.6K LOWER
DEFLECTION
PLATE
DIAG

NOTE:
@ CRT BEAM
CENTERED,
SEE PARTS LIST FOR
SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES.
SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER
VALUES AND SERIAL NUMBER
RANGES OF PARTS OUTLINED
OR DEPICTED IN GREY.
PARTIAL A2@ VERTICAL AMPLIFIER BOARD

1943-22
335 REV. B, SEP 1978 VERTICAL OUTPUT AMPLIFIERCIC VERSION) @
SN300000—- 30339
 R484 R4+8S VERTICAL
1.SK VA 47 SIGNAL TO
V1270 UPPER
DEFLECTION
PLATE DIAG

R486<, R487
953 ‘3>é 953
al

(RED) M

PARTIAL A2
VERT AMPL.

DELAYED
STGNAL
FROM
DL372
DIAG

>

(CLEAR)

Ng
R459 R496 $ R497
12
9S3 QoS3
+8V "WW — +8
C4S9
2.2uF,),

SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER R49S VERTICAL

VALUES AND SERIAL NUMBER 47 SIGNAL TO
RANGES OF PARTS OUTLINED V127@ LOWER
OR DEPICTED IN GREY DEFLECTION
PARTIAL A2 VERT AMPL BD

335 VERTICAL OUTPUT AMPLIFIER (DISCRETE VERSION)

@
roa —ra g
REV JUL 1987
SN 323391-uUP
 tren ‘ite
ear: sitentenntomignnnnenn isi
insinti enanemu
seNnNLmumnirnr immemmi
innse matinmtntettte nmimee™
rntaNNNAIANTY mtn aa

2eur
AER 400mv |
RI502 RISIO Risis , ”
RRNENNENRLNEONENNtNNiNRNRMEDI —cemar sms

10,0K oy | 270 10K

Wore TT erisn 0} P1500
(VaLSGOK ) » IFS——< 31500
HOLL

. [SV CAL OUT

:
TORY eS 5 DIV CAL SIGNAL
’ TO S4-i
’ 2 THRU PIN B
te DIAG
HC

RISIS
LISOO¢ C1504 100K
ee AE

2TOmHE «Ol 3|__5 DIV CAL SIGNAL

Jrcmcmcomens TT me

Ll THRU PIN P
IRi52a| DIAG
100K
PARTIAL A@ yy
VERTICAL AMPLIFIER BOARD
nie mune semen toemiaMont namin “nlite NTN,

TRIGGER SWITCHING € CALIBRATOR ©

(PARTIAL) FOR SN BELOW 300i2I
 TRIGGER TRIGGER SHOWN
SOURCE COUPLING IN DG
~EXtT/ .
OUT: LINE [7 OUT: LF REJ—

S500A $500B $5006

—

|
v v '
i 1 '
i f---—------- 4
| i i
! cs02 |
INT TRIG OUT oo,
FROM Ol, 5!
P/O AZ VERTICAL AMPLIFIER BOARD
° i o) { 19 Qt.
BELOW SN 30012i THRU P300 - \
1 -—o

©
pias
!1
\
|
i
!
oe
cs03 ss!
'
| | \
1 I |
‘ | I
\ | i TRIGGER OUT
| 51 TO
t i O Q500A
EXT TRIG ! Cc501B
SO! ' DIAG
OR HORIZ
INPUT
| | R500
{
©
TSIO
I | 56K |
| | i
1 t ]
R535 t t 4
1.05M
\ | CS5OIA '
J \ 2T 1

!
\
\
i
! RSO!
LINE TRIG O °
! OOK
FROM LINE ‘33-18
PIOO0A-2 O © |
DIAG Ix |
“ L)

10x FL
'
rocco -_

' R532 c532

55.6K 430 PARTIAL A3 TRIGGER BOARD
j
i
\
S510
PARTIAL Al ATTENUATOR BOARD
EXT ATTEN

AMPLITUDE
“ TIS
z THRES- OUT 3 —_< [TEV DIV CAL
HOLD
CRISHY RIS5O3
1.5K
UI500
TIMER
SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER
VALUES AND SERIAL NUMBER i KHZ.
RANGES OF PARTS OUTLINED ew 5 DIV CAL SIGNAL
2
OR R DEPI1 CTED IN GREY . C1500 >——
TO
THRU PIN
S4-l!
B

SEE PARTS LIST FOR

SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES.
5 DIV CAL SIGNAL
3 TO Sl4-i
THRU PIN P
DIAG

1943-123 b
335 REV MAY 1981
TRIGGER SWITCHING € CALIBRATOR ©
 WAVEFORM CONDITIONS 335 Service
(Any deviation from the following setup is noted under the waveform to which it applies)
The waveforms were taken from a Tektronix 465 oscilloscope.
335 Setup
VOLTS/DIV 5 DIV CAL A SEC/DIV 5m DELAY TIME POSITION 5.00
Trigger Coupling pc B SEC/DIV Am B LEVEL Out of detent and adjusted
SLOPE + HORIZ DISPLAY AINTEN for a stable intensified zone.
Test Oscilloscope Setup
Connect a 10X probe from 335 left horizontal deflection plate to the CH 2 vertical input.
Set test oscilloscope: Trigger Source CH2
Trigger Slope +
Vertical Mode CH1
Connect a 10X probe from the desired 335 testpoint to the test oscilloscope CH 1 vertical input.
The above setup allows time comparison of the waveforms. The second vertical graticule line is the beginning of A Holdoff.

VOLTAGE CONDITIONS
These voltages are typical values; actual vatues may vary as much as 20%.
335 Controls
SEC/DIV EXT HORIZ Trigger Mode AUTO DISPLAY CH 1
VOLTS/DIV 10 All variables Calibrated positions CH 1 POSITION and Move dot to crt center.
HORIZ DISPLAY A FOCUS ccw Horizontal Position

0.2V Tms
@) aims

A SWEEP FOR TIME

COMPARISON

FROM PIN 8 OF U730 1943-112

 335 Service

C502 & R501

Loc

S500C

1943-73

*See Parts List for

serial number ranges. Fig. 8-8. A3 Trigger board component locations.

CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID
INO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc

C501A 1C CR500 2C Q540 2E R508 1D R545B 1E R559 1G

C501B 2B CR521 1E Qs45 2E R510 2D R546 2E R560 1H
c502 1B CR554 2G Q555 1G R511 1D R547 2G R561 1H
C503 2B CR555 1G Q560 2G R512 1D R548 2G R570 1H
c504 1c CR561 1H Q570 1G R520 1D R549 2G R571 1H
c511 1D CR571 1H R521 1E R550 1G R590 1F
C521 1E P540 2c R500 2c R522 1D R551 1F R591 1F
C522 «41D paces R501. «1B R541 2D R554. «1G R592 1F
541 2D R502 2C R542 2D R555 2G
546" 2E Q500 R504 «1D R543 «2D R556 1H S500A 2B
590 1F Q510 1C R505 1D R544 2D R557 «1G $500B 1B
e591 1F Q520 2D R507 1C R545A 2E R558 «1G $500C 1B
c592o1F

A3
TRIGGER
BOARD

REV MAY 1981

 ‘A’ HOLDOFF
FROM

VOLTAGE & WAVEFORM

CONDITIONS

FROM
piio | *eY ‘
DIAG

~8V ——~

P560
‘A’ GATE
fa] 5
Rat Psees
TO
4
CRS57I FIRING >
4.tmA (%) TD |" &

+8Vs
R50
1004 3C504
/5 3046
GED A
-8V5 avrsg
arm ia AA
TRIGGE R
FROM OUT CRS0O0Y U550E
(|et Q500A 5 3046
S500C
DIAG R502
& 499k +8V5
R505
15 les012all nsze = +8V5 P54 0
GI
Too" 7AQ520 base +8V;—>
C) cr5al 10K R5Al {|
LY ee) (Dp 680 2 R540
S oT seel as te AL 0%
J

cs Lt Rese “or RS45B Rede R545A eA +8V5 -8Vs——>.

TCE Q500B
— ~8V5
R510
15
~%2
R51 oO
100
-8V5 R507 y Q510

‘B’EXTTRIGHORIZ
OR SEE PARTS LIST FOR
a xT HoRt SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES.
+ THRU PSOI-2 Ss
DIAG A A SLOPE -.

© Ranges Ot ante OUTEINED “é Mieven ©

SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER ‘ar

RAN OF N ‘A LEVEL SET TO

OR DEPICTED IN GREY. g MIBRARGE:
PARTIAL A3 TRIGGER BOARD
1943-124
335 REV MAY 1981 TRIGGER AMPLIFIER € A TRIGGER GENERATOR ©
 WAVEFORM CONDITIONS 335 Service
(Any deviation from the following setup is noted under the waveform to which it applies)
The waveforms were taken from a Tektronix 465 oscilloscope.
335 Setup
VOLTS/DIV 5 DIV CAL A SEC/DIV 5m DELAY TIME POSITION 5.00
Trigger Coupling bc B SEC/DIV im B LEVEL Out of detent and adjusted
SLOPE + HORIZ DISPLAY AINTEN for a stable intensified zone.
Test Oscilloscope Setup
Connect a 10X probe from 335 left horizontal deflection plate to the CH 2 vertical input.
Set test oscilloscope: Trigger Source CH2
Trigger Slope +
Vertical Mode CH 1
Connect a 10X probe from the desired 335 testpoint to the test oscilloscope CH 1 vertical input.
The above setup allows time comparison of the waveforms. The second vertical graticule line is the beginning of A Holdoff.

VOLTAGE CONDITIONS
These voltages are typical values; actual values may vary as much as 20%.
335 Controls
SEC/DIV EXT HORIZ Trigger Mode AUTO DISPLAY CH 1
VOLTS/DIV 10 All variables Calibrated positions CH 1 POSITION and Move dot to crt center.
HORIZ DISPLAY A FOCUS ccw Horizontal Position

AC COUPLED AC COUPLED

A SWEEP FOR TIME

COMPARISON

FROM PIN 8 OF U730

B SWEEP FOR TIME

COMPARISON

FROM 8 OF
PIN U815 1943-113
335 Service

Sa ee ee
5 R608 "R607 le
(a & R933B jaa
Pe Re20 me R635 Be R933A R938
, 60 5 Fe nez e AY Ey eee, = GE 22
CoN gis
S.%, R60 9 gis
Sipe pai2 ECRG30 Fate oo gCS50 Sr ROs4 5 Ph) : >
erst eee R93
26108 Fo© pteOMfa61261 8 Fa Col Beg nog081 a R94EO0. 28
e MERG IG e2 “2z 2of
“
soon 28 Pe yesc 981 {09 30 Kaa ie Ros
n03
> & 2 R61 3 626 ic9 83' R98 3
ese =
R611 le LlaReis })1C651
2 MX 3 seep ed 092 5 [R910 ee ze
oer eo s R65 0915 MEIMH F9 osse 5
8de .€ a B60 fe, 062
0 6 2 0 2 F2 R62 0 TE C.F 025 Be
~ .
te
5 602 5 C602 Ola oes team : R927 hoay o31
$700C
A4
HORIZONTAL
BOARD
$700B

R1401 9) R1404 cR1419

CR1405 (G7 CRI410F_ + WIS CR1418A
cR1400 J45)CR1407_ 5543339 oan 2
1407 be 5 CRI417° ec Kom ua ms tS
R1403 m0 OO = ic! =
C1426 % p4413 21420 CR1413 3 oO ‘
1943-78

Fig. 8-10. A4 Horizontal board component locations, below SN 300121.

CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID
NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc

C602 3c CR1405 4E Q960 AE R636 1c R942 1E R1414 4F

C605 1B CR1407 4E Q965 2F R650 1D R946 2F R1415 3G
C617 2D CR1410 4E 970 2G R651 1c R954 2G R1417 4F
C650 1D CR1413 4E Q975 1G R652 2c R955A =1E R1418 4G
C651 2c CR1414 4F Qg980 1G R752 4B R955B 2E R1419 3G
C652 2D CR1415 4F Q1410 =4E R900 2G R957 2F R1421 4G
C955 2E CR1417 4E Q1420 44E R903 2G R960 AE R1425 4G
C956 ap CR1418 4G R904 2G R962 1F R1426 3G
C961 AE CR1419 4G R603 2B R905 1G R963 eee
C963 1E R604 2B R907 2G R971 2G $600 2B
C965 1G 11425 3G R605 1B R908 2G R972 2F S700A 3B
c971 1H R607 1B R909 3F R973 1G $700B 3B
c975 2F P600 1B R608 1B R910 2E R974 2G $700C 3B
c981 2D P906 3G R609 1B R924 4c R975A 1F $900 4D
C982 ae P925 2E R611 2B R925 2D R975B _2F $910 4B
C983 2D P1400 4H R612 1B R926 2F R978 1G $930 2D
c984 1D R613 2c R927 3D R979 1G
C985 1F Q605 2B R615 2c R929 2E R981 2D U1405 4G
C1425 4G Q610 2B R616 2c R930 2E R982 2G
C1426 «44D Q616 2c R617 1c R931 3E R983 2D VR963 1F
Q618 2c R618 2c R932 2E R984 1D VR973 2G
CR602 2B Q620 2c R620 2c R933A 1D R985,
CR629 1C Q630 2c R621 3c R933B 1D R1400 4D
CR630 1C Q640 2B R622 2c R934 1D R1401 4E
CR930 2D Qs906 3G R626 2c R935 1D R1403 4E
CR940 2F Qgi5 2D R627 1D R936 2E R1404 4E
CR950 2F a925 2E R628 1c R937 1E R1405 4G
CR967 2F Q930 2D R629 1B R938 AE: R1407 4E
CR1400 4E Q940 2E R630 1c R939 2E R1411 4F
REV. B SEP 1977 CR1401 4F Q955 2E R635 1c R940 2E R1413 4E
 _R933B ‘R933A

R984 pe
R935
R934 [ee
R981 pee y
4C981 92.0930
+C983 [R983
: g CR930/

$930
7

, CR14192."
3 CR1418|
4 a14to rs CR1407F
: “ gp CRI417 ‘ ‘ rane
C1426 81403 14205) c
=a R1413 Dew

1943-140A

*See Parts List for tEarlier location.

ial ber e
eee Fig. 8-9. A4 Horizontal board component locations, SN 300121-up.

CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID pe nerd
CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID
Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc
NO Loc NO Loc NO

C602 4D C1425 «6K CR1415 51 Q630 2D R605 1c R635 1D R929 3G R957 31 R1401 5G $700B 4C
C605 3c C1426 6F CR1417 6H Q640 2D R607 1D R636 1D R930 3H R960 a R1403. 6G $700C 4C
C617 2E CR1418 SJ Q906 4J R608 1c R650 1E R931 4H R962 al R1404. 55H $900 6E
C650 2E CR602 4C CR1419 5d Q915 3G R609 2c R651 2E R932 3G R963 al R1405 6K $910 6c
C651 3E CR629 +1E Qg925 3G R611 3c R652 3E R933A o1F R971 2K R1407. 6G $930 3F
C652 3E CR630 2D 11425 5K Q930 2F R612 2D R752 6B R933B OIF R972 31 R1411 6H HORISONT AG
C939 2G CR907* 3J Q940 3H R613 2D R900 3K R934 2F R973 2K R1413° 6G U1405 6J BOARD
C955 2H CR930 «3F P600 2c Q955 2H R615 3D R903 3K R935 2F R974 2K R1414 61
C956 1 CR940 3 P901 3K Qg960 1H R616 2E R904 3K R936 3H R975A 1 R1415 4K VR963 2i
c961 1H CR950 3H P906 5J Qg965 2H R617 2E R905 1K R937 1G R975B oJ R1417 61 VR973° 2K
C963 1H CR967 31 P925 3H aQ970 2J R618 2E R907 3J R938 1G R978 1K R1418 94K
C965 1 CR1400 5G P1400 6K Q975 2J R620 3E R908 3d R939 2G R979 2J R1419 4K
cg971 2K CR1401_ «61 Qg980 iJ R621 4E R909 4J R940 2G R981 2F R1421 6K
c975 3J CR1405 5G Q605 3c Q1410 «6G R622 3E R910 3H R942 2H R982 2K R1425 5K
c981 2F CR1407 6H Q610 2c Q1420 6G R626 2E R924 SE R946 31 R983 2F R1426 5J
C982 21 CR1410 5H Q616 2D R627 1E R925 3F R954 3d R984 2F
c983* 3H CR1413 6H Q618 2D R603 3c R628 1D R926 3 R955A 2H R985 3d $600 2c
REV FEB 1983 c984 1F CR1414_ 61 Q620 3D R604 3c R629 1c R927 4G R955B 2H R1400 5E S700A 5C
c985 2J R630 1D
 R652 +8Ve
i R629
mo
3Ape cese mene 1.2K
me ear

ro
10 peoo[sY 2
+8V +BV
I ceso 6 CLOSED
P2.2ur WITH /-~---= {RUNS AFTER DLY TIME]
R6IO CCW 4 S630 CANGED
‘B’ HOLDOFF Wire
usooesi4 peool4 5 R6IO
R65! C65) ~ ee
10 £TF e.2ur THRU PIN R
-8V -BV6e © ~~

Tee +18Ve +15V6

CONDITIONS
R620
R622 1.2K
3.0K?
+8Ve, , KC) Q620
REIT R62l

619 3.9K GSD¢

+8V,
CéIT 6
REI6
255
7 REIS
255 +8V6
Q6l6
R626 R628
ie)

cR6e9 (¥) ARMING eer

4.TmA TD

120
‘B' GATE
u TO
THRU BIN S
CR6E30 (¥) FIRING Be DIAG
\me

4.TmMA TD

seve /

AA 832636
'oK
'K -8V6

‘B')

4 [SLOPE] ott
S600

P600
[3]
+8V,.——>.
aoe cngoe
g R6O9
680 {{.|
THRU v
REOS ce0s iR6eo7 +8Ve, . jl. !
OAS g Me cave
& REO Reu REI2 2-4 Okreos -8Vg——>uP ; cow
3.65K 3.65K 1OK
-8V6 -8V¢ LEVEL _Ne NOTES:
CENTER '
T NONSTANDARD LEAD GANGED
CONFIGURATION SEE
FIG, 8-1. WITH

+
$630

Ree aeu mca mms |

SEE PARTS LISTFOR EARLIER
OR DEPICTED IN GREY.
oan 9% 8 LEVEL SET TO
SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES.
SEE PARTS LIST FOR

335 1943-125 REV

A JUNE [376 B TRIGGER GENERATOR &
 WAVEFORM CONDITIONS 335 Service
(Any deviation from the following setup is noted under the waveform to which it applies)
The waveforms were taken from a Tektronix 465 oscilloscope.
335 Setup
VOLTS/DIV 5 DIV CAL A SEC/DIV 5m DELAY TIME POSITION 5.00
Trigger Coupling oc B SEC/DIV Tm B LEVEL Out of detent and adjusted
SLOPE + HOR!IZ DISPLAY AINTEN for a stable intensified zone.
Test Oscilloscope Setup
Connect a 10X probe from 335 left horizontal deflection plate to the CH 2 vertical input.
Set test oscilloscope: Trigger Source CH2
Trigger Stope +
Vertical Mode CH 1
Connect a 10X probe from the desired 335 testpoint to the test oscilloscope CH 1 vertical input.
The above setup allows time comparison of the waveforms. The second vertical graticule line is the beginning of A Holdoff.

VOLTAGE CONDITIONS
These voltages are typical values; actual values may vary as much as 20%.
335 Controls
Trigger Mode Single Sweep (READY light off)
HORIZ DISPLAY A

2V Ims 2vV Ims 0.5V 1ms

—— ————
i

1943-114
VERY SHORT-DURATION
PULSE. DIFFICULT TO
SEE UNLESS TEST OS-
CILLOSCOPE INTENSITY
IS TURNED UP.
335 Service

S287 jai :
c R716 (y,.C739 bs R732 — °

fe R758 fe jem, R746R718Ip 739.

R736 ey
yay FES
o|d ale 4
*)
2 ed
8832 R831 R757 \ R749 #VvR738 ge 5.0 FF
Se R748 ey R738 Pee 734 mS
C814 C820 i] R816 tae ee | R764 eo
824 J R813 fo" 4 Ye R762 3747
a2 6 R820! Brg fe) R761 |e
U815 RN C727C ope <p C722 FART) OS
2 ve 5 =e R722 Fe
Sl c710 Bil R709 | 6553
C823 - R720 C730 ag C717 R707
3 fi R821 R730 R717 tN CR709 / i
3
8

$850 $750
(“B" SEC/DIV) (“A" SEC/DIV)

= : R8S0B ES” R725B [Lis R760 R725G

R850G R835 & R725A “9 R725F M C745CH geome
ee, C850B : R725D ")C745A Q744
2 @ R725C
ocd R723
S

1943-81B |

tLocated on back of board. Fig. 8-11. AS Sweep board component locations. $7458’ and 07460 exchanged pieces.at SN..31084,

CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID
NO LOC NO LOC NO LOC NO LOC NO LOC NO LOC NO LOC NO LOC
c707. 1H c769 = 1H CR743. 3B R700 4G R725B 4E R748 (.2E R802 2B R831 2D
C708 «(3G C772. 2G CR754 3B R701. 2H R725C 4F R749 2E R804 1B R832 2c
C710 (:3E C773. 2G CR756 3B R702 4H R725D 4E R750 .2E R805 2B R835 4C
C712.(2E C774 (2G CR757 2D R703. 3H R725E 4F R754 4B R807. 2c R840 «1D
C717At F3 C807. 2c CR811 3c R704. 3H R725F 4F R755 3B R808 =. 2B R842 2D
C717. 3F c8i0 =. 2c R705 3G R725G 4F R758 2D R810 2c R850D 5B
C722 0(3F C813 2c L772 2H R707. 3G R726AB 3G R760 4F R811. 3c R850E 5C
C723. (3G c814. 2c R708 =. 3F R729. 5G R761 = -2F R813. 2D R850F 5C
C727A 5D C816 2D P710 1F R709 3F R730 3E R762 2F R816 2D R850G 4C
c727B 44D c820 2D Pro 4G R710 -.2F R732. 1G R763. 2G R817. 2D
c727¢ «3D C823. «3D re R711 —2F R734. 2G R764 2G R818 = 1D $750 4E
c727D 3D C825 3B R712. 3E R736 2F R767 2G R820 92D $50 4C
C730 (-3E c828 1c Q720.(3E R713 1E R737 2F R768 1H R821. 3
C731t 3E cs40 (1D Q732. (2G R715 1F R738 oF R769 2H R822. 3C U700 «3G
c739°—o1F ca42 «1D Q734. 2G R716 1F R739. 1F R770 2H R823. 3C U730 3E
C746 o1E C850A 4B Q739°(F R717. 33E R740 (.2E R772. .2H R825 2B U7502E
C753. 1E c850B 4c Q744. 4G R718 =F R741 4H R773. 2H R826 2A us00 = - 2c
C757. 2D c8soc 3c Q767 1G R720 3E R743. 5G R774. .2H R827A 2B u815 =—-3D
C767 «1G c8s50D 3c Q769 1G R721. 2F R744. 4G R780 5G R827B 2B U825 2B
C745A 4G a824 2c R722 3F R745 4G R781 3H R828 2c
C745B 4G CR709 3F qQs27 2c R723. SF R746 (.2E R782 5G R829 1D VR738 2F
REV JUL 1987 c7asc 4G CR734 2G R725A 4E R747 2H R801 1B R830 = 1C VR764 2E
 STOOA a
STOOB HOLDOFF +57 [READY] PART Ad
IN? SINGLE TIME 20 Le HORZ en PARTIAL AS SWEEP BOARD
[AUTO] o HOLDOFF READY un eso AA
TIMING LIGHT
ot)
oto
I
°
12{SINGLE ACeW)
+5Vo soy
'
|o—— +1 ABGBED I E
<>)» ‘A’ ‘ HOLDOFE +15V7
i Svr TO TIGOO-C Cr
\ gre Coy) & DIAG cpt RT30$C730
ot i ok AA © 8750 ~P 10 ie
crT46 £> SEE .
Ll Yar
ah UTOOE
vssoae |, RTE
DIAG
9 7
+15V <i> Se CER
(RESET]
ee rssh 13 SWEEP. 7 3 cy Ss . > S750 p czae we
T s UE cg 39k $ catsa RESET vayea gR7S¢~ FOOD Rrge FREQ ® 723 SWEEP
~ oll 3. R
> CRTSG +14 RESET -8V7 1K F 7/5 3046 -avz COMPEN “OK ° $800
BSE gtSe ELD A " +svy -e\y Ryoreczp"
*PVT T
eV, ores88
R722 MILLER 8
oaB
8-08 THRU
PARTIAL Ad HORIZ BOARD
+5V7
“<e CED AA | ovo
49S Gay
Wet es
>
UT30A
MILLER Bias
&
SEE R748
7 of INTEGRATOR
DIAG ATK

$T50
la Rus U7008 ik +15V7 QT20
18 s30a6
18 3 | ,_. RTOS TK IE lev, ging sweep WA COLL SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER
Bras ye ~ + VALUES AND SERIAL NUMBER
a
C157 ON OUT +5Vy eT RTS
Ms Sve RANGES OF PARTS OUTLINED
oo CRIST 16 HOLDOFE + gar
RE2TA OR DEPICTED IM GREY.
PICKOFF at
R758 START = auTo|3 af
39K SWEEP Sur
GATE | A
Ho) Q827
RTO
re2e7B
4.7K *5y
v ALTERNATE

saber, R781 sie

SWEEP 5.6K Q* si600-H
RI4O!
THRU -8V7
Wo cy) Q780
<> DIAG
&a
DIAGPIN L
reo
UNBLANKING
* p | <— eases
TO

PING
(a) DIAG

~ R ‘p’

aoe SieCk 2
+5V U800D TO
HOLDOFF
* UB00E | 153046 R628

QT39 wee B32

2.4K Re2e
+15V
' a
usesale—~
0 FF
Ly >8
apg
2.4K
Re26 5 3046
eA
ie ese 2:
S\9 3 |e
THRU
5.62K 6S ISWEEP Ya T4L00 |p __ Rees iatio Rese ®
Rrao
a.tK - 87 C823 |LEVEL C828 F4.3Kk SEO 6.2K
RBO3 3 aR OI
10.0K Q8 24 USe5A “as - 8Vg Soo
#4 74L00 8Vg
RTT4
vIBV—e >
ce STOP |4 {P
wy
~8Vg
SEE theta *ISVr A Gy 2) al
5|DELAYED
one R772 rye ene “ss *Ve— a CIN R825 U825D U8e5C +SV
© +5V > 8 10 +5V7 +5Ve RBOTSCBOT
100 $ .o1 4.7K UsI5B 4.7K V4 7400 1/4 TALOO
> STOP 14
we
27OuH treeM Reo2
499 UBOOC
5 3046 6 aS COMPARATOR
a cages
Go) \Ss RBIO CRBII Q
° +5Vg TP GE 3k I sen ‘pi
a +5V, 3 SWEEP
UBQOO0A ie s Reo4 —«RBOSB TSK 8) TO
Gere s 75 3046 afr ee cS 3.3K 4.3K Calo 3 g635
$900
FROM -——>) 3 4 -8Vg ~8Vg
u THRU
MILLER oe® ‘ = DIAG
CRSP
BIN oO "30° OUT }
DIAG : 8S SWEEP +5 Vg
U8I5A
START MILLER
Rely 2 INTEGRATOR R840
& XA Rais FREQ 1d
1OOK ¢g— RBIG cara COMPEN “i caao +5Vg NOTES:
8 se @s o* bas QF A READY LIGHT ON.
~8Ve Cale
100 ee 9| MILLER
NULL >»
SEEM m AA READY LIGHT OFF.
sce
DIAG -8V >
= ‘B’ UNBLANKING MA] ts ” RBIS - ce ig “[eear SENMIGONaUCTOR Wres
pay ays) © 6" Rags <> RE a 7
& sae 82 ev 8Ve
THRU PI4d0-! Saso 16050
1943-12 6 DIAG Ry -8V, Cy
335 ’
REV JUL 1987 <> ~BVg-——-WA——-0
8Vg 0 oe O—_—_——__—_—}
A €B SWEEP GENERATORS ©
 WAVEFORM CONDITIONS 335 Service
(Any deviation from the following setup is noted under the waveform to which it applies)
The waveforms were taken from a Tektronix 465 oscilloscope.
335 Setup
VOLTS/DIV 5 DIV CAL ASEC/DIV 5m DELAY TIME POSITION 5.00
Trigger Coupling DC B SEC/DIV -1m B LEVEL Out of detent and adjusted
SLOPE + HORIZ DISPLAY AINTEN for a stable intensified zone
Test Oscilloscope Setup
Connect a 10X probe from 335 left horizontal deflection plate to the CH 2 vertical input.
Set test oscilloscope: Trigger Source CH2
Trigger Slope +
Vertical Mode CH 1
Connect a 10X probe from the desired 335 testpoint to the test oscilloscope CH 1 vertical input.
The above setup allows time comparison of the waveforms. The second vertical graticule line is the beginning of A Holdoff.

VOLTAGE CONDITIONS
These voltages are typical values; actual values may vary as much as 20%.
335 Controls
SEC/DIV EXT HORIZ Trigger Mode AUTO DISPLAY CH1
VOLTS/DIV 10 All variables Calibrated positions CH 1 POSITION and Move dot to crt center.
HORIZ DISPLAY A FOCUS cow Horizontal Position

AC COUPLED AC COUPLED

10V

witli tH:

1943-115
 PARTIAL AS
SWEEP BOARD
VOLTAGE & WAVEFORM
SEE DIAG Cole TearEs

SEE +8Vg +80Vo

HORIZ DISPLAY
DIAG R957 *RS6O
BOTH IN? $750 2k 2.2K
A AND B
[" wy ry SEC/DIV AND
A B DELAY TIME
HORIZONTAL
|1
'
SIGNAL
s

ROM
‘

v
i
2
I
{

| wee
— Te.yigro
DEFLECTION
R835 | R962 DIAG
| ! av ef
DINU | +8V9
DIAG | | { (3)
!
i
R932
|
I 1.40K
| '
\
eM
‘w SWEEP |
ho ! ag
t
t
t
THRU
PIN O | Q oy)
DIAG t
l
! $930
' q LHORIZ MAG
OUT: xX!
IN: XIO
|
|
|
|
|
{
| LIMIT
I CENTER
|
|
!
'
= Vg

EXT HORIZ
‘B’ TRIG VAR
GAIN
EXTTR HORIZ
HORIZ pgot 900 PS06 \} PS06
Q510 [al
DIAG

‘B’ TRIG
coe GANGED
THRU WITH s26¢ Q925
PIN V RISA
DIAG AG “ek
& i)
R936 S
9.31K
-BV5 R927 R929
4.02K R946 $S$CROGOY ROTA .
140K 4.42 look? RSTSBS
seov R985
198 -8Vg -8Vg -8V5 _ T
: +80Ve 39-4
ote] F kcors
o.2- (10) HORIENAL
“s
DIAG ~~ | nosa PEE
C985 TO VI276
0 865|
Pp | 1.5 pF Rags + RIGHT
nove vive ROTSKR DEFLECTION
gt5) DB PLATE
DIAG
"S WN +2 c984
TI
®Iprvas—< Reg 7? eaF sev G “a
aes OD
e~/ ROT $ ROTA4
S +tTe.coas
QF
° R93! Rgs0 “520 ar pea
nese 20K S.uK 620
“8¥9

1
un

<
a
<
+

4
~
t

<©
i
+

<©

2©
+

po
o
9)
oo
tL
Baa
@>
&s

[eo PARTIAL A4 HORIZONTAL BOARD

co

"6
S|
-BV He -8Vo
se R906B RSOGA SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER
RTTS 20k 20K VALUES AND SERIAL NUMBER
(FINE) (COARSE) RANGES OF PARTS OUTLINED SEE PARTS LIST FOR
Ls ad OR DEPICTED IN GREY. SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES.
1943-127 =]
335 REN JUL 1967 (uoriz Posn) HORIZONTAL AMPLIFIER ©
 WAVEFORM CONDITIONS 335 Service
(Any deviation from the following setup is noted under the waveform to which it applies)
The waveforms were taken from a Tektronix 465 oscilloscope.
335 Setup
VOLTS/DIV 5 DIV CAL ASEC/DIV 5m DELAY TIME POSITION 5.00
Trigger Coupling bc B SEC/DIV 1m B LEVEL Out of detent and adjusted
SLOPE + HORIZ DISPLAY AINTEN for a stable intensified zone.
Test Oscilloscope Setup
Connect a 10X probe from 335 left horizontal deflection plate to the CH 2 vertical input.
Set test oscilloscope: Trigger Source CH2
Trigger Slope +
Vertical Mode CH 1
Connect a 10X probe from the desired 335 testpoint to the test oscilloscope CH 1 vertical input.
The above setup allows time comparison of the waveforms. The second vertical graticule line is the beginning of A Holdoff.

VOLTAGE CONDITIONS
These voltages are typical values; actual values may vary as much as 20%.
335 Controls
SEC/DIV EXT HORIZ Trigger Mode AUTO DISPLAY CH 1
VOLTS/DIV 10 All variables Calibrated positions CH 1 POSITION and Move dot to crt center.
HORIZ DISPLAY A FOCUS ccw Horizontal Position

AC

A SWEEP PINS B SWEEP PIN8

U730 U818
_ = _

BCG
, senfeeinnbe ned ft vpeensh |

fm semper foe weme one r heel

ee sesefesoate istve |
postpone)
i-~ r ef nee fee fn nah enn —-f~ poy

zlea F
famed |
|

FOR TIME FOR TIME 1943-116

COMPARISON COMPARISON
335 Service

R1200 TP1442
Q1250

‘3
»
©

3
a;
.

VR1009
R1007
R1010 *VR1008
42
#,CR1240
iF Q1240

CR1007 R10
CR1 4. 42
R1207
wo R1242
N R1251

1434B3 C1045
Q1442
R1447

R1444
prem
at

i) C1434
=
Q

C1010 !
1438 Q 1440
R1445

z R1439
B.C1444
I< ama
Ty
oO
hf+

1007
©1008
wi
©.
oO
aS

R1046)
1943-85

*See Parts List for Fig. 8-13. A7 High-Voltage and Unblanking board component locations, below SN 300121.
serial number ranges.
‘Located on back of board. A7
HIGH VOLTAGE
& UNBLANKING
CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID BOARD
NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc

C1000 «(3F CR1000*' P1260 1C R1011 2F R1210 9=3C R1444 1E

C1001 «(3F CR1001 2F P1265 1B R1012 2F R1212) 3c R1445 2E.
C1005 2F CR1005 2F R1013 oF R1222 3B R1447 1E
C1007. 2G CR1006 2F Q1007——2F R1015 2F R1223. 4A R1450 3E
C1008 2G CR1007 2F Q1011 1F R1016 1F R1225 3B R1451 3E
C1009! CR1009 1F Q1043.—O«1F R1042 1F R1226 1B
C1010 2G CR1011* Q1045 3F R1043 1F R1240* 11267 1B
C1045 «=#1E CR1200 1E Q1050-2E R1044 1F R1241*
C1046 «(3F CR1201 1C Q1055_2F R1045 1F R1242 1D TP1250 1D
c1200 +=2D CR1202 1C Q1240 1D R1046 3F R1251 1D TP1270 1B
c1201 2D CR1204 1E Q1250 1D R1047 3F R1260 1C
C1213 2D CR1240 1D Q1260 1C R1048 3F R1261 1c U1001 2F
C1224 «3c CR1262 1C Q1267 1B R1049 3F R1262) 1C U1214 «3D
C1225 2A CR1431 3E Q1430—3E R1050 2F R1263. -2C
C1226 «2A CR1442 1E Q1435—2E R1053 3F R1265 1B VR1008 1G
C1251 1D Q1440 (2E R1054 3F R1266 1B VR1009 1G
C1260 1D F1000 =3C Q1442) ««1E R1055 2F R1267. 1B VR1043° (1F
C1263 1C R1056 3F R1430 3E VR1207 1D
C1267 +1B P1000A 3F R1001 2F R1200 1E R1431 3E VR1439 2E
C1430 3E P1000B 4F R1002 3F R1201 1D R1432 2E
C1432) (2E P1002. 4F R1004 2F R1202. 2C R1433—03E
C1434 =2E P1003 -3F R1005 1E R1203. 2C R1434A 2E
C1435 9 _2E P1007. 1E R1006 TE R1204 = 3C R1434B 2E
C1438 =2E P1043. 1F R1007 1F R1205 2D R1435 «4B
C1444 2E P1065 3F R1008 2F R1206 2D R1436 = 3C
C1450 «(3E R1202. 2C R1009° 1G R1207. 1D R1438 0 = -2E
C1451 3E P1230 63C R1010 2G R1208 1E R1439 0 2E
REV. A AUG 1976
335 Service

_. TP1270

1943-139

‘Located on back of board. Fig. 8-12. A7 High-Voltage and Unblanking board component locations, SN 3001 21-up.
7€1224 moved from front of board to back at SN 307521.

CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID
NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc
c1000 4l C1263 (2E CR1201 3D P1065 5H Q1440 2G R1042 2i R1204 4D R1265 2B T1267) «2D
C1001 4l C1430 «4G CR1202 3D P1202. 2D Q1442) 2G R1043° 2H R1205 3F R1266 1B
C1005 3H C1432, 3G CR1204 2F P1230 =44C R1044 2i R1206 2F R1430 4G TP1003_—s 6
C1007 30 C1434 02H CR1240 2F P1260 1D R1001 31 R1045 al R1207 2F R1431 4G TP1226 1B
C1008 3d C1435 3G CR1250 2F P1265 1c R1002 4l R1046 4l R1208 1G R1432 3G TP1250 «4(1F
c1009' C1438 «3G CR1262 2E P1430 «5G R1004 2H R1047 4H R1210 4D R1233° 5G TP1270 1B
C1010 3J C1444 «(2G CR1431 4G R1005 1H R1048 4l R1212. 4D R1434A 3H TP1442 1G
C1045 2H C1450 4H CR1442 2G Q1007. 3H R1006 2H R1049° 4H R1222) 4B R1434B 3H
C1046 4l C1451 4H Q1011 2i R1007 2i R1050 4H R1223. 5A R1435 5B U1001 3I
C1200 2F F1000 5E Q1043. «1H R1008 21 R1053 4l R1225 4C R1436 5D U1214 4F
C1201 3F CR1000' Q1045 4H R1009 WW R1054 «4H R1226 3D R1438 83H
C1213 (2F CR1001_ 3! P1000A 5H Q1050 4H R1010 20 R1055 31 R1240 2F R1439° 3G VR1008 2J
C1224 «602A CR1005 4J P1000B_ ‘51 Q1055 4H R1011 3i R1056 4l R1251 7€ R1444 2G VR1009 2J
C1225 2B CR1006 3H P1002 6l Q1250 2E R1012 3I R1200 2G R1260 1E R1445 3G VR1043— 21
C1226 3F CR1007 2H P1003 SI Q1260 +1E R1013 3I R1201 2F R1261 1E R1447 2G VR1207 2F
C1251 = 4C CR1009 2I P1007. 1G Q1430 4G R1015 3H R1202. 3D R1262 2E R1450 4H VR1241 1F
REV B NOV 1980 c1260 1D CR1200 2G P1043 1 Q1435 4G R1016 2d R1203. 3D R1263 3E R1451 4H VR1439 3G
 VOLTAGE & WAVEFORM
CONDITIONS

+5Vio

HORIZ DISPLAY ow +5Vi9

$900 th °
pA b----[----------------------------
SEE BOTH IN!
DIAG A INTEN +5Vio
} BY B |
$910 i
B b- - 3p mr nfo rr rr rrr J

RI4ol ‘B’ SWEEP +B0v, Ridd44$ci44a4

2k LOCK OUT ua ol
L RT2I FR
»—» THRU
PIN N Qli4dde
DIAG
RI403
4.02K
‘Be’ PIg0o RI405
UNBLANKING
FROM C1434
U800C-7 [ol¥ « on 0,25-1.5pF
BaIo-I By é
DIAG Reg UI405B
/4 T4106 RIA3S4A RIAI34B
Ms C25) 22K 20K
SEE
DIAG +BY); UNBLANKING
CRIAIB5Y & RIG32¢Cl432 c120
‘al
UNBLANKING UI4O5A DIA
4 TALOO PIGOI P1430) <>
7857
FROM

PIN-P - __v, G ee es Ge) » B

DIAG .

PARTIAL AS CRIGO5Y
SWEEP BOARD
K 4 RI430 R143!
CRIAIO Rill 5.6K 3.9K
1.33K

+5Vio SEE
+5Vio DIAG

a
CHOP

31600-A ~——?
ek 2
iiz) po
mK D
DIAG CRIAIT +80V nel RI450
o
UIAO5SC plese RR Me penn +80V; <>
& C1450
4 T4L00 DIAG I Ol
A © RI451
EXT BLANK Rlaig CRIGISY ROM eX +8Vi <D
FROM 10K i 3 DIAG Ay
JIG00-D ———, 2 |p Lid2@5 RId25
DIAG niaiss «ocriagisy +*5Mio 270uH 10
8.2K +5V “eH aes +5Vio
ay, UIAO5D *, c1425 SEE PARTS LIST FOR
LOO .
10 Va TA > a SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES.

+I ci426 P
TY | GND |
| +5v E
Pe
fs 2.2uF P7400 | 14 | 7 |
BV ew ae |-BVi0o
RI42a6e
10

PARTIAL A4 HORIZONTAL BOARD

335 1943 -128 REV B Nov (980 UNBLANKING € Z AXIS

 MILLER NULL

SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER

RANGES OF PARTS OUTLINED
VALUES AND SERIAL NUMBER
MILLER OUT

SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES.
UBIS-9
USBI5-8

FROM

HOLDOFF

U7T50-8

SEE PARTS LIST FOR

DIAG
FROM
DIAG

OR DEPICTED IN GREY.
DIAG
TIME
TO
c8soc
5.5-18

IN) ———/

<>
5OmS

TIMING SWITCH
CHOWN
R850B
2M
R8S50A
2M.

S850
‘B’
R&50F
80K
R8S0OE

AéB
80K

AND
A-AND B SEC/DIV
DELAY TIME
Wo nnn nn nn nnn nana ----- - 3 ----------------f---- ©/T TIT lll 11 felelel 1 Telele:

REV B,SEP 1977

1943-129
/ / ir) O
fe)
& Ny Ves | f-----|----|---------4----
a / /
PPT TT releT TT ele tT Tele]
ux 0 Y ee es
N Joy uw j ee ee:
na x / / Wo foc |[oo cocoon - -SLLET Te fe L TTT EL fel TTT LT et | $2
—<. no !
xZ0-q r / aKo Ok
SOF a> T i / zx
wo oC <I i / Oy ~ eee ef LL CL NLL Wuy
k rf a |do
a i / Ty ro ae wee fee J Te
< / / 2 sxe
/ ru
/ rey a lax
ugOS LOTT cen .

S750
/ / oO re $x
i / as cr
Joy
/ /
abaMY 4------|-P -----|---------------4---- Cel Terre
| + | fo-|t boot cher -]----f--------- tot TT TTT TT TTT Per tt
BOARD
SWEEP

~~-|-----]---~~--|---|---]2 ---------} ----}.--- $~-----I--~-9 -

[e[e]ole]e]o]e[e[e]e[olole[e]ole]s]olelo
AS
PARTIAL

>

QO
NO UY-O6 nv no
a <|_ => -
~~ fe
Soacona-
onv-
TOO oNna
cogha= 3°
_—o H
a 2 b x - x 6
0 0 ux
xupd =z b 4 off

335
ao oO a uo @ > a
Of
=H
T30 WST rNso NZ
-0° a Bo Z.0 aN
WON X&G6 Xo 290% Sty eeu J OxrO,
gf x23 202 wOas O2Z00
qf We wu “tuo tard TF OPH<@
IPS tov wG0e
Wao gad
SERS »o $
9% <q]a] 2 Zor 9a
S252505
bE Baa dg 9° ah a) ut ra o] & -aF0°
wWZo = = 6 Se
aq a<@ oF
 335 Service
WAVEFORM CONDITIONS
(Any deviation from the following setup is noted under the waveform to which it applies)
The waveforms were taken from a Tektronix 465 oscilloscope.
335 Setup
VOLTS/DIV 5 DIV CAL ASEC/DIV 5m DELAY TIME POSITION 5.00
Trigger Coupling DC B SEC/DIV tm B LEVEL Out of detent and adjusted
SLOPE + HORIZ DISPLAY AINTEN for a stable intensified zone.
Test Oscilloscope Setup
Connect a 10X probe from 335 left horizontal deflection plate to the CH 2 vertical input.
Set test oscilloscope: Trigger Source CH2
Trigger Slope +
Vertical Mode CH 1
Connect a 10X probe from the desired 335 testpoint to the test oscilloscope CH 1 vertical input.
The above setup allows time comparison of the waveforms. The second vertical graticule line is the beginning of A Holdoff.

TEST OSCILLOSCOPE
TRIGGER SOURCE TO
CH1
1943-117
335 Service

CR1078A_
‘C1099 C112

CR1078B
CR1079D &

» CR1079C =
CR1079B
014A be

79A
CR10eames
11091 L1119
» R1014B fae
C1091.
01015
R1022
R1021A«
C1022

C1021A}
Q1021

_R1003
Q1003/ C1004 4 CR1029
C1029
R1031 M4. CR1105A
R1030) C1035 _CR1105B
“C1036 g# 01028
R1037 C1028 F1003
R1035
ce _ R1218A
R1218B
R1035
1943-83

Fig. 8-15. A8 Power Supply Converter board component locations, below SN 300216.
*See Parts List for
serial number ranges.
‘Located on back of board.
AS
“Located on chassis. CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID POWER SUPPLY
NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc CONVERTER
BOARD
c1002. 2D CR1035 5D L1119 2G R1022 2C
c1004 «= 4C CR1037 5D R1028 4D
C1014A 1C CR1078A1F P1004 5G R1030 4D
C1014B 2C CR1078B 1F P1006 5B R1031 =4E
C1021A 3C CR1079A2E P1010 1B R1032. 4c
C1021B 4C CR1079B 2E PioIs. 16 R1035 5D
C1022) 2c CR1079C2E R1036 =5C
C1028 «SE CR1079D2E Q1000° R1037. 5D
c1029 «4D CR1091A3F Q1003. 4C R1038 4D
C1035 4E CR1091B 3F Q1014_ 1C R1123 0 3F
C1036 5D CR1091C3F Q1015 2C R1218A 5E
C1091 2F CR1091D2F Q1021 3c R1218B 5F
c1099 «—«1F CR1105A4E Q1022 4C
C1106 = 4F CR1105B4E Q1028 5D $1003 2B
C1107. 4G CR1123 3F Q1035 5D
C1119 2G CR1124 2F Q1037_ -5C T1002) 3E
C1120 «1G Q1039 =5C T1003. «5B
C1123. 4F F1002. 5G
C1124 3G F1003. SF R1000 4C VR1004 5C
R1003 4B
CR1000° 11015 1D R1014A 2C
cR1003'* 11020. 2D R1014B 2C
CR1029 4E £1091 «= 2F R1021A 2C
CR1030 5D L1105 9 4F R1021B 3C
REV. A AUG 1976
335 Service

CR1078B |
1943-138

Fig. 8-14. A8 Power Supply Converter board component locations, SN 300216-up.

Laer oases: CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID
NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO LOC NO LOC
c1002 4D cR1000° CR1124 3G Q1015 2c R1035 5D
ci004 «5c CR1003 5B Q1021 3c R1036 5D
C1014A 1C CR1029 5E rane 2 ai022 4c R1037 5D
C1014B 2c CR1030 5E Q1028 «5E R1038 4D
C1021A 3c CR1035 5E GND 1G Q1035 «5E R1123 4G
C1021B 4c CR1037 6D Q1037 5c R1218A 6E
C1022 3c CR1078A 2F L1015 0 2E Q1039 «5c R1218B SF
C1028 5E CR1078B 2F 11020 2E
c1029 «5D CR1079A 2E 11091 2G R1000 4C $1003 3B
C1035 «5E CR1079B 2E 11105 4G R1003. 5B
C1036 «5D CR1079C 2F L1119 2G R1014A 2c T1002 4F
C1091 2G CR1079D 2E pivod 6G R1014B 2c T1003 «6B
C1099 «1G CR1091A 3G P1006 6B R1021A 3C
C1106 «5G CR1091B 3G P1010 1B R1021B 3D vR1004 5C
C1107 4G CR1091C 3G P101S iF R1022 2D
C1119 2G CR1091D 3G R1028 4D
C1120 «1G CR1105A 5F Q1000° R1030 5D
C1123 4G CR1105B 5F Q1003 5c R1031 5E
REV. A JUL 1976 C1124 «4G CR1123 4G Q1014. 1c R1032 4D
 PARTIAL AT HIGH VOLTAGE ¢ UNBLANKING SOARD PART A2 VERT
AMPL BOARD

+5V
FROM
CHOT
Vlas tae er ea steel THRU
CONDITIONS PIoloO-t
THIS
DIAG

SEEDIAG P3ss [SYR

© poooa
ly
a
Aa PIAS PIO}

sl_iy
ia |
ee calo7sp

REGULATION !OK
LEVEL RIoos
eK 4 {J
CRIOTSC
Bese vis.gy Ac
R12168
DIAG

CRIOTBA
+15.5V

+8.5V
RlO0E t+icios: *Lcioss
poeeF 7, 884F To
DIAG
LOS &
+5V

Yaya }ri0a3 PARTIAL Piooz[ayVs= pioo7 fa Ys=—

Power, s08ac* -88v
Grove
POWER
oW) LINE
Geti¥ron) -
~< he Xs} P1010

1'
! piocé
:
AA

oft ince
POWER SOU
' | SELECTOR 9
$1003B |
PARTIAL 1 1 U5Vv/230V I
ATHV € ' '
UNBLKG \\ ' rent rs 0
5 “So t
\ [Oc Jeav-2avl__, | 1 = 4 ~asv
SIOOOA SI9ot \ R1000 RIOO3 |. POS
1 Pio00B cRIOOS PIOO2 PIDD6
BY CRIBS
1 10 ek 1lOoo A
'
i
fayel2 crioos °°"0
Oy]
Q
1003(D TAY
ee | Ride D PIolo +5V
: ee, PlIols (¥AS— CRIO7TSB tl TO,
' F1003 +6.5V
t
ClOiI4B
ae
'
} 479 QI0IS
PIOG3-6
THIS
L DIAG
9.908 t ‘
SAFETY EARTH 3KV f REGULATING
GROUNDED TO \ RANGE
MAIN CHASSIS i $1002
i

coo

S$lOooaD
LINE TAI PIOOOA
bi peviesovJaClp
Ssio fa}
DIAG RIDOzIB
iSO RIDBIA
50

cioaia
ato SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER
Sak VALUES AND SERIAL NUMBER
RANGES OF PARTS OUTLINED
OR DEPICTED IN GREY,
coe C1035
300 300
YCRIO3S7 SEE PARTS LIST FOR
RIO3I RIOSS SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES.
{20K 120K

PARTIAL AS POWER SUPPLY CONVERTER BOARD

335 1943-120 REY DEL 19983 POWER SUPPLY CONVERTER
335 Service

AG
INTERFACE AND
LOW-VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
BOARD

#5 VR1081 @
C1081

C1077 ¥ 1084
R1085
C1084 | C1098 C1128
R1091

1943-86

Fig. 8-16. A6 Interface and Low-Voltage Regulator board component locations.

CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID CKT GRID
NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc NO Loc

C1076 «4A P1270 =—«1E Q1128 «1A R1092 5A U1002 4B

C1077. «4c P1600 3B R1093 5B U1003 3A
C1084 «= 4E P1601 5D R1077 4B R1120 3B
C1093 «5B P1602 3D R1079 4A R1121 +28 VR1077 4A
c1098— 4E P1603 4A R1080 5A R1129° 2A VR1081 3C
C1121 2A P1605 5E R1081 «3B Rt TF
C1128 0 4F R1083 5A R1273. 1E
C1270 =—«1F qai1084 =4C R1085 4C R1275—1F
C1271 1F qi098 =5C R1091 4C
Ciz7g 386 1E

REV. B SEP 1977

 PARTIAL AB
POWER SUPPLY
CONVERTER BOARD

81600 +
R1082 Ri078 c1oa! P1600
10 10 33 uF
ey ty +15.5¥ +8.5V +5 -6.5V -25V » CHOP BLANKING |.
CHOP BLANKING <«— FROM 0335
TO Wid05C-13 ‘ i “I THRU P3353
DIAG Pas
‘ ‘ ‘gl ‘A GATE
FROM CR5T71 = ping
W GATE TO RTOO DIAG _g_
THRU PIN F 2 J 6 ' til THRU P5G0-3
‘A’ HOLDOFF e 1 isl ‘W HOLDOUT 1 4
FROM UTO0E-14 DIAG i| THRU e601
THRU PINT GE e
> | uJ
PIe0l
| | oH 51420
pid INPUT
EXT 70BLANK O01AG =<; i ~ Oin| EXT BLANK

>
UNBLANKING DIAG yy 6 § ial
‘ a f
UNBLANKING
"TO 41430
"©
FROM GI410 ‘ '
8 t \

+4 ‘ >
> !

Pleo?
| | ~ | ALT SYNC DIAG
ALTERNATE SYNC DIAG >—> TO US20A-2
FROM 0780 ‘ q s:,| THRU P323-1
THRU PIN @ ® p»
6 ud
e ; |

arg +35V
° P1603
R1081 - «
} 2k > VRIoBI +369 3 +35V To pao0 DIAG @
8 a
> | Gay +15V — ee +15V TO P270-4
e QYy) I
} >. +8V + +8 TO P270-3 ) DIAG
Va
| | rRon PIN H Reon aor +5 — Rr #5V TO P270-2 j >
, THIS DIAG nioes i JF -ev o “ev 10 270-1

+80V —— ‘ | tT qt
10
"> § § en v
+16V ——— > é | 8 P1605

‘soy 9H a tov PI0GS-3 DIAG

1
+16V > +18V 70 PIOGS-2 DIAG
fo
+8Vv ee +8V To PI0G5-4 DIAG
t
-8v — =GV To PI05-1 DIAG @
+8.5V +15V
R1092
This piace ONPES yioo2B
%y 558 14.0
R1093
a 16.06
+8V<———_> é Pt] a
OS
.
a1098 SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER
VALUES AND SERIAL NUMBER
8
+5V +5V RANGES OF PARTS OUTLINED
q il cual OR DEPICTED IN GREY.
DIAG
® | -6V SEE PARTS LIST FOR
SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES.
>
8 § -8v
-8V «>

-8,6¥ R29 10 ke
FROM PIN M 6.8% -25v
THIS DIAG FROM PIN L
THIS DIAG
PARTIAL Ad HORIZ BOARD PARTIAL AG INTERFACE § LV REGULATOR BOARD

194 3-(31
335 REV Dec 1983 E VOLTAGE REGULATOR <®
INTERFACLOW